NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INC /DE/
10-K, 1994-09-28
CONVENIENCE STORES
Previous: PICCADILLY CAFETERIAS INC, 10-K, 1994-09-28
Next: KLA INSTRUMENTS CORP, 10-K, 1994-09-28



<PAGE>   1
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C.  20549

                                --------------
                                   FORM 10-K
                                --------------

     /X/  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
          SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)
                    For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994

                                       OR

     / /  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
          THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
            For the transition period from __________ to __________

                         Commission File Number 1-7936

                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               Delaware                                      74-1361734
   (State or Other Jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
    Incorporation or Organization)                       Identification No.)

           100 Waugh Drive
           Houston, Texas                                       77007
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                      (Zip Code)

     Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (713) 863-2200
                                      
       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
                                      
         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                              TITLE OF EACH CLASS

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                       Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                             Yes   X       No      
                                 -----        -----

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. 
                             -----

      At September 15, 1994, 6,050,075 shares of the registrant's common stock,
par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), were outstanding and the
aggregate market value (based on the closing price quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market System) of the voting stock of the Company, excluding shares
held by affiliates, was approximately $51,309,630.

             APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
                  PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and
reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan
confirmed by a court.

                             Yes   X       No      
                                 -----        -----

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

(1)  Portions of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal
     year ended June 30, 1994 (Part II--Items 6-8; Part IV--Item 14).

(2)  Portions of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement dated September 27,
     1994 for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Part III--Items 10- 13).

================================================================================
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                                               ----
<S>                 <C>                                                                                                         <C>
                                                                     PART I                                     
                                                                                                                
ITEM 1.             BUSINESS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                     General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                     Store Operations   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                     Suppliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
                     Regulatory Matters   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
                     Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
                     Competition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
                     Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Reorganization   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
                     Executive Officers of Registrant   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
                                                                                                                
ITEM 2.             PROPERTIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
                     Stores   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
                     Corporate Offices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
                     Support Facilities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
                                                                                                                
ITEM 3.             LEGAL PROCEEDINGS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
                     Reorganization Proceedings Under Chapter 11  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
                     Other Litigation   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                                
ITEM 4.             SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF                                                          
                    SECURITY HOLDERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                                
                                                                     PART II                                    
                                                                                                                
ITEM 5.             MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND                                                   
                    RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                                
ITEM 6.             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                                
ITEM 7.             MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                                
ITEM 8.             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                                
ITEM 9.             CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  . . . . . . . . . .   17
</TABLE>                                                                     
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                      -i-                                    
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>                
<S>                 <C>                                                                                                         <C>
                                                                    PART III                                    
                                                                                                                
ITEM 10.            DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE                                                     
                    REGISTRANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                                
ITEM 11.            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                                
ITEM 12.            SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                                
ITEM 13.            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                                
                                                                     PART IV                                    
                                                                                                                
ITEM 14.            EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND                                                 
                    REPORTS ON FORM 8-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                                
                    SIGNATURES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
</TABLE>            
                    




                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

National Convenience Stores Incorporated (the "Company") is the largest
operator of convenience stores in the state of Texas and one of the twenty
largest in the United States.  At June 30, 1994, the Company operated 709
specialty convenience stores in four cities in the state of Texas under the
name Stop N Go(SM).  Eighty percent of the Company's stores are located in the
Houston and San Antonio, Texas areas where the Company is the largest
convenience store operator.   The stores sell fresh foods, traditional fast
foods, alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverages, tobacco products, groceries,
lotto/lottery tickets, health and beauty aids and other nonfood merchandise,
specialty items and incidental services.  Approximately 90% of the Company's
stores are equipped with self-serve gasoline dispensing facilities.  The
Company originally organized as a Texas corporation in 1959 and was
reincorporated in Delaware in 1979.  As more fully described below under
"Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Reorganization", the Company filed for voluntary Chapter
11 bankruptcy reorganization on December 9, 1991 and emerged from such on March
9, 1993 as a result of the confirmation of the Company's Revised Fourth Amended
and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan of Reorganization").  In
the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994, the Company divested its 80 operating
convenience stores in the states of California and Georgia and acquired 88
stores in the Houston and Dallas/Fort Worth areas.  With the consummation of
this transaction the Company attained its goal of geographically consolidating
its operations to within the state of Texas.

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company's stores by
market as of June 30, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Stores
                                                                                       %              Selling
                                                                       Stores       of Total         Gasoline
                                                                       ------       --------         --------
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>                <C>
Texas
  Houston/Gulf Coast  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      425          59.9%             371
  San Antonio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      143          20.2              137
  Dallas/Fort Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      113          15.9              105
  Austin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       28           4.0               25
                                                                         ---         -----              ---
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      709         100.0%             638
                                                                         ===         =====              ===
</TABLE>




STORE OPERATIONS

The Company's convenience stores are extended-hour retail facilities,
emphasizing convenience to the customer.  Substantially all the stores are open
every day of the year and 608 operate 24 hours a day.  Typically, the Company's
stores are located in residential areas, on main





                                      -1-
<PAGE>   5
thoroughfares, in small shopping centers or on other sites selected for easy
accessibility and customer convenience.  The stores' exteriors are of a similar
design and color making them easily recognizable.  The Company emphasizes
high-quality products, personal and courteous service, and clean and modern
stores.  The stores attract lunch-time customers, early and late shoppers,
weekend and holiday shoppers and customers who need only a few items at any
time and desire rapid service.  Approximately fifty of the stores are also
targeted to attract the fast-food take- out customer via easily recognized
national brand name "eatery" fast-food offerings.

The Company's stores offer a diverse range of over 3,000 high-traffic consumer
items including take-out foods, traditional fast-foods, fountain beverages,
alcoholic beverages, tobacco products, soft drinks, candy, snacks, groceries,
health and beauty aids, magazines and newspapers, automotive products, seasonal
and promotional items, and school supplies.  The Company sells lottery tickets
in all of its stores and lotto tickets in most of its stores.  Substantially
all of the Company's stores sell money orders.  Approximately 90% of the
Company's stores are equipped with self-serve gasoline-dispensing facilities.

The following table sets forth certain statistical information regarding the
Company's sales for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Year Ended June 30,             
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Combined
                                                                 1994                  1993(1)               1992  
                                                              ---------             ------------           --------
                                                                        (Dollar amounts expressed in millions)
<S>                                                             <C>                    <C>                 <C>    
Sales....................................................       $880.5                 $878.9              $958.5 
Percentage of sales                                                                                               
  contributed by:                                                                                                 
   Gasoline..............................................         41.8%                  42.4%               40.5%
   Alcoholic beverages...................................         13.2%                  13.9%               15.2%
   Tobacco products......................................         14.2%                  15.2%               14.9%
   Other categories not individually                                                                              
    contributing more than 10%...........................         30.8%                  28.5%               29.4%
                                                                -------                -------             -------
                                                                 100.0%                 100.0%              100.0%
                                                                =======                =======             =======
</TABLE>        


__________________
(1)   Reflects the combining of the four months ended June 30, 1993
      (reorganized company) and the eight months ended February 28, 1993
      (predecessor company).

The Company is continuing with its Neighborstore(R) concept merchandising
strategy, whereby each store's product mix is linked directly to its local
demographics and customer purchasing patterns.  In certain instances the
stores' product display and general appearance have been changed to match the
demographics.  Additionally, in fiscal 1991, the Company successfully pioneered
the offering of national brand name fast-foods in "eateries" within the
Company's convenience stores.  The Company's "eateries" are a smaller scale
version of the branded food kiosks found in shopping malls and airports.  The
national brand name fast-food items are prepared in-store with identical
ingredients, packaging, procedures and quality standards as are used in the
branded partners' own free-standing restaurants.  The Company currently
operates 53 fast food "eateries" in 50 of its stores.  Brands represented in
these stores include:  Taco





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   6
Bell(R), Kentucky Fried Chicken(R), Burger King(R), Pizza Hut(R), Dunkin
Donuts(R), and Earl Campbell's Barbecue Express(R).

In addition, the Company has a program for the continual updating of its older
stores.  Consistent with the Neighborstore concept, the policy is flexible in
both layout and product mix.  

The Company recognizes that its future operations will be dependent in part 
on the continual remodeling and upgrading of its store base.  A store 
replacement program will also eventually be required in
order for the Company's stores to continue to be geographically located near
its target customers' residences and workplaces.

The Company estimates that it serves, on average, an aggregate of approximately
600,000 customers per day.  The Company's operations are benefitted by warm,
dry weather since a large part of the Company's product mix is concentrated in
items that are consumed during periods when leisure-time activities are more
prevalent.

The Company's stores vary in terms of layout, size and quantity of items
carried.  The Company's basic design is a 2,600 square-foot,
rectangularly-shaped store.  In 1984, the Company developed a hexagonally-shaped
3,100 square-foot store (the "Hex").  These stores are generally built on a
readily accessible corner location at a major intersection in an area of high
population density.  Approximately 85% of the Company's stores are of the basic
rectangular shape and 13% are of the Hex design.  The Company also operates 20
"Superstores," a 3,600 square-foot store design which was superseded by the Hex
store.

As is the norm in the convenience store industry, prices on most items are
somewhat higher than in supermarkets and certain other retail outlets; however,
the value placed by the customer on easy accessibility and convenience has
historically enabled the Company to receive premium prices for its products.
The Company does price-promote certain items in various key merchandise
categories to aid in building customer traffic.  Most of the items sold are
nationally or locally advertised brands, which includes the Company's own
private label cigarette.  Substantially all sales are for cash or check,
although the Company also accepts credit cards (VISA and MasterCard) and debit
cards.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994 the Company began the implementation
of a program to enhance and redefine the Company's focus on customer service
and employee effectiveness.  This program is the result of an extensive review
by management and outside consultants.  An integral component of the program
involves the upgrading of equipment and technology through the installation of
integrated state-of-the-art sales and inventory management systems.  These
systems will significantly automate store operations by capturing data on
point-of-sale and scanning equipment.  The program will also install
pay-at-the-pump fueling stations at 60 of its stores which sell gasoline.  The
Company initiated the program in its Dallas/Fort Worth stores in early fiscal
1995 and estimates that it will incur in the aggregate capital expenditures of
approximately $10.0 million in such market by mid fiscal 1995.  Additionally,
the Company estimates that it will incur approximately $3.2 million in
consulting expenses in conjunction with the program, $1.3 million of which were
incurred in fiscal 1994.  The Company will evaluate





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   7
the success of the program in the Dallas/Fort Worth test market before making
the decision to expand it to all of the Company's stores.

SUPPLIERS

The Company purchases a substantial portion of its groceries, candy, tobacco
and health and beauty aids through wholesale grocers.  Soft drinks, beer, wine,
bakery and dairy products are usually purchased from local suppliers.  The
Company also operates a Corporate Kitchen in Houston, Texas where it prepares
and packages sandwiches, salads, snacks and other prepackaged foods for
distribution to its stores in the Texas markets via two of its major suppliers.

The Company purchases substantially all of its gasoline supplies from
independent petroleum refiners and some gasoline supplies from major oil
companies in the wholesale markets.  The Company's inventories of gasoline turn
over approximately every seven days, and the Company does not engage in
speculative gasoline trading transactions or otherwise assume unusual market
risks with respect thereto.

REGULATORY MATTERS

In certain of the Company's market areas, federal, state or local laws regulate
the hours of operation and the sale of certain products, typically including
alcoholic beverages, gasoline, tobacco products and lottery and lotto tickets.
The most significant of such regulations limits or governs the sale of
alcoholic beverages and the storage and sale of gasoline.

Sale of Alcoholic Beverages - State and local regulatory agencies have the
authority to approve, revoke, suspend or deny applications for and renewals of
permits and licenses relating to the sale of alcoholic beverages and to impose
various restrictions and sanctions.  In many states, retailers of alcoholic
beverages have been held responsible for damages caused by intoxicated
individuals who purchased alcoholic beverages from them.  While the potential
exposure to the Company as a seller of alcoholic beverages is substantial, the
Company has adopted procedures to minimize such exposure and, to date,
management believes liability for such sales has not had a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Storage and Sale of Gasoline - The operation and ownership of underground
storage tanks ("USTs") is subject to federal, state and local laws and
regulations. Federal regulations issued in 1984 and amended in 1988 pursuant to
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, required the Environmental
Protection Agency (the "EPA") to establish a comprehensive regulatory program
for the detection, prevention and clean-up of leaking USTs.

The EPA has issued regulations, including most recently the 1988 amendment to
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, that establish requirements for (i)
maintaining leak detection methods and equipment, (ii) upgrading USTs, (iii)
taking corrective action in response to leaks, (iv) closing USTs to prevent
future leaks, (v) keeping appropriate records and (vi) maintaining evidence of
financial responsibility for taking corrective action and compensating third
parties





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   8
for bodily injury and property damage resulting from releases.  These
regulations also empower states to develop, administer and enforce their own
regulatory programs, incorporating requirements which are at least as stringent
as the federal standards.  In order to ensure compliance with the federal and
state environmental laws, the Company has developed a comprehensive gasoline
storage and dispensing plan.  During fiscal 1993, the Company refined the plan
such that presently its primary focus is on upgrading gasoline dispensing
equipment in accordance with upcoming deadlines imposed by regulatory
authorities and on providing for the clean-up of existing and future
contaminated sites.  The gasoline plan generally covers all properties operated
by the Company.

Environmental Capital Commitments - To meet the minimum federal leak detection
requirements, all product lines had to have line leak detectors installed as of
December 22, 1990, and as of December 22, 1993, the Company had adopted
approved tank system leak detection methods on all owned or operated USTs.  The
Company chose, in most cases, to meet this requirement by utilizing annual tank
testing with daily inventory reconciliation.  The Company installed pressurized
distribution piping with automatic line leak detectors as of December 22, 1990,
in accordance with the regulations.  Beginning in fiscal year 1995, the Company
will adopt the Statistical Inventory Reconciliation Method ("SIR") for the
detection of leaking tanks.  This method involves statistical analysis of
gasoline inventory changes to detect leaking USTs.

The federal regulations require the Company to have installed spill/overfill
and corrosion protection equipment by December 22, 1998.  However, the State of
Texas requires all USTs to be upgraded with the spill/overfill prevention
equipment by December 22, 1994.  The Company estimates that, as of June 30,
1994, 82% of its tanks have spill/overfill prevention equipment installed.  The
Company's 1995 capital budget contains the necessary funds to upgrade the
remaining tanks with spill/overfill prevention equipment and, consequently, the
Company anticipates it will be in compliance with the December 22, 1994
deadline imposed by the State of Texas.  The Company further estimates that 70%
of its USTs are protected from corrosion either by installing fiberglass or
steel fiberglass tanks or by upgrading existing steel tanks with cathodic
protection.  Management of the Company believes that the Company's long-range
capital budget contains sufficient funds necessary to upgrade the remaining
tanks prior to the December 22, 1998 deadline.

In addition to the foregoing, the EPA has ranked the air quality in major
cities in the United States based on the level of ozone measured.  Two areas in
which the Company currently conducts operations are considered to be ozone
non-attainment areas:  Houston and the Dallas/Fort Worth area.  The Houston
market is classified in the severe ozone non-attainment category while the
Dallas/Fort Worth area is classified in the moderate ozone non-attainment
category.  Under rules promulgated by the EPA and the State of Texas, gasoline
dispensing facilities in the two areas are required to have Stage II Vapor
Recovery Equipment, by November 15, 1994, on all units except those that have
not dispensed more than 10,000 gallons in any one month since January 1991.

During fiscal 1994 and 1993, the Company spent $6.6 million and $4.4 million,
respectively, on environmental capital equipment, including $6.1 million and
$3.1 million, respectively, on





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   9
Stage II Vapor Recovery Equipment.  In order to ultimately comply with the
aforementioned regulations by the deadlines described, the Company estimates it
will have to spend approximately $11.8 million on additional equipment and
installation through fiscal 1999, including $6.0 million for Stage II Vapor
Recovery Equipment.

Environmental Remediation Contingency - The majority of the Company's
environmental remediation expenditures relate to the clean-up of contaminated
soil caused by leaking underground gasoline storage tanks and underground
piping systems. During the second quarter of fiscal year 1992 the Company
completed a comprehensive plan covering its underground storage tanks in light
of the expected funding shortfalls in the various state reimbursement programs.
As a result, the Company recorded an increase to the environmental remediation
reserve of $16.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal year 1992.   Not
included in this liability is approximately $4.0 million of reimbursements from
established state funds which the Company believes to be probable of recovery.
In connection with an updated environmental remediation cost analysis the
Company increased its liability for future environmental remediation and tank
removal costs by an additional $6.6 million in February 1993.  At June 30,
1994, the remediation reserve totalled $21.8 million which included a $4.0
million reclassification, recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year
1994, related to anticipated reimbursements for future expenditures from
established state trust funds which the Company believes to be probable of
recovery.  Beginning with the third quarter of fiscal year 1994, this $4.0
million amount is also included as an other asset in the Company's balance
sheet.  The states in which the Company operates, or has previously operated,
have established trust funds for the reimbursement of costs related to
remediation activities.  The actual cost of remediating contaminated sites and
removing tanks may be substantially lower or higher than that reserved due to
the difficulty in estimating such costs and due to potential changes in the
status of regulation and state reimbursement programs.  The Company does not
believe that any such amount below or in excess of that accrued is reasonably
estimable.

     Since 1988, the Company has spent approximately $11.4 million for 
remediation activities at sites the Company is operating or has previously
operated.  Approximately 43% of such costs qualify for reimbursement from the
various trust funds and the Company has been reimbursed $3.7 million for such
costs through June 30, 1994.  According to published reports, the Texas
Petroleum Storage Tank Reimbursement Fund was depleted during 1993 which has
necessitated delaying payment on reimbursement applications.  As of June 30,
1994, the Company had filed claims with the State of Texas for the reimbursement
of $1.2 million for past expenditures.  Such reimbursement is included in other
assets.  While the Company believes the reimbursements are collectible, the
Company estimates it could be several years before reimbursement occurs.

     The Company is required by state regulations to maintain evidence of 
financial responsibility for taking corrective action on remediation
activities.  In order to be in compliance with these requirements, the Company
has successfully established that it is self-insured, with verification by the
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   10
EMPLOYEES

As of June 30, 1994, the Company has approximately 5,300 employees, of whom
approximately 230 are executive and supervisory personnel, approximately 4,400
are full-time store employees, and the balance are full-time staff personnel
and part-time store employees.  The Company experiences the high rate of
turnover of store employees prevalent in the convenience store industry.  The
Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and believes its
relations with its employees to be satisfactory.


COMPETITION

The convenience store industry is highly competitive, and the Company competes
with other convenience stores, local and national grocery store chains,
gasoline service stations, drug stores, fast food operations, vending machines,
discount stores and other types of retail outlets.  The Company is the largest
operator, or among the largest operators, of convenience stores in its major
market areas.  Each of the Company's stores competes primarily in its
surrounding neighborhood, and the ability of each store to compete is largely
dependent on location, access, signage, area, population growth, demographics
and product mix.

The Company also encounters competition from gasoline service stations which
have installed facilities for the sale of other consumer items.  These gasoline
service stations have become a significant competitor within the convenience
store industry.

Although competition from gasoline retailers has increased in recent years, the
Company's traditional convenience store competitors have significantly
curtailed their new store construction programs in, or withdrawn from, some of
the Company's major market areas as a result of their poor operating
performance.  Several of the country's largest convenience store operators have
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy court protection in recent years.
Nevertheless, the Company cannot predict the extent to which its major
competitors may further reduce or expand their operations in cities where the
Company operates.


CHAPTER 11 BANKRUPTCY REORGANIZATION

Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Filing - On December 9, 1991, (the "Petition Date") the
Company and substantially all of its wholly-owned active subsidiaries filed
voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Bankruptcy Court").
The filing was precipitated by the loss of vendor credit which had become
critical to the Company's financing needs as a result of poor operating
results.  In 1987, the Company began experiencing substantial net losses from
its operations which it funded via a series of asset sales and sale and
leaseback transactions.  The excess of the sales proceeds over the operating
losses requiring funding was used to reduce the Company's outstanding long-
term debt.  Despite the substantial reductions in long-term debt, the net
operating losses resulted in





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   11
the Company being required to obtain amendments to cure defaults of various
financial ratio coverage tests contained in the Company's long-term bank debt
agreements.  Subsequently, the Company found it was unable to sell additional
operating assets at prices regarded by management as reasonable.  This
combination of events led the Company, in its first quarter of fiscal 1992, to
develop a rigorous cash conservation and liquidity enhancement program in
preparation for the Company's winter third quarter, in which it had
historically experienced substantial negative cash flows.  A key ingredient in
the program was the continued supply of vendor trade credit in the range of $30
to $35 million.  However, commencing in the fourth week of November 1991, the
Company experienced a rapid multi-million dollar reduction in the availability
of such trade credit.  As a result of the virtual elimination of vendor trade
credit and the cutoff of deliveries of goods, the Company decided on December
9, 1991 to seek protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Strategic Review of Company and Store Operations - Immediately upon entering
Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, the Company began implementing a series
of cost reductions aimed at improving operating results.  Chief among the cost
reduction programs was a strategic review of store operations that evaluated
each individual store, taking into consideration such factors as historical and
projected cash flows, lease or ownership terms, age and condition of the
property, the nature and amount of insurance claims, competition and the
potential for future changes to any of the foregoing.  The objective of the
strategic review was to restructure the operations of the Company in order to
maximize its cash-flow generating capability and achieve its ultimate return to
long-term profitability.  Other cost reduction efforts were based on utilizing
the benefits of operating under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to reduce
specific expenses.

As a result of the strategic review of store operations, the Company filed
motions to reject 188 leases covering stores already closed as of the Petition
Date.  In addition, the review resulted in a 27% downsizing of the Company's
convenience store operations from a 986 store base as of the Petition Date to
the 719 store base at June 30, 1993.  The downsizing was accomplished pursuant
to the Bankruptcy Code, wherein the Company had the right to assume or reject
executory contracts, including any unexpired leases.  Also, the Company entered
into lease amendments with landlords covering approximately 20% of the
Company's leased stores, as well as other equipment lessors to obtain rent
expense reductions.

As part of the strategic review, on July 10, 1992, the Company consummated the
sale of 21 operating convenience stores located in and around the San Francisco
Bay area.  Also, on April 29, 1994, the Company completed the transaction
whereby the Company, (i) exchanged its 53 operating convenience stores in
Southern California, together with related inventories and equipment, for 88
operating convenience stores of The Circle K Corporation in the Dallas/Fort
Worth and Houston, Texas areas, together with related inventories and equipment
and, (ii) sold its 27 operating convenience stores in Atlanta, Georgia,
together with related inventories and equipment, for cash consideration of
$9,150,000.   The Company is continuing to pursue the disposition of its
surplus real estate with any resulting net cash proceeds being applied to
reduce the outstanding balances as required under the Company's long-term bank
debt agreements.

Restructuring and Other Special Charges - In connection with the Chapter 11
filing and the





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   12
resultant strategic review of company and store operations, the Company
recorded $168.1 million of Restructuring and Other Special Charges at December
31, 1991, related to store closings, other assets affected by the Chapter 11
filing, insurance and environmental matters.  See Note 10 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in Item 8 herein
for a complete description of the various components of the charges.

Plan of Reorganization (Effective March 9, 1993) - As a result of extensive
negotiations held in December 1992, the Company reached a compromise agreement
which was incorporated into and became the Plan of Reorganization.  The
Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan of Reorganization on
February 25, 1993.  The Plan of Reorganization subsequently became effective
March 9, 1993 (the "Effective Date").

The Plan of Reorganization was designed to repay all priority creditors in full
on the Effective Date or thereafter as provided in the Plan of Reorganization
and to repay secured creditors in full over time with interest.  Allowed
unsecured claims totalling approximately $137.5 million were canceled in
exchange for $9.3 million of cash, $1.0 million of new indebtedness and 5.91
million shares of newly issued Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
reorganized company.  All existing Series E Preferred Stock and existing common
stock of the predecessor company were exchanged for an aggregate distribution
of 90,000 shares of the newly issued Common Stock of the reorganized company.
Consequently, a total of 6.0 million shares of newly issued Common Stock of the
reorganized company were issued under the Plan of Reorganization.  In addition,
warrants to purchase up to an additional aggregate 1.35 million shares of newly
issued Common Stock at $17.75 per share were distributed to the holders of the
predecessor company's two publicly-held subordinated debenture series, the
Series E Preferred Stock and the old common stock.  All alleged seniority
rights rising under the indentures relating to the publicly-held subordinated
debentures were deemed satisfied and canceled as of the Effective Date.  In
addition, the Plan of Reorganization authorized the issuance of stock options
to purchase up to 900,000 shares of Common Stock of the reorganized company to
certain key employees and directors at $10.50 per share.

Even though the Company has successfully emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection, the Bankruptcy Court continues to exercise the authority to resolve
disputes on pre-petition claims of creditors, to make rulings on matters
related to the assumption or rejection of executory contracts and leases
pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and to make judgments on other matters
related to the Plan of Reorganization.





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   13
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT

     The following table sets forth the names, ages and certain additional
information regarding the Company's executive officers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Name (1)                Age                                Position
      --------                ---                                --------
<S>                            <C>       <C>
V.H. Van Horn                  56        Director, President and Chief Executive Officer since 1975; employee of the Company since
                                         1966.
                            
A.J. Gallerano                 52        Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 1989; Vice President, General
                                         Counsel and Secretary from 1979 to 1989.
                            
Arnold Van Zanten              52        Senior Vice President-Administration since April 1992; Vice President-Systems from April
                                         1989.  Prior to joining the Company, he was Senior Vice President-Operations Support for
                                         Coastal Mart Incorporated from June 1987.
                            
C.R. Wortham, Jr.              55        Senior Vice President-Real Estate and Gasoline since 1989; Vice President-Real Estate from
                                         1985 to 1989.
                            
F.R. Daily, Jr. (2)            43        Vice President-Marketing since July 1993; Vice President-Advertising and Sales Promotion
                                         from January 1989 to July 1993. Prior to joining the Company, he was Director of Coca-Cola
                                         Brands for Coca-Cola USA from September 1987; prior thereto he was Vice President-
                                         Marketing for Houston Coca-Cola Bottling Company for more than five years.
                            
Brian Fontana                  37        Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 1993; Vice President and
                                         Treasurer from July 1993 to December 1993; Treasurer from February 1992 to July 1993;
                                         Assistant Treasurer from April 1990 to February 1992.  Prior to joining the Company, he
                                         was Vice President of Corporate Banking for NCNB  Texas National Bank (currently
                                         NationsBank of Texas, N.A.).
                            
David P. Tusa (3)              34        Vice President and Controller since April 1994. Prior to joining the Company, he was
                                         Corporate Controller at CRSS Inc. from 1990; prior thereto he was a Senior Audit Manager
                                         for KPMG Peat Marwick for more than six years.
                            
M. David Wishard               36        Vice President-Stores since July 1993; prior thereto he served in various management
                                         positions within the Company since 1982.
- - -------------------                                                                          
</TABLE>
(1)        Mr. Van Horn and the Company have entered into a contract pursuant
           to which Mr. Van Horn will serve as President until at least June
           1999.  All other officers serve pursuant to three year contracts
           that expire in May 1996.  All of the executive officers, except
           Messrs. Fontana, Tusa and Wishard were executive officers of the
           Company as of December 9, 1991 when the Company and substantially
           all of its wholly-owned active subsidiaries filed petitions for
           voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States
           Bankruptcy Code.  For a complete description of the events leading
           up to and emerging from voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11
           see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
           incorporated by reference in Item 8 herein.
(2)        On July 15, 1994, Mr. Daily terminated his employment with the
           Company.
(3)        On August 26, 1994, Mr. Tusa terminated his employment with the
           Company.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   14
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

STORES

The Company had 709 stores in operation at June 30, 1994, of which
approximately 75% were leased.  Virtually all of the Company's fee-owned
properties are mortgaged.

CORPORATE OFFICES

The Company leases the building at 100 Waugh Drive, Houston, Texas, in which
its corporate and Gulf Coast Division offices are located pursuant to the terms
of a three year lease effective March 1, 1993.  The six-story building contains
approximately 123,800 square feet of net rentable area, of which the Company
utilizes 107,043 square feet and subleases 16,757 square feet to an
unaffiliated company under a lease term expiring February 29, 1996.


SUPPORT FACILITIES

Corporate Kitchen - The Company leases 35,000 square feet in an industrial park
in Houston, Texas, in which its Corporate Kitchen is located.  The primary
lease expired in 1991 and the Company exercised its option to extend the lease
through 1996.

Other - The Company also leases various spaces for district/division support in
each of its major markets.  The remaining terms of these leases range from one
to five years with options to renew primarily for an additional 5 years per
option.  The square footage of the locations ranges from approximately 2,400
square feet to 4,600 square feet.





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   15
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

THE DISCUSSION BELOW SETS FORTH VARIOUS ASPECTS OF THE CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS,
BUT IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE AN EXHAUSTIVE SUMMARY.  FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
REGARDING THE EFFECT ON THE DEBTOR GROUP OF THESE PROCEEDINGS, REFERENCE SHOULD
BE MADE TO THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND THE CHAPTER 11 PROCEEDINGS OF THE DEBTOR
GROUP.

REORGANIZATION PROCEEDINGS UNDER CHAPTER 11

Chapter 11 Filing - On December 9, 1991, the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries (the "Debtor Group") filed separate petitions for reorganization
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court.  On December
11, 1991, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order for the cases to be jointly
administered.  The cases were jointly administered under Case No.
91-49816-H4-11.  A complete list of the Debtor Group which filed petitions for
reorganization is set forth below:

                   National Convenience Stores Incorporated
                   Stop N Go Markets of Texas, Inc.
                   Stop N Go Markets of Georgia, Inc.
                   Schepps Food Stores, Inc.
                   Second NCS Realty Company
                   Third NCS Realty Company
                   Fourth NCS Realty Company
                   Sixth NCS Realty Company
                   Seventh NCS Realty Company
                   Eighth NCS Realty Company
                   Ninth NCS Realty Company
                   Tenth NCS Realty Company
                   Eleventh NCS Realty Company
                   Twelfth NCS Realty Company
                   Thirteenth NCS Realty Company
                   Kempco Petroleum Company
                   Hot Stop Foods, Inc.
                   Texas Super Duper Markets, Inc.
                   Jay's Washaterias, Inc.


Shortly after the Petition Date, an official unsecured creditors' committee
(the "Committee"), representing all unsecured creditors of the Debtor Group,
including both the publicly-held debentures and the unsecured trade creditors,
was organized.  The Committee had the right to review and object to certain
business transactions and participated in the formulation of the Plan of
Reorganization.  The Debtor Group was required to pay certain expenses of the
Committee, including legal counsel, accountants and other professional fees, to
the extent approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

Plan of Reorganization - As a result of extensive negotiations held in December
1992, the Company reached a compromise agreement which was incorporated into
and became the Plan of Reorganization.  The Bankruptcy Court entered an order
confirming the Plan of





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   16
Reorganization on February 25, 1993.  The Plan of Reorganization subsequently
became effective March 9, 1993 (the "Effective Date").

The Plan of Reorganization was designed to repay all priority creditors in full
on the Effective Date or thereafter as provided in the Plan of Reorganization
and to repay secured creditors in full over time with interest.  Allowed
unsecured claims totalling approximately $137.5 million were canceled in
exchange for $9.3 million of cash, $1.0 million of new indebtedness and 5.91
million shares of newly issued Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
reorganized company.  All existing Series E Preferred Stock and existing common
stock of the predecessor company were exchanged for an aggregate distribution
of 90,000 shares of the newly issued Common Stock of the reorganized company.
Consequently, a total of 6.0 million shares of newly issued Common Stock of the
reorganized company were issued under the Plan of Reorganization.  In addition,
warrants to purchase up to an additional aggregate 1.35 million shares of newly
issued Common Stock at $17.75 per share were distributed to the holders of the
predecessor company's two publicly-held subordinated debenture series, the
Series E Preferred Stock and the old common stock.  All alleged seniority
rights rising under the indentures relating to the publicly-held subordinated
debentures were deemed satisfied and canceled as of the Effective Date.  In
addition, the Plan of Reorganization authorized the issuance of stock options
to purchase up to 900,000 shares of Common Stock of the reorganized company to
certain key employees and directors at $10.50 per share.

Claims Procedures - Pre-petition claims held by creditors of the Debtor Group
which were contingent or unliquidated at the commencement of the Chapter 11
proceedings were generally allowable against the Debtor Group in amounts fixed
by the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise agreed upon.  These claims, including,
without limitation, those which arise in connection with the rejection of
executory contracts and lease obligations and with resolution of litigation,
are expected to be substantial.

The Company is continuing to research and evaluate the proofs of claims
received.  As of September 23, 1994, 3,005 proofs of claims had been filed
against the Company which had not been withdrawn and which had a stated
aggregate value of approximately $357.4 million for the proofs of claim
specifying amounts; numerous other proofs of claim do not specify amounts.  Of
the total, 2,939 claims valued at $293.5 million had been accepted for
settlement by the Company.  The remaining number of claims includes other
unresolved claims, including duplicate claims filed by the same claimant and
also includes duplicate claims filed by separate parties for the same asserted
liability.  The Debtor Group considers the amounts claimed in the remaining
unsettled proofs of claim to be an unreliable estimate of their liability.  In
the opinion of management, certain of these claims assert unrealistic amounts
of liability, are duplicate claims or have other defects.  Consequently, as of
September 23, 1994, the Debtor Group is continuing to prosecute objections in
the Bankruptcy Court for 15 of the remaining disputed claims covering $22.9
million.  Of the disputed claims, $6.3 million is the amount the Company
estimates is not covered by insurance.  In addition, as of September 23, 1994,
49 claims for $37.1 million had been assigned to a mediation/settlement
procedure outlined in the Plan of Reorganization.  The Debtor Group will
continue to reconcile the scheduled claims with the claims asserted in proofs
of claims and will take appropriate steps to eliminate all duplications and
other inaccuracies to ensure that only valid claims are allowed by the
Bankruptcy Court.  This process will continue until all claims are resolved and
is expected to last for an extended period of time.





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   17
The majority of outstanding disputed claims are general unsecured claims.
Pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, a total of 1,616,559
shares of Common Stock were issued to Boatmen's Trust Company as agent for the
general unsecured creditors, pending allowance of their respective claims.  As
of September 20, 1994, Boatmen's had allocated 873,847 shares to individual
unsecured creditors and had issued the appropriate share certificates.  The
remaining 742,712 shares will be allocated in the future as additional general
unsecured claims are allowed.

On January 10, 1994, the Bankruptcy Court approved a settlement of the Proofs
of Claim of National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
and certain related entities ("National Union"), which settlement provided for
National Union to have an allowed general unsecured claim under the Plan of
Reorganization in the amount of $4,029,319, for the release of $4,494,152 in
Letters of Credit held by National Union and for the reissuance of Letters of
Credit totalling $9,591,925 to National Union.  The settlement also
contemplates the payment by National Union of certain proofs of claim by
claimants whose claims are covered by National Union insurance.  As a result of
the settlement with National Union, the amount of unresolved general unsecured
claims was substantially reduced.

On September 14, 1994, an Order of the Bankruptcy Court was entered approving a
settlement of the proofs of claim of the current lessors of the Debtors' home
office location.  The settlement provides for an aggregate allowed claim in the
amount of $3,516,989.  The settlement substantially reduced the amount of
unresolved general unsecured claims.  The amount originally claimed by these
lessors, excluding the potentially duplicate claims, was in excess of
$7,900,000.

OTHER LITIGATION

George Shields, Garry Cocker, Michael W. Armstrong & Sheila B. Armstrong, Joint
Tenants, Michael W. Armstrong & Sheila B. Armstrong Revocable Living Trust,
Bobby J. Moon, and Jeannie M. Moon, on behalf of themselves and all others
similarly situated, Plaintiffs v. V. H. Van Horn, Richard C. Steadman, Dunbar
N. Chambers, Jr., Raymond W. Oeland, Jr. and Robert Stobaugh, Defendants; in
the 125th Judicial District Court of Harris County, Texas (the "State Court
Action").  In this action, filed on February 24, 1993, the shareholder
Plaintiffs had sought class certification to assert claims by all shareholders
of the Company prior to the confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.  The
Plaintiffs contended, among other things, that the write-offs which were taken
prior to the confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization were improper and that
the Plan of Reorganization, as approved by order of the Bankruptcy Court,
improperly deprived Plaintiffs of their ownership of the Company.  Plaintiffs
had sought unspecified compensatory and punitive damages and costs of defense.

The Company had filed an adversary proceeding against the
shareholders/Plaintiffs styled National Convenience Stores Incorporated v.
George Shields and Garry Cocker, in the Bankruptcy Court, Adversary No. 93-4454
(the "Adversary Proceeding").  The Company's complaint in the Adversary
Proceeding had requested that the Bankruptcy Court enforce its injunction
contained in the Order confirming the Plan of Reorganization since the
Adversary Proceeding, as a collateral attack upon the Order of Confirmation,
contradicts the Order of Confirmation.  On October 29, 1993, the Bankruptcy
Court entered judgment for the Company against Messrs. Shields and Cocker.  The
judgment enjoined Messrs.  Shields and Cocker from prosecuting the State Court
Action and ordered Messrs. Shields and Cocker to dismiss the State Court
Action.  The judgment was appealed by Messrs. Shields and Cocker to the United
States





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   18
District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division.

The Company had filed a further action in Bankruptcy Court against Messrs.
Shields and Cocker styled National Convenience Stores Incorporated v. Shields
and Cocker, Adversary No. 93-4705 (the "Compensation Lawsuit") in which the
Company sought compensation for costs incurred as a result of the violation of
the permanent injunction by the shareholder/Plaintiffs mentioned above.

The Directors, who are Defendants in the State Court Action, and the Company
entered into a settlement agreement with the Plaintiffs, in the State Court
Action, and Messrs. Shields and Cocker with respect to the State Court Action,
the Adversary Proceeding and the Compensation Lawsuit.  Under the terms of the
settlement agreement, the Plaintiffs, in the State Court Action, and Messrs
Shields and Cocker agreed (i) to release each of their claims against the
Directors who are Defendants and the Company; (ii) to dismiss the State Court
Action; (iii) to sell any shares of Company stock owned; (iv) not to purchase
any Company stock for ten years; and (v) to pay the Company $1,000.  The
Company agreed to dismiss the Adversary Proceeding and the Compensation
Lawsuit.  The State Court Action, the Appeal of the Adversary Proceeding and
the Compensation Lawsuit have been dismissed.

There is no other litigation pending or threatened against the Company that
management believes would have a material adverse effect on the financial
position or the business of the Company.  See, however, Item 1
"Business--Regulatory Matters" for information relating to the Company's
potential litigation exposure as a retailer of alcoholic beverages and
gasoline.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1994.





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   19
                                    PART II

ITEM 5.       MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
              MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock and Warrants to Purchase Common Stock are traded on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbols "NCSI" and "NCSIW", respectively.
On March 9, 1993, upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, all
authorized and outstanding shares of the predecessor company's publicly-traded
securities, including its common stock, were cancelled and the abovementioned
securities were issued by the reorganized company.  The following table sets
forth the high and low sales price of the newly issued Common Stock and
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq since the first day
of trading:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Warrants to
                                        Common Stock(1)      Purchase Common Stock (2)
                                       ----------------      -------------------------
                                        High       Low          High             Low  
                                       ------    ------       --------         -------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>           <C>              <C>    
Year Ended June 30, 1994:
     First Quarter                     $16.75    $13.25        $ 4.75           $3.50
     Second Quarter                     16.75     14.25          5.75            3.50
     Third Quarter                      20.00     16.25         7.375            5.00
     Fourth Quarter                     17.00     10.25          5.75            2.75
                                                                           
Year Ended June 30, 1993:
     Third Quarter                     $16.13    $14.00            -               -
     Fourth Quarter                     16.75     14.25        $ 4.75           $3.50
</TABLE>


(1)  The Common Stock began trading on March 10, 1993.
(2)  The Warrants to Purchase Common Stock began trading on April 15, 1993.


The number of the Company's common stockholders of record at August 31, 1994
was 1,380.  Holders of shares held in "nominee" or street names are not
included in this number.

The Company has not paid a dividend on its Common Stock during its two most
recent fiscal years.  Under the terms of certain of the Company's long-term
debt instruments, the Company cannot pay cash dividends on its Common Stock or
purchase any treasury stock.



ITEM 6.       SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from page 13 of the Company's 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders.





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   20
ITEM 7.       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
              RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from pages 13 through 23 and on page 44 of the Company's 1994
Annual Report to Shareholders.


ITEM 8.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from pages 24 through 44 of the Company's 1994 Annual Report to
Shareholders.


ITEM 9.       CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
              ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   21
                                    PART III

ITEM 10.      DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information concerning directors of the Company is incorporated herein
by reference from the section entitled "Information Regarding Directors and
Officers" of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held November 10, 1994 in response to this item.
The information concerning executive officers of the Company is included in
Item 1 of Part I of this report pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of
Regulation S-K.


ITEM 11.      EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from the section entitled "Executive Compensation and Other
Information" of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held November 10, 1994.


ITEM 12.      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
              MANAGEMENT

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from the sections entitled "Voting Securities and Principal
Holders Thereof" and "Information Regarding Directors and Officers" of the
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be held November 10, 1994.


ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required in response to this item is incorporated herein
by reference from the section entitled "Executive Compensation and Other
Information" of the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 1994 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held November 10, 1994.





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   22
                                    PART IV

ITEM 14.      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1.   Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.
     Financial Statements Included as Part II of this report:                                             Page
                                                                                                          ----
  <S>                                                                                                      <C>
         Independent Auditors' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Consolidated Statements of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Consolidated Balance Sheets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'                                                        
           Equity (Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
         Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information                                                    
           (Unaudited)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      *
                                                                                                         
  Financial Statement Schedules:                                                                         
                                                                                                         
         Independent Auditors' Consent and                                                               
           Report on Schedules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-1
                                                                                                         
         Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from                                                           
           Related Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-2
                                                                                                         
         Schedule V - Property and Equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-6
                                                                                                         
         Schedule VI - Accumulated Depreciation                                                        
           and Amortization of Property and
           Equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-7
</TABLE>

  *      Incorporated herein by reference to the appropriate portions of the
         Company's 1994 Annual Report to Shareholders.





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   23
2.       Exhibits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number                                 Description
- - -------                                -----------
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                      
2.1   -   Order Preserving Property of the Estate and Declaring Certain Stock Transactions as Void Ab Initio, issued by the United 
          States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston Division) entered September 8, 1992 - incorporated by
          reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 1992.                           
                                                                                                                                   
2.2   -   Supplemental Disclosure Statement Under 11 U.S.C. Section 1125 in connection with Debtor's Revised Fourth Amended and    
          Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code dated December 28, 1992, with
          Revised Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code   
          dated December 28, 1992, included therein as Exhibit B - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's      
          Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 1992 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed January 20, 1993).                 
                                                                                                                                   
2.3   -   Revised Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code as
          Confirmed (Order Entered February 25, 1993) - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Current Report on
          Form 8-K dated February 25, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 12, 1993).                                     
                                                                                                                                   
3.1   -   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant dated March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to  
          Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).           
                                                                                                                                   
3.2   -   Restated By-Laws of Registrant dated March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.2 to Registrant's Current  
          Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                                
                                                                                                                                   
3.3   -   Form of Permanent Common Stock Certificate of Registrant - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.2 to Registrant's    
          Current Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                        
                                                                                                                                   
3.4   -   Form of Warrant Certificate of Registrant - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.3 to Registrant's Current Report on 
          Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                                          
                                                                                                                                   
4.1   -   Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993, between Registrant, its Subsidiaries Signatory Thereto, the        
          Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent - incorporated by reference to       
          Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission File No.     
          1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                   
*4.1.1-   First Amendment dated as of June 15, 1993 to Revolving Credit Agreement between Registrant, its Subsidiaries Signatory   
          Thereto, the Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent.                        
</TABLE>  





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   24
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                      
4.2     - Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Agreement dated March 9, 1993, between Registrant and Bank of America National     
          Trust and Savings Association - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  
          for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                   
                                                                                                                                   
4.3     - Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993, between Registrant and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
          as Agent - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
          March 31, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                         
                                                                                                                                   
*4.3.1  - First Amendment dated as of June 15, 1993 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant and         
          NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent.                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                   
*4.4    - Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant and NationsBank 
          of Texas, N.A., as Agent, Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994 to Revolving Credit Agreement between Registrant, its    
          Subsidiaries Signatory Thereto, the Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as         
          Agent and Overriding Amendment To All Other Loan Documents dated March 31, 1994.                                         
                                                                                                                                   
*10.1.1 - Twentieth Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant's Profit Sharing Plan and Trust executed December 16, 1993.        
                                                                                                                                   
*10.1.2 - Twenty-first Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant's Profit Sharing Plan and Trust executed August 9, 1994.        
                                                                                                                                   
10.2    - Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors of Registrant dated as of July 18, 1986-incorporated by     
          reference from Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File
          No. 1-7936).
        
10.3.1  - Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") dated May 13, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(a) to
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15,
          1985).
          
10.3.2  - First Amendment to ESOP dated June 27, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.2 to Registrant's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).
          
10.3.3  - Second Amendment to ESOP dated June 20, 1986-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.3 to Registrant's Annual Report
          on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).                                           
          
10.3.4  - Third Amendment to ESOP dated November 17, 1986-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.4 to Registrant's Annual 
          Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).                                       
</TABLE>  





                                      -21-  
<PAGE>   25
<TABLE>              
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                     
10.3.5 -  Fourth Amendment to Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan executed June 27, 1990-incorporated by reference from     
          Exhibit 10.7.5 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1990 (Commission File No. 1-7936).
                                                                                                                                  
10.3.6 -  Fifth Amendment to Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan dated April 5, 1991-incorporated by reference from Exhibit
          10.8.6 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991 (Commission File No. 1 -7936).       
                                                                                                                                   
10.3.7 -  ESOP Stock Purchase Agreement with Registrant dated May 13, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(c) to       
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed       
          May 15, 1985).                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                   
10.3.8 -  Nonrecourse promissory note dated May 13, 1985, from ESOP to Registrant-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(d) to 
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15,
          1985).                                                                                                                   

10.4   -  Asset Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Customer Company and Triond dated as of May 19, 1992 - incorporated
          by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992 (Commission
          File No. 1-7936, filed September 28, 1992).              
                                                                                                                                  
10.5   -  Warrant Agreement Dated March 9, 1993 between National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Boatmen's Trust Company as    
          Warrant Agent - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25,
          1993 (Commission No. 1-7936, filed March 12, 1993).                                                                     
                                                                                                                                   
10.6   -  Standstill Agreement dated as of March 22, 1993 between Registrant and Smith Management Company - incorporated by      
          reference from Exhibit 10(a) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993         
          (Commission No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                                             
                                                                                                                                 
10.7   -  Registrant's 1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan dated as of March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(b)
          to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 
          1993).
        
10.8   -  Asset Exchange Agreement By and Among National Convenience Stores Incorporated, NCS Realty Company, The Circle K
          Corporation and Circle K Properties, Inc. dated as of April 20, 1994 and as amended on April 29, 1994 - incorporated by
          reference from Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 1994 (Commission File No. 1-7936,
          filed May 13, 1994).
        
10.9   -  Asset Purchase Agreement By and Among National Convenience Stores Incorporated, NCS Realty Company, Stop N  Go markets of
          Georgia, Inc., The Circle K Corporation and Circle K Properties, Inc. dated as of April 20, 1994 and as amended on April
          29, 1994 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 1994
          (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1994).
        
*10.10 -  Registrant's Officers' Retirement Plan, executed March 31, 1994.
          
*10.11 -  Trust Under National Convenience Stores Incorporated Officers' Retirement Plan, executed June 30, 1994 between 
          Registrant and Bank One, Texas, N.A..
          
*10.12 -  Registrant's Directors' Retirement Plan, executed March 31, 1994.
</TABLE>  





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   26
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
*10.13 -   Trust Under National Convenience Stores Incorporated Directors' Retirement Plan, executed June 30, 1994 between 
           Registrant and Bank One, Texas, N.A..
           
*10.14 -   Employment Agreement between Registrant and Mr. V. H. Van Horn effective July 1, 1994.
           
*10.15 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. A. J. Gallerano.
           
*10.16 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. Arnold Van Zanten.
           
*10.17 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. C. R. Wortham.
           
*10.18 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. Brian Fontana.
           
*10.19 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. M. David Wishard.
           
10.20  -   Employee Stock Ownership Trust Agreement dated May 13, 1985, between Registrant and InterFirst Bank Houston, N.A., as
           Trustee- incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(b) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
           March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15, 1985).
        
*11    -   Computation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share.
           
*13    -   Pages 13 through 44 of the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Registrant for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994.
           
*21    -   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
           
*23    -   Independent Auditors' Consent and Report on Schedules of Deloitte & Touche LLP, included as page S-1 in Item 14(a) 1. of
           this report.
           
*27    -   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>   

(b)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

      On May 13, 1994, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K to
disclose that on April 29, 1994, the Company completed a transaction whereby
the Company, (i) exchanged its 53 operating convenience stores in Southern
California, together with related inventories and equipment, for 88 operating
convenience stores of The Circle K Corporation in the Dallas/Fort  Worth and
Houston, Texas areas, together with related inventories and equipment and, (ii)
sold its 27 operating convenience stores in Atlanta, Georgia, together with
related inventories and equipment, for cash consideration of $9,150,000.

________________
*Filed Herewith





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   27
      On July 13, 1994, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K/A to
amend the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 1994 to provide the
audited financial statements of the business acquired and the related pro forma
financial information required for the aforementioned transaction between the
Company and The Circle K Corporation.





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   28
                                  SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                         National Convenience Stores
                                           Incorporated
                                         (Registrant)



                                         By:  A.J. GALLERANO         
                                           A.J. Gallerano
                                           Senior Vice President-
                                            General Counsel and
                                            Secretary
     
September 27, 1994

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below on September 27, 1994, by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated.

      Name                                      Title
      ----                                      -----

V.H. VAN HORN                          President, Chief Executive
V.H. Van Horn                          Officer and Director
                                       (Principal Executive Officer)

BRIAN FONTANA                          Vice President - Chief Financial Officer
Brian Fontana                          (Principal Accounting Officer)


RICHARD C. STEADMAN                    Chairman of the Board and
Richard C. Steadman                    Director


DUNBAR N. CHAMBERS, JR.                Director
Dunbar N. Chambers, Jr.

CHARLES J. LUELLEN                     Director
Charles J. Luellen





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   29

LIONEL SOSA                            Director
Lionel Sosa


RAYMOND W. OELAND, JR.                 Director
Raymond W. Oeland, Jr.


ROBERT B. STOBAUGH                     Director
Robert B. Stobaugh

WILLIAM KEY WILDE                      Director
William Key Wilde





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   30

             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULES



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
Houston, Texas

      We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements of National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries (the
"Company") on Form S-3 (No. 33-3433) and on Forms S-8 (Nos. 227583 and
33-52449), of our report dated August 9, 1994, appearing in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 1994.

      Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our
aforementioned report also included the consolidated financial statement
schedules of the Company, listed in Item 14(a)1.  These consolidated financial
statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.  In our opinion,
such consolidated financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to
the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.





DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
September 27, 1994





                                      S-1
<PAGE>   31

           National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
             Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Predecessor Company                       
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Balance                                                 Balance
                                                 Beginning                                                  End
Name of Debtor                                   of Period         Additions         Deductions          of Period
- - --------------                                   ---------         ---------         ----------          ---------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>             <C>               <C>
Year ended June 30, 1992

A.J. Gallerano                                $   352,000          $    ---        $   352,000       $       ---
Patricia A. Raybon                                176,000               ---            176,000               ---
John C. Brewster                                  527,000               ---            527,000               ---
Michael C. Kearney                                264,000               ---            264,000               ---
Jerry M. Comstock                                 264,000               ---            264,000               ---
C.R. Wortham                                      264,000               ---            264,000               ---
V.H. Van Horn                                   1,758,000               ---          1,758,000               ---
Dunbar N. Chambers, Jr.                           264,000               ---            264,000               ---
Raymond W. Oeland, Jr.                            264,000               ---            264,000               ---
Richard C. Steadman                               264,000               ---            264,000               ---
Robert B. Stobaugh                                264,000               ---            264,000               ---
William Key Wilde                                 264,000               ---            264,000               ---
F.R. Daily, Jr.                                   348,000               ---            348,000               ---
Arnold Van Zanten                                 175,000               ---            175,000               ---
Texas Commerce Bank N.A.,
 as Trustee under the
 Company's Employee
 Stock Ownership
 Plan                                          23,167,000               ---                ---        23,167,000
                                              -----------          --------         ----------       -----------
                                                                                 
                                              $28,615,000          $    ---         $5,448,000 (1)   $23,167,000
                                              ===========          ========         ==========       ===========
</TABLE>





                                      S-2
<PAGE>   32
           National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
             Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties
                                  (Continued)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Predecessor Company              |       Reorganized Company    
                                       ----------------------------------------------  |  -----------------------------
                                       Balance                             Balance at  |
                                       Beginning          Additions         February   |   Additions       Balance at
Name of Debtor                         of Period        (Deductions)        28, 1993   |  (Deductions)    June 30, 1993
- - --------------                         ---------        ------------       ----------  |  ------------    -------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>               <C>         |   <C>             <C>
Year ended June 30, 1993                                                               |
                                                                                       |
Texas Commerce Bank, N.A.,                                                             |
 as Trustee under the                                                                  |
 Company's Employee                                                                    |
 Stock Ownership                                                                       |
 Plan                                 23,167,000         (23,167,000) (2)        ---   |          ---             ---
                                      ==========         ===========       =========   |    =========       =========
</TABLE>





                                      S-3
<PAGE>   33
           National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
             Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties
                                  (Continued)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Reorganized Company                       
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Balance                                                   Balance
                                               Beginning                                                    End
Name of Debtor                                 of Period           Additions         Deductions          of Period
- - --------------                                 ---------           ---------         ----------          ---------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>
Year ended June 30, 1994

V.H. Van Horn                                 $       -0-          $300,000(3)       $      375         $   299,625
                                              ===========          ========          ==========         ===========
</TABLE>





                                      S-4
<PAGE>   34
           National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
             Schedule II - Amounts Receivable from Related Parties

                                  (Continued)


(1)  During the year ended June 30, 1987, the predecessor company issued
     floating interest rate subordinated debentures to all of its officers and
     directors and during the year ended June 30, 1989, the predecessor company
     issued floating interest rate subordinated debentures to those officers
     currently employed with the predecessor company who had not been issued
     debentures during the year ended June 30, 1987.  The purchases of both
     issuances of debentures were financed pursuant to promissory notes payable
     executed by such officers and directors.  As a result of the ratification
     of the 1989 Equity Incentive Plan on October 25, 1989, no additional
     debentures were allowed to be issued thereafter.  During fiscal 1992,
     certain officers and directors of the predecessor company exercised their
     right to exchange the outstanding $5,448,000 of promissory notes payable
     held by the predecessor company for the related floating interest rate
     subordinated debentures.

(2)  For financial reporting purposes, the Company wrote off the Employee Stock
     Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") receivable upon emerging from Chapter 11
     bankruptcy reorganization and adopting "fresh-start reporting" as set
     forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement
     of Position 90-7 "Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under
     the Bankruptcy Code".  Concurrently with emergence from Chapter 11
     bankruptcy reorganization, the Company proposed termination of the ESOP
     and filed for a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the tax
     consequences of the proposed termination of the ESOP.  To date the Company
     has not received such ruling.

(3)  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994 the Company extended a three-year
     $300,000 unsecured loan with interest payable at 8 1/2% annually to Mr. V.
     H. Van Horn, who serves as a director and as President and Chief Executive
     Officer of the Company.  The loan is payable in 35 monthly installments of
     $2,500 of principal and interest and a final payment of the then unpaid
     principal and interest.  The terms of the loan also require that any bonus
     compensation earned by Mr. V. H. Van Horn while the loan is outstanding be
     applied as a mandatory prepayment of the loan.





                                      S-5
<PAGE>   35
           NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Schedule V - Property and Equipment


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Balance                                                                   Balance   
         Classification                Beginning                         Retirements                                End     
            Period                     of Period       Additions          or Sales           Other (1)            of Period 
         --------------                ---------       ---------         -----------         ---------            --------- 
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>          
PREDECESSOR COMPANY                                                                                                         
Year ended June 30, 1992:                                                                                                   
Land..............................  $ 48,320,000      $       ---        $   306,000       $ (5,368,000)       $ 42,646,000 
Buildings.........................    78,623,000              ---            680,000        (10,290,000)         67,653,000 
Leasehold improvements............    56,815,000        2,072,000         16,577,000         (9,996,000)         32,314,000 
Equipment and fixtures............   147,518,000        1,458,000          8,784,000        (35,058,000)        105,134,000 
Store property under                                                                                                        
 capital leases...................    24,990,000              ---          7,790,000                ---          17,200,000 
Investment in store property......       312,000           27,000                ---           (339,000)                --- 
                                    ------------      -----------        -----------       ------------        ------------ 
                                                                                                                            
Totals............................  $356,578,000      $ 3,557,000        $34,137,000       $(61,051,000) (2)   $264,947,000 
                                    ============      ===========        ===========       ============        ============ 
                                                                                                                            
Period ended February 28, 1993:                                                                                             
Land..............................  $ 42,646,000      $   109,000        $   282,000       $ (1,278,000)       $ 41,195,000 
Buildings.........................    67,653,000              ---            410,000        (27,649,000)         39,594,000 
Leasehold improvements............    32,314,000        1,090,000          1,358,000        (15,638,000)         16,408,000 
Equipment and fixtures............   105,134,000        1,855,000          8,883,000        (42,197,000)         55,909,000 
Store property under                                                                                                        
 capital leases...................    17,200,000              ---          6,078,000        (11,122,000)                --- 
                                    ------------      -----------        -----------       ------------        ------------ 
                                                                                                                            
Totals............................  $264,947,000      $ 3,054,000        $17,011,000       $(97,884,000) (3)   $153,106,000 
                                    ============      ===========        ===========       ============        ============ 
                                                                                                                            
REORGANIZED COMPANY                                                                                                         
Period from Inception (March 1, 1993)                                                                                       
through June 30, 1993:                                                                                                      
Land..............................  $ 41,195,000      $       ---        $       ---       $   (603,000)       $ 40,592,000 
Buildings.........................    39,594,000              ---            104,000            619,000          40,109,000 
Leasehold improvements............    16,408,000        1,444,000            571,000            191,000          17,472,000 
Equipment and fixtures............    55,909,000        7,363,000            115,000          1,204,000          64,361,000 
                                    ------------      -----------        -----------       ------------        ------------ 
                                                                                                                            
Totals............................  $153,106,000      $ 8,807,000        $   790,000       $  1,411,000        $162,534,000 
                                    ============      ===========        ===========       ============        ============ 
                                                                                                                            
Year ended June 30, 1994:                                                                                                   
Land..............................  $ 40,592,000      $ 1,389,000        $ 1,715,000       $    204,000        $ 40,470,000 
Buildings.........................    40,109,000        1,382,000          3,659,000           (119,000)         37,713,000 
Leasehold improvements............    17,472,000        5,396,000          2,536,000           (273,000)         20,059,000 
Equipment and fixtures............    64,361,000       19,194,000          5,488,000            981,000          79,048,000 
                                    ------------      -----------        -----------       ------------        ------------ 
                                                                                                                            
Totals............................  $162,534,000      $27,361,000 (4)    $13,398,000 (4)   $    793,000        $177,290,000 
                                    ============      ===========        ===========       ============        ============ 
                  
</TABLE>          


         (1)     Represents land and buildings transferred from (to) the other
                 asset accounts.
         (2)     Includes the write-off of costs for closed stores and
                 nonperforming leaseholds (see Note 10 of the Notes to
                 Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in
                 Item 8 herein).
         (3)     Effective March 1, 1993, the Company emerged from Chapter 11
                 bankruptcy reorganization and adopted SOP 90-7.  Accordingly,
                 accumulated depreciation was reclassified to property and
                 equipment, as follows, in order to restate property and
                 equipment at fair market value as of the Effective Date:
                 buildings-$22,414,000, leasehold improvements-$16,117,000,
                 equipment and fixtures-$34,117,000 and store property under
                 capital leases-$7,839,000.
         (4)     Includes the addition of $1,356,000 for Land, $1,382,000 for
                 Buildings, $2,097,000 for Leasehold Improvements and $582,000
                 for equipment and fixtures and the retirement of $1,679,000
                 for Land, $3,642,000 for Buildings, $1,132,000 for Leasehold
                 Improvements and $2,449,000 for Equipment and Fixtures
                 resulting from assets acquired/disposed through a transaction
                 with The Circle K Corporation (See Note 2 of the Notes to
                 Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in
                 Item 8 herein).





                                      S-6
<PAGE>   36
           NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
          Schedule VI - Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of
                            Property and Equipment



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Balance                                                                   Balance   
         Classification                Beginning                          Retirements                               End     
            Period                     of Period       Additions           or Sales           Other (1)          of Period 
         --------------                ---------       ---------          -----------         ---------          ---------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>          
PREDECESSOR COMPANY
Year ended June 30, 1992:
Buildings.........................  $ 19,525,000      $  2,945,000        $    114,000     $ (2,914,000)       $ 19,442,000  
Leasehold improvements............    24,246,000         4,233,000          10,475,000       (5,446,000)         12,558,000  
Equipment and fixtures............    70,171,000        11,854,000          13,595,000      (16,749,000)         51,681,000  
Store property under                                                                                                         
 capital leases...................    16,426,000         1,084,000           5,849,000              ---          11,661,000  
                                    ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------        ------------  
                                                                                                                              
Totals............................  $130,368,000      $ 20,116,000        $ 30,033,000     $(25,109,000) (3)   $ 95,342,000  
                                    ============      ============        ============     ============        ============  
                                                                                                                              
Period ended February 28, 1993:                                                                                               
Buildings.........................  $ 19,442,000      $  1,630,000        $  1,302,000     $(19,770,000)       $        ---  
Leasehold improvements............    12,558,000         1,938,000           1,160,000      (13,336,000)                ---  
Equipment and fixtures............    51,681,000         6,768,000           4,588,000      (53,861,000)                ---  
Store property under                                                                                                          
 capital leases...................    11,661,000               ---                 ---      (11,661,000)                ---  
                                    ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------        ------------  
                                                                                                                              
Totals............................  $ 95,342,000      $ 10,336,000        $  7,050,000     $(98,628,000) (4)   $        ---  
                                    ============      ============        ============     ============        ============  
                                                                                                                              
REORGANIZED COMPANY                                                                                                           
Period from Inception (March 1, 1993)                                                                                         
through June 30, 1993:                                                                                                        
Buildings.........................  $        ---      $    799,000        $    156,000     $    121,000        $    764,000  
                                                                                                                              
Leasehold improvements............           ---         1,003,000             221,000          204,000             986,000  
Equipment and fixtures............           ---         3,283,000            (312,000)         661,000           4,256,000  
                                    ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------        ------------  
                                                                                                                              
Totals............................  $        ---      $  5,085,000        $     65,000     $    986,000        $  6,006,000  
                                    ============      ============        ============     ============        ============  
                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                              
Year ended June 30, 1994:                                                                                                     
Buildings.........................  $    764,000      $  2,362,000        $    292,000     $   (121,000)       $  2,713,000  
Leasehold improvements............       986,000         3,183,000           1,080,000         (204,000)          2,885,000  
Equipment and fixtures............     4,256,000        10,616,000             594,000         (661,000)         13,617,000  
                                    ------------      ------------        ------------     ------------        ------------  
                                                                                                                              
Totals............................  $  6,006,000      $ 16,161,000        $  1,966,000(5)  $   (986,000)       $ 19,215,000  
                                    ============      ============        ============     ============        ============  
</TABLE>                                                             


         (1)     The annual provision for depreciation has been computed
                 principally in accordance with the following rates and ranges
                 of rates applied on the straight-line method:  Buildings, 4%;
                 Leasehold improvements, 7%-10%; Equipment and fixtures,
                 11%-17%; Store property under capital leases, 4%-5%.
         (2)     Represents land and buildings transferred from (to) the other
                 asset accounts.
         (3)     Includes write-off of accumulated depreciation for closed
                 stores and nonperforming leaseholds, offset by a reserve for
                 market divestitures identified by the Company's strategic
                 review (see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
                 Statements incorporated by reference in Item 8 herein).
         (4)     Effective March 1, 1993, the Company emerged from Chapter 11
                 bankruptcy reorganization and adopted SOP 90-7.  Accordingly,
                 accumulated depreciation was reclassified to property and
                 equipment, as follows, in order to restate property and
                 equipment at fair market value as of the Effective Date:
                 buildings-$22,414,000, leasehold improvements-$16,117,000,
                 equipment and fixtures-$34,117,000 and store property under
                 capital leases-$7,839,000.
         (5)     Includes the retirement of $217,000 for Buildings, $223,000
                 for Leasehold Improvements and $586,000 for Equipment and
                 Fixtures resulting from the disposition through a transaction
                 with The Circle K Corporation.





                                      S-7
<PAGE>   37
                              INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number 
- - -------
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                      
2.1   -   Order Preserving Property of the Estate and Declaring Certain Stock Transactions as Void Ab Initio, issued by the United 
          States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston Division) entered September 8, 1992 - incorporated by
          reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 1992.                           
                                                                                                                                   
2.2   -   Supplemental Disclosure Statement Under 11 U.S.C. Section 1125 in connection with Debtor's Revised Fourth Amended and    
          Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code dated December 28, 1992, with
          Revised Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code   
          dated December 28, 1992, included therein as Exhibit B - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's      
          Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 1992 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed January 20, 1993).                 
                                                                                                                                   
2.3   -   Revised Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code as
          Confirmed (Order Entered February 25, 1993) - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Current Report on
          Form 8-K dated February 25, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 12, 1993).                                     
                                                                                                                                   
3.1   -   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant dated March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to  
          Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).           
                                                                                                                                   
3.2   -   Restated By-Laws of Registrant dated March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.2 to Registrant's Current  
          Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                                
                                                                                                                                   
3.3   -   Form of Permanent Common Stock Certificate of Registrant - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.2 to Registrant's    
          Current Report on Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                        
                                                                                                                                   
3.4   -   Form of Warrant Certificate of Registrant - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.3 to Registrant's Current Report on 
          Form 8-A dated March 3, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed March 4, 1993).                                          
                                                                                                                                   
4.1   -   Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993, between Registrant, its Subsidiaries Signatory Thereto, the        
          Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent - incorporated by reference to       
          Exhibit 4(a) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission File No.     
          1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                   
*4.1.1-   First Amendment dated as of June 15, 1993 to Revolving Credit Agreement between Registrant, its Subsidiaries Signatory   
          Thereto, the Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent.                        

</TABLE>
<PAGE>   38
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>
4.2     - Amended and Restated Letter of Credit Agreement dated March 9, 1993, between Registrant and Bank of America National     
          Trust and Savings Association - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  
          for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                   
                                                                                                                                   
4.3     - Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993, between Registrant and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
          as Agent - incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
          March 31, 1993 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                         
                                                                                                                                   
*4.3.1  - First Amendment dated as of June 15, 1993 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant and         
          NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent.                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                   
*4.4    - Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994 to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Registrant and NationsBank 
          of Texas, N.A., as Agent, Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994 to Revolving Credit Agreement between Registrant, its    
          Subsidiaries Signatory Thereto, the Financial Institution's Signatory Thereto and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as         
          Agent and Overriding Amendment To All Other Loan Documents dated March 31, 1994.                                         
                                                                                                                                   
*10.1.1 - Twentieth Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant's Profit Sharing Plan and Trust executed December 16, 1993.        
                                                                                                                                   
*10.1.2 - Twenty-first Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant's Profit Sharing Plan and Trust executed August 9, 1994.        
                                                                                                                                   
10.2    - Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors of Registrant dated as of July 18, 1986-incorporated by     
          reference from Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File
          No. 1-7936).
        
10.3.1  - Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") dated May 13, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(a) to
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15,
          1985).
          
10.3.2  - First Amendment to ESOP dated June 27, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.2 to Registrant's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).
          
10.3.3  - Second Amendment to ESOP dated June 20, 1986-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.3 to Registrant's Annual Report
          on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).                                           
          
10.3.4  - Third Amendment to ESOP dated November 17, 1986-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8.4 to Registrant's Annual 
          Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1987 (Commission File No. 1-7936).                                       
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   39
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                                                                     
10.3.5 -  Fourth Amendment to Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan executed June 27, 1990-incorporated by reference from     
          Exhibit 10.7.5 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1990 (Commission File No. 1-7936).
                                                                                                                                  
10.3.6 -  Fifth Amendment to Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan dated April 5, 1991-incorporated by reference from Exhibit
          10.8.6 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991 (Commission File No. 1 -7936).       
                                                                                                                                   
10.3.7 -  ESOP Stock Purchase Agreement with Registrant dated May 13, 1985-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(c) to       
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed       
          May 15, 1985).                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                   
10.3.8 -  Nonrecourse promissory note dated May 13, 1985, from ESOP to Registrant-incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(d) to 
          Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15,
          1985).                                                                                                                   

10.4   -  Asset Purchase Agreement between Registrant and The Customer Company and Triond dated as of May 19, 1992 - incorporated by
          reference from Exhibit 10.12 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992 (Commission 
          File No. 1-7936, filed September 28, 1992). 
                                                                                                                                  
10.5   -  Warrant Agreement Dated March 9, 1993 between National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Boatmen's Trust Company as    
          Warrant Agent - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25,
          1993 (Commission No. 1-7936, filed March 12, 1993).                                                                     
                                                                                                                                   
10.6   -  Standstill Agreement dated as of March 22, 1993 between Registrant and Smith Management Company - incorporated by      
          reference from Exhibit 10(a) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993         
          (Commission No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1993).                                                                             
                                                                                                                                 
10.7   -  Registrant's 1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan dated as of March 9, 1993 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10(b)
          to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993 (Commission No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 
          1993).
        
10.8   -  Asset Exchange Agreement By and Among National Convenience Stores Incorporated, NCS Realty Company, The Circle K
          Corporation and Circle K Properties, Inc. dated as of April 20, 1994 and as amended on April 29, 1994 - incorporated by
          reference from Exhibit 10.10 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 1994 (Commission File No. 1-7936,
          filed May 13, 1994).
        
10.9   -  Asset Purchase Agreement By and Among National Convenience Stores Incorporated, NCS Realty Company, Stop N  Go markets of
          Georgia, Inc., The Circle K Corporation and Circle K Properties, Inc. dated as of April 20, 1994 and as amended on April
          29, 1994 - incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 1994
          (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 13, 1994).
        
*10.10 -  Registrant's Officers' Retirement Plan, executed March 31, 1994.
          
*10.11 -  Trust Under National Convenience Stores Incorporated Officers' Retirement Plan, executed June 30, 1994 between 
          Registrant and Bank One, Texas, N.A..
          
*10.12 -  Registrant's Directors' Retirement Plan, executed March 31, 1994.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   40
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
*10.13 -   Trust Under National Convenience Stores Incorporated Directors' Retirement Plan, executed June 30, 1994 between 
           Registrant and Bank One, Texas, N.A..
           
*10.14 -   Employment Agreement between Registrant and Mr. V. H. Van Horn effective July 1, 1994.
           
*10.15 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. A. J. Gallerano.
           
*10.16 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. Arnold Van Zanten.
           
*10.17 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. C. R. Wortham.
           
*10.18 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. Brian Fontana.
           
*10.19 -   Employment Agreement as amended through August 1, 1994 between Registrant and Mr. M. David Wishard.
           
10.20  -   Employee Stock Ownership Trust Agreement dated May 13, 1985, between Registrant and InterFirst Bank Houston, N.A., as
           Trustee- incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(b) to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
           March 31, 1985 (Commission File No. 1-7936, filed May 15, 1985).
        
*11    -   Computation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share.
           
*13    -   Pages 13 through 44 of the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Registrant for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994.
           
*21    -   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
           
*23    -   Independent Auditors' Consent and Report on Schedules of Deloitte & Touche LLP, included as page S-1 in Item 14(a) 1. of
           this report.
           
*27    -   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.1.1



                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                 THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (the
"Amendment") dated as of June 15, 1993 is by and among NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED (the "Borrower"), KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY, TEXAS SUPER
DUPER MARKETS, INC., SCHEPPS FOOD STORES, INC., STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS,
INC., STOP N GO MARKETS OF GEORGIA, INC. (each a "Guarantor Subsidiary"),
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A. ("NationsBank-Texas") and any other financial
institution that may become a party to the hereinafter described Credit
Agreement in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof (together
NationsBank-Texas and such other financial institutions are hereinafter
referred to as the "Lenders") and NATIONSBANK-TEXAS, as Agent for the Lenders
(in such capacity, the "Agent").

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Agent
and the Lenders have entered into that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated
as of March 9, 1993 (the "Credit Agreement"); and

                 WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the execution of the
Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Agent executed and delivered that
certain letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement") dated March 10, 1993,
pursuant to which the Borrower agreed, among other things, to amend the
Post-Confirmation NationsBank Loan Documents (as that term is defined in the
letter Agreement, and which includes, without limitation, the Credit Agreement)
within fourteen (14) days after written request from the Agent for the purpose
of incorporating any and all such More Favorable Terms (as that term is defined
in the Letter Agreement) as the Agent in its sole discretion may require; and

                 WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement, the
Agent has requested that the Borrower amend the Credit Agreement in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other documents and
instruments executed in connection herewith;

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree that the
Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:
<PAGE>   2
                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

                 1.01.    Capitalized terms defined in the recitals hereof are
hereby incorporated herein for all purposes.

                 1.02.    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   AMENDMENT

                 2.01.    Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following definitions in alphabetical order therein.
To the extent that the definition assigned to any capitalized term contained
herein is inconsistent with a definition already contained in the Credit
Agreement, the definition set forth in this Amendment shall be deemed to be
substituted in lieu of the existing definition.

                          "Guarantor Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary other
                 than a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, including, without
                 limitation, the Guarantor Subsidiaries listed in the preamble
                 to this Agreement.

                          "Non-Guarantor Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary
                 designated as a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary on Exhibit 1.01D
                 hereto or any Real Estate Subsidiary hereafter formed or
                 acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary which is specifically
                 prohibited from encumbering its assets.

                          "Permitted Investments" means (a) Permitted Seller
                 Finance Notes permitted pursuant to Section 7.10(b)(iii)(C),
                 provided that such promissory notes have been pledged to the
                 Lenders to secure the Obligations in accordance with the terms
                 of the Loan Documents, (b) Investments reasonably made
                 available by the Agent to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in
                 which the Lenders' security interest remains continuously
                 perfected, with maturities not longer than seven (7) days from
                 the purchase thereof, (c) amounts on deposit in Depository
                 Accounts from time to time, and (d) amounts held in cash
                 collateral accounts securing the Obligations, and obligations
                 of the Borrower under the Bank of America Agreement.

                          "Permitted Seller Finance Notes" means promissory
                 notes that (i) are payable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary
                 made by the purchaser of, or otherwise in connection with the
                 sale of, assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that may be
                 sold without the Lenders' prior written consent in accordance
                 with clause (C) of Section 7.10(b)(iii) and (ii) have a term
                 to maturity of not greater than five (5) years.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
                          "Special Reserves" means the following sub-accounts
                 of the balance sheet account "Other Liabilities and Deferred
                 Revenue":

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Balance at 3/31/93*
                                                                                           -------------------
                          <S>                                   <C>                            <C>
                          Total Environmental Reserve           $ 18,656,000            
                               less:  Current Portion            - 2,100,000            
                                                                ------------            
                          Environmental Reserve (Long Term Portion)                            $  16,556,000

                          National Money Orders, Inc. Reserve                                  $   2,370,000
                          Tax Reserve                                                              1,918,000
                                                                                               -------------
                               Total Special Reserves                                          $  20,844,000
</TABLE>

                          *numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand.

                          "Special Reserve Adjustment" means the aggregate
                 amount of reduction since March 31, 1993 to Special Reserves,
                 as reported pursuant to Section 6.02(s), which has resulted,
                 directly or indirectly, in an increase to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.

                          "Temporary Cash Investment" means any Investment in
                 (i) direct obligations of the United States or any agency
                 thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any
                 agency thereof, (ii) commercial paper rated at the time of
                 such Investment A-1, P-1 or better by a nationally recognized
                 credit rating agency, (iii) asset- backed corporate debt
                 securities rated at the time of such Investment A-1, P-1 or
                 better by a nationally recognized credit rating agency or (iv)
                 time deposits with, including certificates of deposit issued
                 by, any office located in the United States of any bank or
                 trust company the long-term debt of which (or of the parent
                 corporation of which) is rated A or better at the time of such
                 Investment by Standard & Poor's Corporation or A2 or better by
                 Moody's Investors Service, provided in each case that such
                 Investment matures within 180 days from the date of
                 acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

                 2.02.    Section 6.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following new subsection (s) thereto:

                          (s)     Together with the financial statements to be
                 delivered pursuant to Sections 6.02(a) and 6.02(b) hereof, a
                 certificate of the chief financial officer or principal
                 accounting officer of the Borrower, accompanied by a schedule
                 in the form of Exhibit 6.02(s), detailing reductions against
                 Special Reserves since March 31, 1993, and specifying the
                 amount of the Special Reserve Adjustment.

                 2.03.    Section 6.19 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following immediately after the section title
"Prepayment of Other Debt" in line 1 thereof:

                          (a)     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will
                 make any payment or prepayment on or redemption of or
                 acquisition for value of Debt of the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary, except for (i) payments approved pursuant to the





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
                 Plan of Reorganization, (ii) payments of scheduled lease
                 payments under Capital Leases of the Borrower or any Guarantor
                 Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and (iii) payments on
                 Debt permitted under Section 7.02; so long as upon payment or
                 prepayment on or redemption of or acquisition for value of
                 Debt that is made pursuant to any of clauses (i), (ii), or
                 (iii) above, the Borrower complies or causes compliance with
                 the terms of Section 6.19(b) below.  (b)

                 2.04.    Subject to Section 4.02 hereof, Section 7.08 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the word "Guarantor"
immediately before the word "Subsidiary" in line 2 thereof.

                 2.05.    Subject to Section 4.02 hereof, Section 7.10 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby deleted therefrom in its entirety and the following
new Section 7.10 is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

                 SECTION 7.10  Asset Sales and Net Cash Proceeds.  (a) All Net
                 Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall
                 be delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in
                 the percentages set forth in Exhibit 2.05 and in accordance
                 with Section 2.05(a)(ii) hereof.

                          (b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
                 of its Guarantor Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
                 sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                 (whether in one or a series of transactions) any of its
                 assets, stock, business or property (including without
                 limitation, accounts and notes receivable (with or without
                 recourse)) or enter into any agreement to do any of the
                 foregoing except:

                          (i)     Disposition of inventory, or used, worn-out
                          or surplus property, all in the ordinary course of
                          business;

                          (ii)    The sale of equipment to the extent that such
                          equipment is traded in for credit against the
                          purchase price of similar replacement equipment or
                          the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly
                          applied to the purchase price of such replacement
                          equipment;

                          (iii)   Borrower and its Subsidiaries may from time
                          to time sell assets, other than stock of Guarantors,
                          for cash (except as expressly permitted in clause (C)
                          of thisSection 7.10(b)(iii)), including assets in
                          which the Lenders have been granted a Lien, so long
                          as (x) no Default shall have occurred and be
                          continuing, (y) all such sales are negotiated in good
                          faith and on an arm's-length basis, and (z) each such
                          sale is not for less than the fair market value of
                          the respective asset, and upon the following
                          additional terms and conditions:





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                                  (A)      Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
                          sell all or substantially all the assets owned by
                          Borrower or any Subsidiary within any market area of
                          Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that if (x) a
                          sale or other transfer of assets constitutes a sale
                          of all or substantially all of the assets owned by
                          the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a market area or
                          (y) a sale or other transfer of assets when included
                          with the sales or other disposition of assets that
                          occurred during the immediately preceding twelve
                          consecutive months and that were the result of sales
                          or transfers by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any
                          Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
                          would result in a net reduction of twenty-five (25)
                          or more stores of the Borrower or any subsidiary in
                          operation in any one market area (calculated by
                          taking the number of stores of the Borrower or a
                          Subsidiary, as the case may be, in operation in the
                          applicable market area at the beginning of such
                          period as compared to those in operation at the end
                          of such period, taking into account the proposed sale
                          or other disposition), or (z) the net book value or
                          sales price (whichever is greater) of any such asset
                          or group of assets to be sold or any such group of
                          assets to be sold as a whole in any one transaction
                          or series of related transactions, or to one
                          purchaser or group of purchasers acting together,
                          exceeds $250,000, then, in each instance, such assets
                          may not be sold without the prior written consent of
                          the Majority Lenders; and

                                  (B)      Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
                          sell any asset or group of assets other than the sale
                          of the capital stock of a Subsidiary or a sale of
                          assets which is governed by clause (b)(iii)(A)(x) or
                          clause (b)(iii)(A)(y) of this Section 7.10; provided
                          that, if the net book value or sale price (whichever
                          is greater) of any such asset to be sold or any such
                          group of assets to be sold as a whole in any one
                          transaction or series of related transactions, or to
                          one purchaser or group of purchasers acting together,
                          exceeds $250,000, the asset or group of assets may
                          not be sold without the prior written consent of the
                          Majority Lenders; and

                                  (C)      all such sales shall be for cash;
                          provided that sales of any asset or group of assets
                          to be sold as a whole in any one transaction or
                          series of related transactions, to one purchaser or
                          group of purchasers acting together, that have a net
                          book value or sale price (whichever is greater) of
                          less than $250,000 may be for cash and Permitted
                          Seller Finance Notes so long as (x) not less than
                          twenty percent (20%) of any sale for a Permitted
                          Seller Finance Note is for cash and (y) the aggregate
                          principal amount of Permitted Seller Finance Notes
                          outstanding at any one time does not exceed One
                          Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

                          (c)     Amounts payable by any Person to Borrower or
                 any Guarantor Subsidiary hereunder, shall be paid by such
                 Person for the account of Borrower or such Subsidiary (i) in
                 the case of any purchasers affiliated with the Borrower





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                 or any Subsidiary or in the case of the sale of any Real
                 Estate, in escrow to an escrow agent designated by the Agent
                 (or, in the case of any sale of Real Estate, the applicable
                 title company), and shall be held in escrow by such escrow
                 agent (or title company, as the case may be) on terms
                 satisfactory to the Agent until such time as consummation of
                 the transaction in respect of which such funds have been
                 delivered into escrow has occurred, and immediately thereupon
                 Net Cash Proceeds payable to the Lenders shall be transferred
                 to the Agent, by wire transfer, in accordance with
                 instructions given to such escrow agent (or title company, as
                 the case may be) by the Agent, and (ii) in the case of any
                 other purchaser or the sale of any other assets, any such Net
                 Cash Proceeds payable to the Lenders under this Section 7.10
                 shall be immediately transferred to the Agent, by wire
                 transfer, in accordance with instructions given to such
                 purchaser by the Agent.  The Borrower and each Subsidiary
                 shall take all action and do all such things as may be
                 necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Agent to
                 accomplish the foregoing.

                          (d)     Subject to Section 7.10(e) hereof, upon the
                 request of the Borrower, and at the Borrower's expense,
                 simultaneous with the receipt hereunder by the Lenders of Net
                 Cash Proceeds relating to the Disposition by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary of any property or other assets securing the
                 Obligations, and provided that no Event of Default has
                 occurred which has not been waived by the Majority Lenders in
                 accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent may, and at the
                 instruction of the Majority Lenders shall, execute and deliver
                 to the Borrower or such Subsidiary duly executed releases, or
                 partial releases, as applicable, of any Lien they may have in
                 such property or assets, in form and substance satisfactory to
                 the Agent and the Borrower.

                          (e)     If at any time any payment by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds to any Lender is annulled,
                 set aside, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
                 preferential, rescinded or must otherwise be returned,
                 refunded or repaid by such Lender or if any foreclosure
                 proceeds in the form of credit against the indebtedness of
                 Borrower and the Guarantor Subsidiaries or in the form of cash
                 or certified funds or any other proceeds paid to any Lender
                 from time to time, are required to be returned by such Lender
                 upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or
                 reorganization of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or upon or
                 as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or
                 conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary or any substantial part of their
                 respective property or otherwise, the Obligations shall
                 continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
                 all as though such payment or payments had not been made.

                 2.06.    Sections 7.14, 7.15 and 7.16 of the Credit Agreement
are hereby deleted therefrom in their entirety and the following new Sections
7.14, 7.15 and 7.16 are hereby inserted in lieu thereof:





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                 SECTION 7.14.    Total Borrowed Funds to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.  The ratio of (A) Total Borrowed Funds to (B)
                 Consolidated Net Worth minus the Special Reserve Adjustment
                 will not at any time exceed the applicable ratios set forth in
                 the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                           To and
                 Including                          Including                         Ratio
                 ---------                          ---------                         -----
                 <S>                                <C>                               <C>
                 Closing Date                       6/29/94                           438%
                 6/30/94                            6/29/95                           418%
                 6/30/95                            6/29/96                           361%
                 6/30/96                            6/29/97                           314%
                 6/30/97                            thereafter                        266%
</TABLE>

                 SECTION 7.15.    Maximum Total Liabilities to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.  The ratio of (A) Total Liabilities plus the Special
                 Reserve Adjustment to (B) Consolidated Net Worth minus the
                 Special Reserve Adjustment will not at any time exceed the
                 applicable ratios set forth in the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                           To and
                 Including                          Including                         Ratio
                 ---------                          ---------                         -----
                 <S>                                <C>                               <C>
                 Closing Date                       6/29/94                           400%
                 6/30/94                            6/29/95                           360%
                 6/30/95                            6/29/96                           310%
                 6/30/96                            6/29/97                           270%
                 6/30/97                            6/29/98                           230%
                 6/30/98                            thereafter                        225%
</TABLE>

                 SECTION 7.16.    Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.  Consolidated
                 Net Worth minus the Special Reserve Adjustment will not at any
                 time be less than the applicable amount set forth in the
                 following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                           To and
                 Including                          Including                         Amount
                 ---------                          ---------                         ------
                 <S>                                <C>                               <C>
                 Closing Date                       6/29/95                           $61,400,000
                 6/30/95                            6/29/96                           $68,200,000
                 6/30/96                            6/29/97                           $77,700,000
                 6/30/97                            6/29/98                           $86,600,000
                 6/30/98                            6/29/99                           $98,900,000
                 6/30/99                            thereafter                        $101,100,000
</TABLE>

                 2.07.    Section 8.01(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and substituting the following
new Section 8.01(e) in lieu thereof:

                          (e)     Other Defaults Under Agreement and Other
                 Credit Documents.  The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail
                 duly and punctually to perform, comply





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                 with or observe any covenant or obligation to be performed,
                 observed or complied with by it under this Agreement (other
                 than those provisions referred to in subsections (a) through
                 (d) above) or the other Credit Documents, and such failure
                 shall not have been remedied or waived within ten (10) days
                 after the earlier to occur of (i) receipt of written notice
                 thereof from the Agent to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as
                 applicable or (ii) the date upon which the President, Chief
                 Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the
                 Borrower has knowledge of such event.

                 2.08.    Section 8.01(g)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the words "thirty (30)" from line 5 thereof and inserting
in lieu thereof the words "ten (10)" and Section 8.01(g)(ii) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words "ten (10)" from line 6
thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the words "thirty (30)".

                 2.09.    Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and inserting the following
new Section 10.07 in lieu thereof:

                          SECTION 10.07.  EXCEPT FOR THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
                 SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR
                 DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1983 REVISION), ICC PUB. NO. 400, AND
                 EXCEPT FOR COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE
                 LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, AND ALL
                 OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE
                 CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
                 STATE OF TEXAS (EXCEPT THAT TEX.  REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART.
                 5069, CH. 15 (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN
                 ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING TRIPARTY ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO
                 THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOANS OR THE NOTES), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
                 THAT THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA MAY
                 OTHERWISE APPLY.  UNLESS CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LAW, THE
                 APPLICABLE RATE CEILING UNDER TEXAS LAW SHALL BE THE INDICATED
                 (WEEKLY) RATE CEILING FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT AS PROVIDED
                 IN TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069-1.04, AS AMENDED.
                 NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 10.07 OR IN
                 ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO THE CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS
                 AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE
                 DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS WHICH THE BANKS
                 MAY HAVE UNDER  THE NATIONAL BANK ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE
                 FEDERAL LAW.

                 2.10.    The Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by (i)
inserting in numerical order the new Exhibit 1.01D attached hereto, (ii)
deleting the existing Exhibit 2.05 therefrom in its entirety and substituting
the new Exhibit 2.05 attached hereto in lieu thereof and (iii) inserting in
numerical order the new Exhibit 6.02(s) attached hereto.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 3.01.    The Borrower and each Guarantor Subsidiary is duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform the Credit
Agreement as amended hereby, and all corporate action on the Borrower's and
each Guarantor Subsidiary's part requisite for the due execution and delivery
of this Amendment, and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended
hereby, has been duly and effectively taken.

                 3.02.    All of the representations and warranties contained
in Article V of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct
on and as of the date hereof and will be true and correct after giving effect
to this Amendment and the Borrower and each Guarantor Subsidiary hereby agrees
to be bound by such representations and warranties.

                 3.03.    No event which constitutes a Default or an Event of
Default under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, has occurred and is
continuing, or would result from the execution and delivery of this Amendment.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   CONDITIONS

                 4.01.    As a condition precedent to the closing of this
Amendment, the Agent shall have received the following, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and in sufficient copies for each Lender:

                 (a)      an accounting of all costs, fees and expenses which
         were payable to Bank of America, or for which Bank of America was
         seeking reimbursement, on the Effective Date, in scope, form and
         substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders; and

                 (b)      a copy of the final executed amendment to the Bank of
         America Agreement reflecting changes made to Sections 6.11, 6.12 and
         6.13 thereof effective as of June 15, 1993.

                 4.02.    On or before July 15, 1993, Borrower and Bank of
America shall have executed and delivered an amendment (the "Conforming
Amendment") to the Bank of America Agreement, which substantially conforms
Sections 2.12(c), 6.23 and 6.44 of the Bank of America Agreement to Sections
7.10(c), 7.10(b) and 7.08, respectively, of the Credit Agreement as amended
hereby.  Failure to timely deliver to the Agent an executed copy of such
Conforming Amendment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, shall
result immediately and without further action from any party in the deletion of
all references to "Guarantor Subsidiary" or "Guarantor Subsidiaries" from new
Sections 7.10(c), 7.10(b) and 7.08 of the Credit Agreement and the insertion of
the terms "Subsidiary" and "Subsidiaries" in lieu thereof as appropriate,
effective as of the date hereof.





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
                                   ARTICLE V

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                 5.01.    The Credit Agreement as hereby amended is in all
respects ratified and confirmed, and all other rights and powers created
thereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full force and effect.

                 5.02.    This Amendment may be executed in several
counterparts, and each counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall
constitute an original instrument, and all such separate counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                 5.03.    The Borrower and each Guarantor Subsidiary agrees to
do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every further act and instrument
as the Lenders may request for the better assuring and confirming unto the
Lenders all and singular the rights granted or intended to be granted hereby or
hereunder.

                 5.04.    THIS AMENDMENT AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCEPT THAT TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069,
CH. 15 (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING
TRIPARTY ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AMENDMENT), EXCEPT FOR COLLATERAL
DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE AND EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA MAY OTHERWISE
APPLY.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 5.04 TO THE
CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS AMENDMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
SHALL BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS WHICH THE LENDERS MAY HAVE
UNDER THE NATIONAL BANK ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

                 5.05.    THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Amendment effective as
of the date first above written.

                                        BORROWER:

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                          INCORPORATED


                                        By:____________________________________
                                           Name:_______________________________
                                           Title:______________________________

                                           100 Waugh Drive
                                           Houston, Texas 77007
                                           Telecopier:  (713) 880-0579

                                        GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES:

                                        KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY



                                        By:____________________________________
                                           Name:_______________________________
                                           Title:______________________________

                                        TEXAS SUPER DUPER MARKETS, INC.



                                        By:____________________________________
                                           Name:_______________________________
                                           Title:______________________________





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
                                        SCHEPPS FOOD STORES, INC.



                                        By:___________________________________
                                           Name:______________________________
                                           Title:_____________________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS, INC.



                                        By:___________________________________
                                           Name:______________________________
                                           Title:_____________________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF
                                          GEORGIA, INC.



                                        By:__________________________________
                                           Name:_____________________________
                                           Title:____________________________

                                        LENDERS:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:_________________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Domestic Lending Office and Euro-Dollar
                                        Lending Office

                                        700 Louisiana
                                        8th Floor
                                        Southwest Corporate Banking
                                        Houston, Texas  77002
                                        Telecopier No.:  (713) 247-6719





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
                                        AGENT:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Domestic Lending Office and Euro-Dollar
                                        Lending Office

                                        700 Louisiana
                                        8th Floor
                                        Southwest Corporate Banking
                                        Houston, Texas  77002
                                        Telecopier No.:  (713) 247-6719





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
            Each of the undersigned has read, and does hereby consent to and
approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and (ii) the
execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower and the Guarantor
Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and further,
does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the Amendment by the
Borrower and the Guarantor Subsidiaries and performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, will in no
event affect or limit the obligation of the undersigned to the Lenders under
that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 1990, executed by the
undersigned for the benefit of the Lenders, as it has been amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time and as it may be further amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time (the "Guarantee") and that certain
Security Agreement dated January 24, 1991, executed by the undersigned for the
benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as it has been amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time and as it may be further amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time (the "Security Agreement").  The terms
and conditions of, and the obligations of the undersigned under, the Guarantee
and the Security Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed in all respects.

                                        CONSENTED AND APPROVED:

                                        KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________


                                        TEXAS SUPER DUPER MARKETS, INC.



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS, INC.



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF GEORGIA, INC.



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
                 The undersigned has read, and does hereby consent to and
approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and (ii) the
execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower and the Guarantor
Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and further,
does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the Amendment by the
Borrower and the Guarantor Subsidiaries and performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, will in no
event affect or limit the obligation of the undersigned to the Lenders under
that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of January 24, 1991, executed by the
undersigned for the benefit of the Lenders, as it has been amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time and as it may be further amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time (the "Guarantee") and that certain
Security Agreement dated January 24, 1991, executed by the undersigned for the
benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as it has been amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time and as it may be further amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time (the "Security Agreement").  The terms
and conditions of, and the obligations of the undersigned under, the Guarantee
and the Security Agreement are hereby ratified and affirmed in all respects.

                                        CONSENTED AND APPROVED:

                                        SCHEPPS FOOD STORES, INC.



                                        By:______________________________
                                           Name:_________________________
                                           Title:________________________





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
                 The undersigned has read, and does hereby consent to and
approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and (ii) the
execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower and the Guarantor
Subsidiaries to the Lenders and the performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and further,
does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the Amendment by the
Borrower and the Guarantor Subsidiaries and performance by the Borrower and the
Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, will in no
event affect or limit the obligation of the undersigned to the Lenders under
that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993, executed by the
undersigned for the benefit of the Lenders, as it may be amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time (the "Guarantee").  The terms and
conditions of, and the obligations of the undersigned under, the Guarantee are
hereby ratified and affirmed in all respects.

                                        CONSENTED AND APPROVED:

                                        NCS REALTY COMPANY



                                        By:______________________________
                                           Name:_________________________
                                           Title:________________________





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18


                                  EXHIBIT 2.05

to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement (as it may be amended, modified or
restated, from time to time, the "Agreement") dated as of March 9, 1993 by and
among National Convenience Stores Incorporated (the "Borrower"), the Guarantor
Subsidiaries parties thereto, the Lenders parties thereto, and NationsBank of
Texas, N.A. as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Agent")


                          PAYMENT OF NET CASH PROCEEDS
                         AND OTHER INTERCREDITOR FUNDS

1.       Certain Defined Terms.

         1.1     "Credit Agreements" means the Agreement, the Reorganized
Credit Facility and the Bank of America Agreement.

         1.2     "Intercreditor Banks" means the Agent, the Lenders, the Banks
(as that term is defined in the Reorganized Credit Facility) and Bank of
America and "Intercreditor Bank" means any one such bank.

         1.3     "Other Intercreditor Funds" as used herein means monies used
or required to be used for making prepayments pursuant to the second sentence
of clause (b) of Section 2.05 of the Agreement.

         1.4     Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.05 and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

2.       Obligations of Borrower.

         2.1     The Borrower will deliver notice in writing (the "Borrower
Notice") to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders and the banks parties to the
Reorganized Credit Facility) and Bank of America at least five (5) days (or
such other time period agreed to by the Borrower and the Agent on behalf of the
Lenders and the banks parties to the Reorganized Credit Facility) prior to the
date (the "Expected Payment Date") the Borrower reasonably expects to receive,
or otherwise have, Net Cash Proceeds or Other Intercreditor Funds (the
"Expected Payment") payable to the Intercreditor Banks pursuant to the
respective Credit Agreements, setting forth (a) the total amount of the
Expected Payment, (b) the date upon which the Borrower reasonably expects to
receive or otherwise have the Expected Payment, (c) the source of such Expected
Payment, and (d) a determination as to the applicable percentage (the
"Estimated Applicable Percentage") of such Expected Payment which should be
paid to each Intercreditor Bank pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.
<PAGE>   19
         2.2     Upon receipt or possession (the "Actual Payment Date") of Net
Cash Proceeds or Other Intercreditor Funds (the "Actual Payment") payable to
the Intercreditor Banks pursuant to the respective Credit Agreements, the
Borrower will reconcile the Actual Payment with the Estimated Payment and will
pay the Actual Applicable Percentages (hereinafter defined) of such Actual
Payment to each Intercreditor Bank pursuant to the terms of the respective
Credit Agreements.  In any event, the Borrower shall hold the Actual Payment in
a segregated cash collateral account, in trust for the Agent (on behalf of the
Lenders and the banks parties to the Reorganized Credit Facility) and Bank of
America on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent until paid to the
Intercreditor Banks in accordance with the terms of the respective Credit
Agreements.

         2.3     The "Actual Applicable Percentage" shall be (i) the Estimated
Applicable Percentage, if (x) the Agent and Bank of America do not otherwise
notify the Borrower on or before the Actual Payment Date, (y) only one
Intercreditor Bank notifies the Borrower of changes to the Estimated Applicable
Percentage, or (z) the Intercreditor Banks specify inconsistent changes to the
Estimated Applicable Percentage that are not reconciled on or before the Actual
Payment Date or (ii) the percentage that both the Agent and Bank of America
specify to the Borrower on or before the Actual Payment Date, if the
Intercreditor Banks specify consistent changes to the Estimated Applicable
Percentages.  If the Intercreditor Banks disagree (whether before or after the
Actual Payment Date) with the Estimated Applicable Percentages and such dispute
is not resolved on or before the Actual Payment Date, the Intercreditor Banks
shall hold the portion of the Actual Payment received that is in dispute, and
shall resolve such dispute, in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   20


                                EXHIBIT 6.02(S)


Submitted for the quarter ended ________________________________.

Since March 31, 1993, Special Reserves have been reduced as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Amount of             Remaining
                                                                   Reduction*            Balance*
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>                   <C>
Environmental Reserve (Long Term Portion)                          $                     $            
                                                                    ------------          ------------
NMO Reserve                                                        $                     $            
                                                                    ------------          ------------
Tax Reserve                                                        $                     $            
                                                                    ------------          ------------

                                                     Total         $                     $            
                                                                    ------------          ------------
</TABLE>

Since March 31, 1993, the corresponding accounting entries to balance the
Special Reserve reduction were as follows:

<TABLE>
                         <S>                                       <C>
                                                      Cash         $            
                                                                    ------------
                         Short Term Environmental Reserves         $            
                                                                    ------------
                                                 (specify)         $            
                                                                    ------------
                                                 (specify)         $            
                                                                    ------------

                                                     Total         $            
                                                                    ------------
</TABLE>

*All numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand



The Special Reserve Adjustment as of the most recent quarter end (which is
equal to the aggregate amount of reduction since March 31, 1993 to Special
Reserves which has resulted, directly or indirectly, in an increase to
Consolidated Net Worth) is equal to $_______________________.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.3.1

                                FIRST AMENDMENT
                         TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                 THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") dated as of June 15, 1993 is by and among NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED (the "Borrower"), NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
("NationsBank-Texas"), NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A. ("NationsBank-North
Carolina") and any other financial institution that may become a party to the
hereinafter described Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms and
provisions thereof (together NationsBank-Texas, NationsBank-North Carolina and
such other financial institutions are hereinafter referred to as the "Banks")
and NATIONSBANK-TEXAS, as Agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks have entered
into that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
March 9, 1993 (the "Credit Agreement"); and

                 WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the execution of the
Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Agent executed and delivered that
certain letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement") dated March 10, 1993,
pursuant to which the Borrower agreed, among other things, to amend the
Post-Confirmation NationsBank Loan Documents (as that term is defined in the
Letter Agreement, and which includes, without limitation, the Credit Agreement)
within fourteen (14) days after written request from the Agent for the purpose
of incorporating any and all such "More Favorable Terms" (as that term is
defined in the Letter Agreement) as the Agent in its sole discretion may
require; and

                 WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement, the
Agent has requested that the Borrower amend the Credit Agreement in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other documents and
instruments executed in connection herewith;

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree that the
Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:
<PAGE>   2
                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

                 1.01.    Capitalized terms defined in the recitals hereof are
hereby incorporated herein for all purposes.

                 1.02.    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   AMENDMENT

                 2.01.    Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following definitions in alphabetical order therein.
To the extent that the definition assigned to any capitalized term contained
herein is inconsistent with a definition already contained in the Credit
Agreement, the definition set forth in this Amendment shall be deemed to be
substituted in lieu of the existing definition.  To the extent that the
definition assigned to any capitalized term contained in the Credit Agreement,
as amended hereby, is inconsistent with a definition contained in the Revolving
Credit Agreement, the definition set forth in this Amendment (except for any
internal section references contained therein) shall be deemed to govern the
Revolving Credit Agreement.

                          "Affiliate" means, with respect to a Person, any
                 other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more
                 intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under
                 common control with, such first Person.  The term "control"
                 means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power,
                 whether or not exercised, (a) to vote fifty- one percent (51%)
                 or more of the securities having voting power for the election
                 of directors of such Person or (b) to direct or cause the
                 direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether
                 through the ownership of voting securities or other equity
                 interest, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlled"
                 and "common control" shall have correlative meanings.
                 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition,
                 in no event shall any Bank be deemed to be an Affiliate of the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

                          "Amended ESOP Loan Agreement Note" means that certain
                 Amended Promissory Note dated as of February 13, 1989 executed
                 by the Borrower and delivered to NationsBank - North Carolina
                 pursuant to the ESOP Loan Agreement, as amended prior to the
                 Closing Date, and by that certain Amendment dated as of July
                 30, 1991 attached to said note as an allonge.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
                          "Asset(s)" means any interest of a Person in any kind
                 of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed real and
                 personal, or whether tangible or intangible.

                          "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States
                 Code (11 U.S.C. Section Number 101 et seq.), as amended from
                 time to time, or any successor statute.

                          "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all
                 shares, interests, participations or other equivalents
                 (howsoever designated) of capital stock and any rights (other
                 than debt securities convertible into capital stock), warrants
                 or options to acquire Capital Stock, provided, however, that
                 "Capital Stock" shall not include phantom stock, stock
                 appreciation rights or the like.

                          "Collateral Documents" means any document at any time
                 executed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as
                 applicable, and delivered to the Banks as security for all or
                 any portion of the Obligations, as such documents shall have
                 been amended as of the Effective Date and as each may be
                 further modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time
                 to time.

                          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, at
                 any date during a period, the ratio obtained by dividing (i)
                 EBITDA, plus Consolidated Rental Expense (together the "Fixed
                 Charge Numerator"), each for the four Fiscal Quarters
                 immediately preceding such date, by (ii) the aggregate amount
                 of (a) Consolidated Rental Expense during the four Fiscal
                 Quarters immediately preceding such date plus (b) Consolidated
                 Interest Charges for the four Fiscal Quarters immediately
                 preceding such date plus (c) the Current Maturities as of such
                 date minus (d) the Balloon Adjustment to the extent that
                 Unrestricted Cash equals or exceeds one times the Balloon
                 Adjustment (together the "Fixed Charge Denominator") provided
                 that, through the Fiscal Quarter ending March 31, 1994, each
                 calculation required above shall include only Fiscal Quarters
                 occurring after March 31, 1993, and the Current Maturities
                 included in the Fixed Charge Denominator will be the scheduled
                 maturities for long-term Debt actually payable for the same
                 number of such succeeding Fiscal Quarters as the numbers of
                 quarters included in such calculation.

                          "Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any
                 Guarantee or other contingent obligation in the nature of
                 suretyship of such Person (a) with respect to any Debt or
                 similar obligation of another Person other than the Borrower
                 or a Consolidated Subsidiary (an "Underlying Obligation") or
                 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of another
                 Person other than the Borrower or a Consolidated Subsidiary.
                 The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be an amount
                 equal to the lesser of the amount of the Underlying Obligation





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
                 guaranteed or otherwise supported thereby and any stated cap
                 on such Underlying Obligation.

                          "Contractual Obligation" means, as applied to any
                 Person, any material provision of any security issued by that
                 Person or of any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
                 contract, agreement or other instrument to which that Person
                 is a party or by which it or any of its owned properties is
                 bound or to which it or any of its owned properties is
                 subject.

                          "Depository Bank" means each of the approximately 56
                 banks and financial institutions into which the Borrower and
                 its Subsidiaries deposit all Receipts, as identified on
                 Exhibit 1.01B hereto, as modified from time to time in
                 accordance with Section 5.01(s).

                          "Disposition" means the sale, transfer, lease, pledge
                 or other disposition, after the Closing Date, of any asset (or
                 any interest therein) owned by the Borrower or any of the
                 Guarantor Subsidiaries, or other Subsidiaries which are
                 required to be Guarantors (including any such transaction
                 effected by way of merger or consolidation), except for (i)
                 any such disposition to the Borrower or a Guarantor
                 Subsidiary, (ii) dispositions of inventory (other than Real
                 Estate) in the ordinary course of business, (iii) dispositions
                 of Temporary Cash Investments, and (iv) the creation of any
                 Lien permitted by Section 5.13(a) (other than Liens securing
                 indebtedness incurred to refinance or refund obligations owed
                 to BOA permitted solely by Section 5.13(a)(vi)).  Without
                 limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Disposition
                 includes any Sale-Leaseback Transaction after the Closing
                 Date, whether or not the same gives rise to Debt.

                          "Existing Controlled Disbursement Account" means the
                 disbursement account or accounts of Borrower maintained at
                 Citibank, N.A. Delaware.

                          "Guarantee Agreement" means any Guarantee Agreement
                 executed and delivered by a Subsidiary, other than a Real
                 Estate Subsidiary which is specifically prohibited from so
                 encumbering its assets, for the benefit of the Banks, or any
                 of them, as the same shall have been modified as of the
                 Closing Date and as the same may thereafter be amended or
                 otherwise modified from time to time, including, without
                 limitation, the Second Acknowledgement, Consent and
                 Modification to Guarantee Agreement (the "Acknowledgement and
                 Consent") dated as of March 9, 1993.

                          "Intercreditor Agreement" means the Second Amended
                 and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 23,
                 1992, among NationsBank-North Carolina, NationsBank-Texas and
                 Bank of America, and each of their





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                 respective successors and assigns, as the same may be amended,
                 modified or restated from time to time.

                          "Leaseholds" means the estates granted to the
                 Borrower or the Guarantor Subsidiaries under the terms of the
                 Leases.

                          "Leases" means the leasehold interest of the Borrower
                 and any Guarantor Subsidiary under all real property leases
                 (excluding any lease for which such grant, assignment,
                 transfer and conveyance is prohibited by, or constitutes a
                 default or requires the consent of third parties under the
                 express terms of such lease) executed by the Borrower or any
                 such Guarantor Subsidiary, as lessee, covering real property,
                 personal property and fixtures located in the State of Texas,
                 as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to
                 time.

                          "Material Adverse Effect" means any material adverse
                 effect on (a) the financial condition, business, properties or
                 operations of the Borrower, or the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform its respective
                 obligations on a timely basis under this Agreement, the Notes
                 or the other Loan Documents.

                          "Mortgage Notes" means those certain mortgage notes
                 identified on Exhibit 1.01C hereto.

                          "Net Cash Proceeds" means (a) with respect to any
                 Disposition, the aggregate amount of cash received by the
                 Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of such Disposition
                 minus the sum of (i) reasonable costs and expenses (including
                 costs of discontinuance, taxes other than income taxes and the
                 repayment of any Debt secured by the related asset other than
                 Debt to any Bank or Bank of America) incurred in connection
                 with such Disposition and required to be paid in cash, (ii)
                 the estimated income tax to be paid by the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition, and (iii) to
                 the extent not covered as costs of discontinuance in clause
                 (i) above, the aggregate amount the Borrower or its Subsidiary
                 is obligated to pay to lessors of equipment, holders of
                 Permitted Liens superior to the Liens of the Banks, if any, or
                 others similarly situated in order to clear title to assets to
                 be conveyed in connection with such Disposition or to
                 terminate contracts relating to the assets which are the
                 subject of the Disposition, (b) the aggregate amount of cash
                 or property received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with
                 respect to any Litigation Resolution minus the sum of (i)
                 reasonable costs and expenses of litigation (including
                 attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with such Litigation
                 Resolution and required to be paid in cash and (ii) the
                 estimated income tax to be paid by the Borrower and the
                 Subsidiaries in connection with such Litigation Resolution,
                 (c) in the event that during any Fiscal Year the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary receives any refund





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                 or refunds of taxes paid by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in
                 an aggregate amount equal to or greater than $250,000, the
                 aggregate excess amount of such refund or refunds over
                 $250,000, (d) if the Borrower or any Subsidiary receives
                 insurance proceeds equal to or greater than $250,000 in the
                 aggregate during any Fiscal Year as the result of any property
                 damage, loss or series of losses, the aggregate amount of
                 insurance proceeds received by the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries during such year with respect to such loss or
                 losses in excess of $250,000; provided that so long as no
                 Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower
                 may use the insurance proceeds to repair or rebuild the
                 property affected by the related casualty and, so long as the
                 Borrower diligently pursues said repairs or rebuilding, and
                 thereafter, all such insurance proceeds utilized to repair or
                 rebuild shall not be Net Cash Proceeds, (e) the proceeds
                 received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from the issuance
                 of capital stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including
                 without limitation, proceeds received by the Borrower in
                 connection with exercise of the Warrants and Options by any
                 holder of the Warrants and Options, to the extent such
                 proceeds constitute, but only to the extent such proceeds
                 constitute, "Net Cash Proceeds" under Section 5.25, less, in
                 the case of issuance of capital stock, commissions of
                 underwriters, reasonable fees and expenses incurred in
                 connection with the issuance of such capital stock and any
                 amount of money which the Borrower shall be required by the
                 purchaser of such capital stock to expend in capital
                 expenditures or otherwise in connection with the business of
                 the Borrower to support the sale and promotion of items
                 produced, distributed or otherwise related to such purchaser's
                 business in consideration for such purchase of capital stock,
                 (f) with respect to Real Estate Collateral, the proceeds of
                 title insurance received by any Bank, any Lender under the
                 Revolving Credit Agreement or Bank of America, (g) the
                 aggregate amount of cash received by the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries in respect of additional money borrowed, other
                 than money borrowed as permitted under Section 5.18 hereof and
                 Section 7.02 of the Revolving Credit Agreement, and (h)
                 amounts paid to Borrower or any Subsidiary from time to time
                 by vendors under Select Reimbursement Programs less the amount
                 of money the Borrower or any such Subsidiary shall be required
                 by any such vendor to expend on improvements or otherwise in
                 connection with the business of the Borrower or such
                 Subsidiary in consideration for such vendor entering into or
                 continuing any such Select Reimbursement Program.  For the
                 purpose of this definition, Net Cash Proceeds received by any
                 Person in respect of any Disposition or Litigation Resolution
                 shall include such cash as may be received by such Person at
                 any time or from time to time (but only as and when received)
                 as proceeds of any promissory notes or other property received
                 as consideration for such Disposition or Litigation
                 Resolution, but shall exclude the estimated income tax payable
                 with respect to a Disposition or Litigation Resolution, taking
                 into account any benefit of carryover of net operating losses





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                 of the Borrower from prior tax years and any net operating
                 losses of the Borrower attributable to the tax year in
                 question.

                          "Non-Guarantor Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary
                 designated as a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary onExhibit 1.01A
                 hereto or any Real Estate Subsidiary hereafter formed or
                 acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary which is specifically
                 prohibited from encumbering its assets.

                          "Permitted Investments" means (a) Permitted Seller
                 Finance Notes permitted pursuant toSection 5.22(b)(iii)(C),
                 provided that such promissory notes have been pledged to the
                 Banks to secure the Obligations in accordance with the terms
                 of the Loan Documents, (b) Investments reasonably made
                 available by the Agent to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in
                 which the Banks' security interest remains continuously
                 perfected, with maturities not longer than seven (7) days from
                 the purchase thereof, (c) amounts on deposit in Depository
                 Accounts from time to time, and (d) amounts held in cash
                 collateral accounts securing the Obligations, and obligations
                 of the Borrower under the Bank of America Agreement.

                          "Permitted Seller Finance Notes" means promissory
                 notes that (i) are payable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary
                 made by the purchaser of, or otherwise in connection with the
                 sale of, assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that may be
                 sold without the Banks' prior written consent in accordance
                 with clause (C) of Section 5.22(b)(iii) and (ii) have a term
                 to maturity of not greater than five (5) years.

                          "Property" or "property" means any kind of property
                 or asset, whether real, personal or mixed real and personal,
                 or whether tangible or intangible, and shall include, but not
                 be limited to, the Leaseholds and all rights and interests of
                 the Borrower and the Subsidiaries under the Leases.

                          "Receipts" means all cash, checks and other
                 instruments for the payment of money received or held by the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary from any source whatsoever
                 including, without limitation, collections of cash,
                 instruments or receivables arising in connection with the
                 sales of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's inventory and
                 products or arising from any other business activity conducted
                 by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; dividends, distributions
                 and other proceeds of Investments; amounts received in
                 payments of leases, sale proceeds (whether in the ordinary
                 course of business, or from sale or other disposition of
                 Assets, or otherwise); refinancing proceeds; amounts in
                 respect of any other obligation owed by any third party to the
                 Borrower or such Subsidiary; or collections of cash,
                 instruments or receivables arising in connection with the sale
                 of inventory of Skipper Beverage Corporation, a Texas
                 corporation, or of any





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                 other Person, held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, to the
                 extent the Borrower or such Subsidiary is entitled to such
                 funds).

                          "Special Reserves" means the following sub-accounts
                 of the balance sheet account "Other Liabilities and Deferred
                 Revenue":

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Balance at 3/31/93*
                                                                                       -------------------
                          <S>                                       <C>                    <C>
                          Total Environmental Reserve               $ 18,656,000
                               less:  Current Portion                - 2,100,000
                                                                    ------------
                          Environmental Reserve (Long Term Portion)                        $ 16,556,000

                          National Money Orders, Inc. Reserve                              $  2,370,000
                          Tax Reserve                                                         1,918,000
                                                                                           ------------
                               Total Special Reserves                                      $ 20,844,000
</TABLE>

                          *numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand.

                          "Special Reserve Adjustment" means the aggregate
                 amount of reduction since March 31, 1993 to Special Reserves,
                 as reported pursuant to Section 5.01(o), which has resulted,
                 directly or indirectly, in an increase to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.

                          "Temporary Cash Investment" means any Investment in
                 (i) direct obligations of the United States or any agency
                 thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any
                 agency thereof, (ii) commercial paper rated at the time of
                 such Investment A-1, P-1 or better by a nationally recognized
                 credit rating agency, (iii) asset- backed corporate debt
                 securities rated at the time of such Investment A-1, P-1 or
                 better by a nationally recognized credit rating agency or (iv)
                 time deposits with, including certificates of deposit issued
                 by, any office located in the United States of any bank or
                 trust company the long-term debt of which (or of the parent
                 corporation of which) is rated A or better at the time of such
                 Investment by Standard & Poor's Corporation or A2 or better by
                 Moody's Investors Service, provided in each case that such
                 Investment matures within 180 days from the date of
                 acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

                          "Unrestricted Cash" means, for any date during a
                 period, the consolidated cash of the Borrower and the
                 Consolidated Subsidiaries that is available for their
                 discretionary use and is not reserved for a special purpose
                 and is not held in any trust, escrow or other similar
                 arrangement.





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                 2.02.    Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following language at the end of such section:

                 If any changes in accounting principles are hereafter
                 occasioned by promulgation of rules, regulations,
                 pronouncements or opinions by or are otherwise required by the
                 Financial Accounting Standards Board or the American Institute
                 of Certified Public Accountants (or successors thereto or
                 agencies with similar functions), and any of such changes
                 result in a change in the method of calculation of, or affect
                 the results of such calculation of, any of the financial
                 covenants, standards or terms found herein, then the parties
                 hereto agree to enter into and diligently pursue negotiations
                 in order to amend such financial covenants, standards or terms
                 so as to equitably reflect such changes, with the desired
                 result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower's
                 financial condition and results of operations shall be the
                 same after such changes as if such changes had not been made.

                 2.03.    Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the figure "$456,000" from lines 5 and 8 thereof and
substituting the figure "$470,441.38" in lieu thereof in both instances.

                 2.04.    Section 2.08(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by substituting the capitalized term "Primary Principal Amount" for the
capitalized term "Primary Principal" and by substituting the capitalized term
"Secondary Principal Amount" for the capitalized term "Secondary Principal".

                 2.05.    Section 2.15(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting from line 5 thereof the word "shall" and substituting in
lieu thereof the phrase "may, in its sole and absolute discretion".

                 2.06.    Section 2.15(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and substituting the following
paragraph in lieu thereof:

                          (e)     Post-Confirmation Cash Collateral Account
                 Deposit.  In the event that a Letter of Credit is renewed by
                 the Issuing Bank, in the Issuing Bank's sole and absolute
                 discretion, at such time as the conditions to such renewal
                 pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof have not been met, the
                 Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, for deposit in the
                 Post-Confirmation Cash Collateral Account, an amount equal to
                 the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit to be renewed
                 at such time.

                 2.07.    Article II of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
by adding the following new Sections 2.17 and 2.18:





                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
                          SECTION 2.17.  Additional Collateral.  On the
                 Effective Date, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
                 the Subsidiaries to, convey to the Banks, and shall confirm,
                 or cause to be confirmed (to the extent previously assigned,
                 pledged and/or granted), a valid and perfected, first priority
                 Lien, pari passu (subject to the terms and conditions of the
                 Intercreditor Agreement) with Bank of America, on all of
                 Borrower's and such Subsidiary's property and assets on which
                 Bank of America has, or will have at any time, a Lien and on
                 which the Banks do not have a first priority perfected Lien as
                 of the Closing Date, which Lien shall be subject only to the
                 Liens permitted under Section 5.13.

                          SECTION 2.18.  Application of Net Cash Proceeds.

                          (a)     Until such time as the Obligations are paid
                 in full or fully cash collateralized, in the event that
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary receives any Net Cash Proceeds,
                 immediately upon receipt thereof, such Net Cash Proceeds shall
                 be delivered to the Agent in accordance with Sections 2.08(d)
                 and 5.22(c), and shall be applied to the Obligations; provided
                 that so long as the Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, any
                 Net Cash Proceeds shall be paid to the Agent to be shared
                 between the Banks and Bank of America in accordance with
                 Article V of the Intercreditor Agreement and Exhibit 2.08
                 hereto.

                          (b)     Net Cash Proceeds payable by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary under this Agreement to the Banks shall be paid
                 to the Agent and applied in the following order, or such other
                 order as the Agent may determine:  (i) first, to any unpaid
                 interest, commissions, fees or other sums which the Borrower
                 has failed to pay to the Agent in accordance with the terms of
                 the Loan Documents; (ii) second, to the payment of principal
                 of the Notes in accordance with Section 2.08(e); and (iii)
                 third, by depositing same in the Post-Confirmation Cash
                 Collateral Account to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit
                 and the other Obligations.  At the request of the Agent upon
                 the instructions of the Majority Banks, the Borrower and its
                 Subsidiaries shall execute such instruments, agreements or
                 other documents, and shall take all such action, as the Agent
                 shall request to accomplish the foregoing.

                          (c)     Notwithstanding anything herein or in the
                 Revolving Credit Agreement or the Bank of America Agreement,
                 the Borrower and the Banks hereby acknowledge and agree that
                 Bank of America and the Banks may, from time to time, in their
                 sole and absolute discretion and in accordance with the terms
                 and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement, amend, modify
                 or waive any of the terms or conditions of the Intercreditor
                 Agreement without the consent of the Borrower and any such
                 amendment, modification, waiver of terms or conditions, or
                 other change to the Intercreditor Agreement, as may be agreed
                 by the parties thereto, shall not increase Borrower's
                 Obligations hereunder and





                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
                 under the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Bank of America
                 Agreement in the aggregate.

                 2.08.    Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by (i) deleting the word "and" at the end of clause (p) thereof and
(ii) deleting the period at the end of clause (q) thereof and inserting the
following in lieu thereof:  "; and".  Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement is
hereby further amended by adding the following new clause (r) thereto:

                          (r)     a listing of the registration number for each
                 underground storage tank owned, operated or under the control
                 of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which contains (or
                 may contain) Gasoline.

                 2.09.    Section 3.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 3.02 is hereby
substituted in lieu thereof:

                          SECTION 3.02.  Conditions to Renewals of Letters of
                 Credit.  The Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute
                 discretion, renew or decline to renew a Letter of Credit.  If
                 the Issuing Bank decides to consider renewing a Letter of
                 Credit, it may impose such conditions as it may elect, in its
                 sole and absolute discretion, including, without limitation,
                 the following (unless waived by the Issuing Bank):

                          (a)     no Default or Event of Default shall have
                 occurred and be continuing;

                          (b)     satisfaction of those conditions set forth in
                 Section 3.01; and

                          (c)     such other documents and certificates as the
                 Issuing Bank may reasonably request.

                 2.10.    Section 4.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following phrase after the word "knowledge" on line 2
thereof:  ", after reasonable inquiry,".

                 2.11.    Article IV of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
by inserting the following new Sections 4.13 and 4.14 therein:

                          SECTION 4.13.  Leases.  The Borrower and each
                 Subsidiary enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under
                 substantially all of the leases which are material to the
                 business of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
                 whole.

                          SECTION 4.14.  Solvency.  The fair saleable value of
                 the consolidated Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
                 exceeds all probable consolidated





                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
                 liabilities, including those to be incurred pursuant to this
                 Agreement.  The Borrower and each Subsidiary (i) does not have
                 unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in
                 which it is or proposes to be engaged or (ii) has not
                 incurred, and does not believe that it will incur after giving
                 effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
                 debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due.

                 2.12.    Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting clause (c) thereof in its entirety and substituting in lieu
thereof the following new clause (c):

                          (c)     concurrently with the delivery of each set of
                 statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a
                 certificate of the chief financial officer or the principal
                 accounting officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth in
                 reasonable detail the calculations required to establish
                 whether the Borrower was in compliance with the requirement of
                 Sections 5.04 to 5.11, inclusive, and Sections 5.14, 5.15 and
                 clause (b) of Section 5.22, on the date of such financial
                 statements, and (ii) stating whether any Default or Event of
                 Default exists for such period and, if any Default or Event of
                 Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the
                 action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with
                 respect thereto.

                 2.13.    Section 5.01(l) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following phrase after the word "based" in line 7
thereof:

                 and certifying that such financial projections have been
                 prepared in good faith and that such assumptions upon which
                 the financial projections have been based are believed to be
                 reasonable.

                 2.14.    Section 5.01(n) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following phrase after the word "hereof" in line 2
thereof:  "and contemporaneously with each prepayment of the obligations to
Bank of America".

                 2.15.    Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
further amended by (i) deleting the word "and" at the end of clause (m) thereof
and (ii) adding the following new clauses (o) through (w) thereto:

                          (o)     together with the financial statements to be
                 delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) hereof, a
                 certificate of the chief financial officer or principal
                 accounting officer of the Borrower, accompanied by a schedule
                 in the form of Exhibit 5.01(o), detailing reductions against
                 Special Reserves since March 31, 1993, and specifying the
                 amount of the Special Reserve Adjustment.

                          (p)     in the event the Borrower or any of its
                 Subsidiaries fails to pay rentals due at any time within 30
                 days after the due date thereof (other than





                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
                 rents in an immaterial amount being contested in good faith by
                 the Borrower or such Subsidiary) written notice of such
                 failure;

                          (q)     as soon as, and if and to the extent
                 available, any written report pertaining to material items in
                 respect of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's internal control
                 matters submitted to the Borrower by its independent
                 accountants in connection with each annual or interim special
                 audit of the financial condition of the Borrower or its
                 Subsidiaries;

                          (r)     promptly following the adoption thereof,
                 copies of all amendments to the articles or certificates of
                 incorporation or bylaws of the Borrower or any of its
                 Subsidiaries;

                          (s)     contemporaneously with each quarterly and
                 year-end financial report required by subsections (a) and (b)
                 above, a certificate of the chief financial officer,
                 controller or the treasurer of the Borrower and each
                 Subsidiary separately identifying and describing all material
                 Contingent Obligations of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries;

                          (t)     no later than thirty (30) days after such
                 event, a listing of each Depository Account which has been
                 closed or opened during such quarterly period and into which
                 deposits from five (5) or more stores were, are, or will be
                 deposited; and together with each financial statement
                 delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b), a listing of each other
                 Depository Account that was newly opened or closed during such
                 period;

                          (u)     together with the delivery of the monthly
                 financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.01(k),
                 commencing with the first such statement to be delivered, in
                 such form and detail as shall be satisfactory to the Banks,
                 complete summaries of all inventory of the Borrower and each
                 Subsidiary on hand, in each case, as of the last Domestic
                 Business Day of the preceding month, which summaries shall
                 contain a description of any changes in inventory during such
                 period;

                          (v)     contemporaneously with each quarterly report
                 required by Section 5.01(b) and each payment made hereunder
                 (other than a scheduled payment under Section 2.05(a) or (b)),
                 a certificate of the chief financial or chief accounting
                 officer of the Borrower setting forth a listing of all
                 outstanding letters of credit, loans, and other extensions of
                 credit under the Bank of America Agreement, in each instance
                 as of the last day of the calendar month for which such
                 certificate is required and in such form and detail as shall
                 be satisfactory to the Banks; and





                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
                          (w)     contemporaneously with the delivery of every
                 report, notice, and statement of the Borrower to Bank of
                 America, required pursuant to the Bank of America Credit
                 Documents or requested by Bank of America, copies of the same;
                 provided, however, Borrower shall not be required, solely on
                 account of this Section 5.01(w), to forward duplicative copies
                 of reports, notices and statements otherwise delivered to the
                 Banks pursuant to the terms hereof.

                 2.16.    Section 5.02(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

                 From time to time, the Borrower and each Subsidiary shall make
                 or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and
                 replacements thereto and thereof.  The Borrower and each
                 Guarantor Subsidiary shall at all times maintain total
                 inventory levels in all convenience stores at a level which
                 is, in the aggregate, equal to at least eighty-five percent
                 (85%) of the inventory level in existence on the Closing Date
                 at such locations taken as a whole.

                 2.17.    Section 5.02(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the first sentence thereof in its entirety and inserting
the following sentences in lieu thereof:

                 The Borrower will maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to
                 maintain, insurance with respect to its properties and
                 business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily
                 insured against by Persons in the same or similar business, of
                 such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried
                 under similar circumstances by such other Persons, including,
                 without limitation, (i) workers' compensation insurance to the
                 extent required by law, (ii) business interruption insurance,
                 (iii) physical damage insurance on all real and personal
                 property against such risks and in such amounts as is
                 customarily maintained by similar businesses of similar size
                 and (iv) public liability insurance (including products
                 liability coverage) in an amount not less than $50,000,000.
                 The Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary
                 to maintain, flood insurance on any of its improved Real
                 Estate, if it is located in a flood hazard area.

                 2.18.    Sections 5.05, 5.06 and 5.07 of the Credit Agreement
are hereby deleted therefrom in their entirety and the following new Sections
5.05, 5.06 and 5.07 are hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

                 SECTION 5.05.    Total Borrowed Funds to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.  The ratio of (A) Total Borrowed Funds to (B)
                 Consolidated Net Worth minus the Special Reserve Adjustment
                 will not at any time exceed the applicable ratios set forth in
                 the following schedule:





                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                          To and
                 Including                         Including                         Ratio
                 ---------                         ---------                         -----
                 <S>                               <C>                               <C>
                 Closing Date                      6/29/94                           438%
                 6/30/94                           6/29/95                           418%
                 6/30/95                           6/29/96                           361%
                 6/30/96                           6/29/97                           314%
                 6/30/97                           thereafter                        266%
</TABLE>

                 SECTION 5.06.    Maximum Total Liabilities to Consolidated Net
                 Worth.  The ratio of (A) Total Liabilities plus the Special
                 Reserve Adjustment to (B) Consolidated Net Worth minus the
                 Special Reserve Adjustment will not at any time exceed the
                 applicable ratios set forth in the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                          To and
                 Including                         Including                         Ratio
                 ---------                         ---------                         -----
                 <S>                               <C>                               <C>
                 Closing Date                      6/29/94                           400%
                 6/30/94                           6/29/95                           360%
                 6/30/95                           6/29/96                           310%
                 6/30/96                           6/29/97                           270%
                 6/30/97                           6/29/98                           230%
                 6/30/98                           thereafter                        225%
</TABLE>

                 SECTION 5.07.    Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.  Consolidated
                 Net Worth minus the Special Reserve Adjustment will not at any
                 time be less than the applicable amount set forth in the
                 following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 From and                          To and
                 Including                         Including                         Amount
                 ---------                         ---------                         ------
                 <S>                               <C>                              <C>
                 Closing Date                      6/29/95                          $ 61,400,000
                 6/30/95                           6/29/96                          $ 68,200,000
                 6/30/96                           6/29/97                          $ 77,700,000
                 6/30/97                           6/29/98                          $ 86,600,000
                 6/30/98                           6/29/99                          $ 98,900,000
                 6/30/99                           thereafter                       $101,100,000    
</TABLE>

                 2.19.    Section 5.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the typographical error "encumbing" from line 3 thereof and
inserting in lieu thereof the word "encumbering".

                 2.20.    Section 5.19(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by (i) deleting the words "in the event" from line 4 thereof and (ii)
inserting the following phrase in lieu thereof:  ", but in no event later than
ten (10) days after becoming aware,".





                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
                 2.21.    Section 5.21(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following new first sentence therein:

                 The Borrower will maintain, and will cause each Subsidiary to
                 maintain, proper books of record and account, in which full,
                 true and correct entries in conformity with generally accepted
                 accounting principles consistently applied shall be made of
                 all financial transactions and the assets and business of the
                 Borrower and such Subsidiaries.

                 2.22.    Section 5.21 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
further amended by adding thereto the following new clauses (i) through (m):

                          (i)     Promptly upon becoming aware of any Material
                 Adverse Effect subsequent to the date of the most recent
                 audited financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the
                 Banks pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the Borrower shall deliver
                 to the Banks notice thereof.

                          (j)     Promptly upon becoming aware of any (i)
                 material default under any material Contractual Obligations of
                 the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) material
                 dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension
                 which may exist at any time between the Borrower or any of its
                 Subsidiaries and any governmental authority, the Borrower
                 shall, or shall cause such Subsidiary, to deliver to the Banks
                 notice thereof.

                          (k)     The Borrower shall comply, and shall cause
                 each Guarantor Subsidiary to comply, with all terms and
                 provisions of the Leases and shall maintain, and cause each
                 Guarantor Subsidiary to maintain, the Leases in full force and
                 effect.  The Borrower shall not permit, or allow any Guarantor
                 Subsidiary to permit, any of the Leases to be terminated.  The
                 Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each Guarantor
                 Subsidiary to maintain, in good condition and repair all
                 improvements to the Leaseholds and shall not permit any waste
                 thereof.  The Borrower shall not amend or modify, in any
                 material respect, or terminate any of the Leases and shall not
                 allow any Guarantor Subsidiary to modify or amend, in any
                 material respect, or terminate, any of the Leases.  The
                 Borrower shall not consent, and shall not permit any Guarantor
                 Subsidiary to consent, to any subordination of the Leases to
                 any lien or security interest encumbering the fee interest or
                 surrender any Lease to the owner of the fee interest.  Each of
                 the covenants in this Section 5.21(k) are given and made only
                 to the extent that the failure to comply with any such
                 covenant or covenants would not materially adversely affect
                 the business, consolidated financial position or consolidated
                 results of operations of the Borrower and the Consolidated
                 Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
                          (l)     Simultaneous with the delivery thereof to
                 Bank of America, the Borrower shall deliver to the Bank a copy
                 of any lien searches which the Borrower is required to deliver
                 to Bank of America pursuant to the Bank of America Agreement.

                          (m)     The Borrower will deliver to the Banks,
                 promptly after the execution thereof, true, correct and
                 complete copies (including exhibits, schedules and other
                 attachments) of the Bank of America Agreement, the Bank of
                 America Credit Documents, any and all other documents and
                 instruments entered into with Bank of America or executed in
                 connection with or contemplated by the Bank of America
                 Agreement and the Bank of America Credit Documents, and any
                 and all amendments, modifications, extensions, replacements,
                 and restatements of any of the foregoing.

                 2.23.    Subject to Section 4.02 hereof, Section 5.22 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby deleted therefrom in its entirety and the following
new Section 5.22 is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

                          SECTION 5.22  Disposition of Assets; Net Cash
                 Proceeds.  (a) All Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower
                 or any Subsidiary shall be delivered to the Agent for the
                 benefit of the Banks in the percentages set forth in Exhibit
                 2.08 and in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof.

                          (b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
                 of its Guarantor Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
                 sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                 (whether in one or a series of transactions) any of its
                 assets, stock, business or property (including without
                 limitation, accounts and notes receivable (with or without
                 recourse)) or enter into any agreement to do any of the
                 foregoing except:

                          (i)     Disposition of inventory, or used, worn-out
                          or surplus property, all in the ordinary course of
                          business;

                          (ii)    The sale of equipment to the extent that such
                          equipment is traded in for credit against the
                          purchase price of similar replacement equipment or
                          the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly
                          applied to the purchase price of such replacement
                          equipment;

                          (iii)   Borrower and its Subsidiaries may from time
                          to time sell assets, other than stock of Guarantors,
                          for cash (except as expressly permitted in clause (C)
                          of thisSection 5.22(b)(iii)), including assets in
                          which the Banks have been granted a Lien, so long as
                          (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
                          (y) all such sales are negotiated in good faith





                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
                          and on an arm's-length basis, and (z) each such sale
                          is not for less than the fair market value of the
                          respective asset, and upon the following additional
                          terms and conditions:

                                  (A)      Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
                          sell all or substantially all the assets owned by
                          Borrower or any Subsidiary within any market area of
                          Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that if (x) a
                          sale or other transfer of assets constitutes a sale
                          of all or substantially all of the assets owned by
                          the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a market area or
                          (y) a sale or other transfer of assets when included
                          with the sales or other disposition of assets that
                          occurred during the immediately preceding twelve
                          consecutive months and that were the result of sales
                          or transfers by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any
                          Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
                          would result in a net reduction of twenty-five (25)
                          or more stores of the Borrower or any subsidiary in
                          operation in any one market area (calculated by
                          taking the number of stores of the Borrower or a
                          Subsidiary, as the case may be, in operation in the
                          applicable market area at the beginning of such
                          period as compared to those in operation at the end
                          of such period, taking into account the proposed sale
                          or other disposition), or (z) the net book value or
                          sales price (whichever is greater) of any such asset
                          or group of assets to be sold or any such group of
                          assets to be sold as a whole in any one transaction
                          or series of related transactions, or to one
                          purchaser or group of purchasers acting together,
                          exceeds $250,000, then, in each instance, such assets
                          may not be sold without the prior written consent of
                          the Majority Banks; and

                                  (B)      Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
                          sell any asset or group of assets other than the sale
                          of the capital stock of a Subsidiary or a sale of
                          assets which is governed by clause (b)(iii)(A)(x) or
                          clause (b)(iii)(A)(y) of this Section 5.22; provided
                          that, if the net book value or sale price (whichever
                          is greater) of any such asset to be sold or any such
                          group of assets to be sold as a whole in any one
                          transaction or series of related transactions, or to
                          one purchaser or group of purchasers acting together,
                          exceeds $250,000, the asset or group of assets may
                          not be sold without the prior written consent of the
                          Majority Banks; and

                                  (C)      all such sales shall be for cash;
                          provided that sales of any asset or group of assets
                          to be sold as a whole in any one transaction or
                          series of related transactions, to one purchaser or
                          group of purchasers acting together, that have a net
                          book value or sale price (whichever is greater) of
                          less than $250,000 may be for cash and Permitted
                          Seller Finance Notes so long as (x) not less than
                          twenty percent (20%) of any





                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19
                          sale for a Permitted Seller Finance Note is for cash
                          and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Permitted
                          Seller Finance Notes outstanding at any one time does
                          not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

                          (c)     Amounts payable by any Person to Borrower or
                 any Guarantor Subsidiary hereunder, shall be paid by such
                 Person for the account of Borrower or such Subsidiary (i) in
                 the case of any purchasers affiliated with the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary or in the case of the sale of any Real Estate, in
                 escrow to an escrow agent designated by the Agent (or, in the
                 case of any sale of Real Estate, the applicable title
                 company), and shall be held in escrow by such escrow agent (or
                 title company, as the case may be) on terms satisfactory to
                 the Agent until such time as consummation of the transaction
                 in respect of which such funds have been delivered into escrow
                 has occurred, and immediately thereupon Net Cash Proceeds
                 payable to the Banks shall be transferred to the Agent, by
                 wire transfer, in accordance with instructions given to such
                 escrow agent (or title company, as the case may be) by the
                 Agent, and (ii) in the case of any other purchaser or the sale
                 of any other assets, any such Net Cash Proceeds payable to the
                 Banks under this Section 5.22 shall be immediately transferred
                 to the Agent, by wire transfer, in accordance with
                 instructions given to such purchaser by the Agent.  The
                 Borrower and each Subsidiary shall take all action and do all
                 such things as may be necessary or desirable in the opinion of
                 the Agent to accomplish the foregoing.

                          (d)     Subject to Section 5.22(e) hereof, upon the
                 request of the Borrower, and at the Borrower's expense,
                 simultaneous with the receipt hereunder by the Banks of Net
                 Cash Proceeds relating to the Disposition by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary of any property or other assets securing the
                 Obligations, and provided that no Event of Default has
                 occurred which has not been waived by the Majority Banks in
                 accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent may, and at the
                 instruction of the Majority Banks shall, execute and deliver
                 to the Borrower or such Subsidiary duly executed releases, or
                 partial releases, as applicable, of any Lien they may have in
                 such property or assets, in form and substance satisfactory to
                 the Agent and the Borrower.

                          (e)     If at any time any payment by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds to any Bank is annulled,
                 set aside, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
                 preferential, rescinded or must otherwise be returned,
                 refunded or repaid by such Bank or if any foreclosure proceeds
                 in the form of credit against the indebtedness of Borrower and
                 the Guarantor Subsidiaries or in the form of cash or certified
                 funds or any other proceeds paid to any Bank from time to
                 time, are required to be returned by such Bank upon the
                 insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or
                 reorganization of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or upon or
                 as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor





                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20
                 or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary or any substantial part of their
                 respective property or otherwise, the Obligations shall
                 continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
                 all as though such payment or payments had not been made.

                 2.24.    Section 5.23 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
deleted therefrom in its entirety and the following new Section 5.23 is hereby
inserted in lieu thereof:

                          SECTION 5.23.  Intercreditor Agreement.  The Agent
                 acknowledges that it has delivered to the Borrower on or
                 before the Closing Date an executed copy of the Intercreditor
                 Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date.  The Borrower
                 acknowledges having received a copy of such Intercreditor
                 Agreement, and hereby consents and agrees that (i) payments,
                 prepayments and proceeds may be shared between the Banks and
                 Bank of America pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement and
                 (ii) prepayments to be made hereunder pursuant to clauses (a),
                 (c) and (d) of Section 2.08 hereof shall be made in accordance
                 with Exhibit 2.08 hereto in the amounts and manner necessary
                 or desirable to facilitate the sharing of payments between the
                 Banks and Bank of America under the Intercreditor Agreement.
                 The Agent agrees to provide to the Borrower a copy of each
                 amendment or modification to the Intercreditor Agreement
                 executed from and after the Closing Date; provided that, the
                 failure of the Agent to deliver any such amendment or
                 modification shall in no event release the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary from its obligations hereunder or any other Loan
                 Document, or in any way be deemed or construed to diminish or
                 modify, subject to Exhibit 2.08, the Borrower's or such
                 Subsidiary's obligations hereunder or under any other Loan
                 Document.

                 2.25.    Section 5.24 of the Credit Agreement is amended by
inserting the following new clause (a) therein and redesignating the present
clause (a) as clause (b):

                          (a)     After the Closing Date, neither the Borrower
                 nor any Subsidiary shall change the date on which any of the
                 Fiscal Quarters shall end.  The Borrower shall make no
                 significant change in its accounting practices except as
                 permitted or required by generally accepted accounting
                 principles or Fresh Start Reporting.

                 2.26.    Section 5.24 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
further amended by redesignating the existing clause (b) as new clause (c) and
adding the following sentence at the end of such new clause (c):

                 In any event, the financial covenants contained in the Bank of
                 America Agreement may not be more restrictive than those in
                 this Agreement at any time.





                                      -20-
<PAGE>   21
                 2.27.    Section 5.25 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following immediately after the section title
"Prepayment of Other Debt" in line 1 thereof:

                          (a)     Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will
                 make any payment or prepayment on or redemption of or
                 acquisition for value of Debt of the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary, except for (i) payments approved pursuant to the
                 Plan of Reorganization, (ii) payments of scheduled lease
                 payments under Capital Leases of the Borrower or any Guarantor
                 Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and (iii) payments on
                 Debt permitted under Section 5.18; so long as upon payment or
                 prepayment on or redemption of or acquisition for value of
                 Debt that is made pursuant to any of clauses (i), (ii), or
                 (iii) above, the Borrower complies or causes compliance with
                 the terms of Section 5.25(b) below.  (b)

                 2.28.    Subject to Section 4.02 hereof, Article V of the
Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by adding the following new Sections
5.27 through 5.36 thereto:

                          SECTION 5.27.  Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower
                 shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge
                 as the same shall become due and payable in the ordinary
                 course of business in accordance with past practices, unless
                 the same (other than Debt for borrowed money) are being
                 contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
                 adequate reserves, if any are required, in accordance with
                 generally accepted accounting principles are being maintained
                 by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, all their respective
                 material obligations and liabilities, including without
                 limitation:

                          (a)     all tax liabilities, assessments and
                 governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or
                 assets;

                          (b)     all lawful claims which the Borrower and/or
                 any Subsidiary is obligated to pay, which are due and which,
                 if unpaid, might by operation of law or otherwise become a
                 Lien (other than a Lien permitted under Section 5.13) upon its
                 property; and

                          (c)     all Debt as and when due and payable pursuant
                 to the terms of the documents or instruments, if any,
                 evidencing such Debt, but subject to any subordination
                 provisions and any other provisions restricting the payment of
                 such Debt contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing
                 such Debt.

                          SECTION 5.28.  Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower
                 shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, in
                 all material respects with all applicable laws, rules,
                 regulations, orders and with the directions of any
                 governmental authority having jurisdiction over it or its
                 business, except such





                                      -21-
<PAGE>   22
                          (a)     as may be contested in good faith or as to
                 which a bona fide dispute may exist, and

                          (b)     as to which such failure to comply would not
                 have a material adverse effect on the business, operations,
                 properties, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and
                 its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                          SECTION 5.29.  Restrictions Concerning Bank of
                 America.  (a)  Notwithstanding any contrary provisions
                 contained herein, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit
                 any of its Subsidiaries to:  (i)  grant a Lien in favor of
                 Bank of America on any property or interest in property unless
                 simultaneously therewith a pari passu Lien shall be granted to
                 the Banks on such property or interests; (ii) obtain loans,
                 letters of credit or extensions of credit from Bank of America
                 under the Bank of America Agreement or otherwise other than
                 the loans, letters of credit and other extensions of credit
                 provided under the Bank of America Agreement as in effect on
                 the Closing Date, provided, however, in no event shall
                 overdrafts permitted or extended by Bank of America under the
                 Bank of America Agreement, or otherwise, exceed $500,000 in
                 the aggregate; (iii) amend the Bank of America Agreement or
                 other Bank of America Credit Documents or enter into any
                 additional agreements with Bank of America without the prior
                 written consent of the Banks if such amendment or additional
                 agreement would (A) impose additional material conditions to
                 the obligation of Bank of America to make loans and/or issue
                 letters of credit pursuant to the Bank of America Agreement,
                 (B) require or permit the Borrower to grant liens to secure
                 any Bank of America Obligations unless the Borrower
                 simultaneously grants to the Banks a lien to secure the
                 Obligations, (C) increase the amount to be loaned pursuant to
                 the Bank of America Agreement, (D) restrict the ability of the
                 Borrower or any Subsidiary to pay Net Cash Proceeds or any
                 other amount to which the Banks are entitled pursuant to this
                 Agreement or the Revolving Credit Agreement, (E) contravene,
                 or cause a default under, this Agreement, the Loan Documents
                 or the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents
                 executed in connection therewith, or (F) waive (or modify so
                 as to make less stringent) the obligation of the Borrower to
                 pay or to provide cash collateral as provided in Section 2.16
                 of this Agreement; or (iv) incur indebtedness to refinance or
                 refund in whole or in part obligations to Bank of America
                 under the Bank of America Agreement unless the holder of such
                 indebtedness enters into an intercreditor agreement with the
                 Banks in the form of the Intercreditor Agreement then in
                 effect.

                          (b)     The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
                 Subsidiaries to, deliver to the Agent for the Banks copies of
                 any and all amendments to the Bank of America Agreement and
                 the other Bank of America Credit Documents





                                      -22-
<PAGE>   23
                 and any and all other agreements entered into with or for the
                 benefit of Bank of America, in each instance promptly upon the
                 execution thereof.

                          SECTION 5.30.  Plan of Reorganization.  The Borrower
                 will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, observe and perform
                 all of their respective covenants, obligations, and
                 agreements, and satisfy every condition, contained in the Plan
                 of Reorganization to be observed, performed or satisfied by
                 them, in a timely manner.

                          SECTION 5.31.  Conduct of Business.  Neither the
                 Borrower nor any Subsidiary will engage in any business other
                 than the businesses in which it is engaged as of the date
                 hereof or any businesses or activities substantially similar
                 or related thereto.

                          SECTION 5.32.  Subordination of Intercompany Loans
                 and Advances to the Borrower.  The Borrower and each
                 Subsidiary shall cause any Debt owed by the Borrower or such
                 Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or any
                 Affiliate to be subordinated to Debt of the Borrower and each
                 Subsidiary under or in connection with the Bank of America
                 Agreement and the Obligations on terms of subordination
                 satisfactory to the Majority Banks.

                          SECTION 5.33.  Bank Accounts.  Without the prior
                 written consent of the Agent, neither the Borrower nor any
                 Subsidiary shall open or maintain any checking or other bank
                 accounts other than the Depository Accounts, the Existing Cash
                 Concentration Account and the Existing Disbursement Account,
                 the Post-Confirmation Cash Collateral Account, and the
                 Post-Confirmation Cash Collateral Account (as defined in the
                 Bank of America Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date),
                 if any, and the Existing Controlled Disbursement Account;
                 provided, however, that a checking or other bank account may
                 be opened in accordance with Section 5.01(s).

                          SECTION 5.34.  Transactions with Affiliates.  Neither
                 the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall, except in connection
                 with, and only to the extent entered into on or after the
                 Effective Date in respect of, the Plan of Reorganization,
                 enter into or permit to exist, directly or indirectly, any
                 transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange
                 of any assets or properties or the rendering of any service)
                 with any Affiliate, or any holder of five percent (5%) or more
                 of any class of equity securities of the Borrower or such
                 Subsidiary or Affiliates, or with any Affiliate of any such
                 holder, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, on
                 terms that are less favorable to the Borrower or any such
                 Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those terms which might
                 be obtained at the time from Persons who are not such a holder
                 or Affiliate, or if such transaction





                                      -23-
<PAGE>   24
                 is not one in which terms could be obtained from such other
                 Person, on terms that are not negotiated in good faith on an
                 arm's length basis.

                          SECTION 5.35.  Amendments of Charter; Other Debt.
                 Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary will amend in any
                 respect (a) any of their certificates or articles of
                 incorporation unless such amendment would not have a Material
                 Adverse Effect or (b) any provision of the Mortgage Notes
                 (except for such amendments as are being made in connection
                 with the Plan of Reorganization), unless such amendment would
                 not have a Material Adverse Effect, without in each case
                 obtaining the prior written consent of the Majority Banks.

                          SECTION 5.36.  Restrictive Agreements.  Neither the
                 Borrower nor any Guarantor Subsidiary will enter into any
                 Contractual Obligation, other than Contractual Obligations
                 under the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Bank of America
                 Credit Documents and other documents executed from time to
                 time in connection therewith, which restricts or limits its
                 ability to (a) pay dividends or make any distribution on its
                 Capital Stock, (b) pay Debt owed to the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary, (c) make any loans or advances to the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary (except as provided in Section 5.32 hereof) or
                 (d) transfer any of its property to the Borrower or any
                 Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions
                 existing under or by reason of applicable law or under the
                 terms of the Plan of Reorganization.

                          SECTION 5.37.  Sale-Leaseback.  The Borrower will
                 not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into, or
                 permit to remain in effect, any sale-leaseback or similar
                 arrangement, including, without limitation, any arrangement
                 with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or
                 any Subsidiary (as lessee) of any Property which has been, or
                 is to be, sold or transferred by the Borrower to such Person
                 or to any other Person to whom funds have been, or are to be,
                 advanced on the security of such Property or rental
                 obligations of the Borrower or any such Guarantor.

                          SECTION 5.38.  Depository Accounts; Existing Cash
                 Concentration Account.  (a)  Delivery of Cash Receipts.  The
                 Borrower will, and will cause each Guarantor Subsidiary to,
                 deliver, immediately and on the Domestic Business Day
                 succeeding the date of its receipt thereof, all Receipts, in
                 kind and duly endorsed with recourse to the Borrower or such
                 Guarantor Subsidiary, to a Depository Bank.

                          (b)  Transfers of Funds.  Amounts on deposit in each
                 Depository Bank (other than residual amounts necessary for
                 normal operations of the account) shall be transferred each
                 Domestic Business Day from each such Depository





                                      -24-
<PAGE>   25
                 Bank to the Existing Cash Concentration Account or to the
                 Existing Disbursement Account in accordance with the
                 Borrower's existing automatic clearing system or by wire
                 transfer.  So long as no Event of Default has occurred or is
                 continuing, amounts on deposit which constitute available
                 funds in the Existing Cash Concentration Account shall be
                 transferred no later than three (3) Domestic Business Days
                 following receipt thereof to the Existing Disbursement
                 Account.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall have
                 the right to make withdrawals from the Existing Cash
                 Concentration Account (although amounts shall be transferred
                 therefrom to the Existing Disbursement Account, in accordance
                 with this Section 5.38).

                 2.29.    Section 6.01(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and substituting the following
new Section 6.01(c) in lieu thereof:

                          (c)     Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries shall
                 fail to observe or perform any covenant contained in Sections
                 2.05, 2.17, 2.18, 5.01(e), 5.01(h), 5.01(i), 5.02, 5.04
                 through and including 5.26, 5.29 through and including 5.34,
                 5.37 and 5.38.

                 2.30.    Section 6.01(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and substituting the following
new Section 6.01(d) in lieu thereof:

                          (d)     Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any
                 covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement (other than
                 those covered by clause (a), (b) or (c) above) or in the
                 Borrower Collateral Documents, or any of the Guarantor
                 Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or
                 agreement contained in the Guarantor Collateral Documents and
                 such failure shall not have been remedied or waived within ten
                 (10) days after the earlier to occur of (i) receipt of written
                 notice thereof from the Agent to the Borrower or such
                 Subsidiary, as applicable or (ii) the date upon which the
                 President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or
                 Treasurer of the Borrower has knowledge of such event;

                 2.31.    Section 6.01(k)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the words "thirty (30)" from line 5 thereof and inserting
in lieu thereof the words "ten (10)" and Section 6.01(k)(ii) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the figure "10" from line 10 thereof
and inserting in lieu thereof the words "thirty (30)".

                 2.32.    Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following new clauses (n) through (p) thereto:

                          (n)     (i) any provision of any Collateral Document
                 or Guarantee Agreement necessary for the practical realization
                 of the substantial benefits





                                      -25-
<PAGE>   26
                 thereof shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on
                 or enforceable against the Borrower or any Guarantor
                 Subsidiary or the Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary shall
                 so state in writing or bring an action to limit its
                 obligations or liabilities thereunder; or (ii) the Collateral
                 Documents shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the
                 terms thereof) cease to create a valid security interest in
                 the collateral purported to be covered thereby or such
                 security interest shall for any reason cease to be a perfected
                 and first priority security interest (except as otherwise
                 permitted hereunder);

                          (o)     a Change of Control shall occur; or

                          (p)     there shall have occurred a Material Adverse
                 Change in the business assets, properties, results of
                 operations, financial condition or prospects of the Borrower
                 and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

                 2.33.    Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting it therefrom in its entirety and inserting the following
new Section 9.10 in lieu thereof:

                          SECTION 9.10.  EXCEPT FOR THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
                 SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR
                 DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1983 REVISION), ICC PUB. NO. 400, AND
                 EXCEPT FOR COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE
                 LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES, AND ALL
                 OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE
                 CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
                 STATE OF TEXAS (EXCEPT THAT TEX.  REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART.
                 5069, CH. 15 (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN
                 ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING TRIPARTY ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO
                 THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOANS OR THE NOTES), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
                 THAT THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA MAY
                 OTHERWISE APPLY.  UNLESS CHANGED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LAW, THE
                 APPLICABLE RATE CEILING UNDER TEXAS LAW SHALL BE THE INDICATED
                 (WEEKLY) RATE CEILING FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT AS PROVIDED
                 IN TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069-1.04, AS AMENDED.
                 NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 9.10 OR IN
                 ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO THE CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS
                 AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE
                 DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS WHICH THE BANKS
                 MAY HAVE UNDER  THE NATIONAL BANK ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE
                 FEDERAL LAW.





                                      -26-
<PAGE>   27
                 2.34.    Article IX of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
by inserting the following new Sections 9.15 and 9.16 therein:

                          SECTION 9.15.  Waivers and Release of Claims.  As
                 additional consideration to the execution, delivery, and
                 performance of this Agreement by the parties hereto and to
                 induce the Banks to enter into this Agreement, the Borrower
                 represents and warrants that (a) the Borrower knows of no
                 defenses, counterclaims or rights of setoff to the payment of
                 any indebtedness of the Borrower to the Banks, and (b) the
                 Borrower for itself, its Subsidiaries, their respective
                 representatives, agents, officers, directors, employees,
                 shareholders, and successors and assigns, hereby fully,
                 finally, completely, generally and forever releases,
                 discharges, acquits, waives and relinquishes the Bank and its
                 representatives, agents, officers, directors, employees,
                 shareholders, and successors and assigns, from any and all
                 claims, actions, demands, and causes of action of whatever
                 kind or character, whether joint or several, whether known or
                 unknown, for any and all injuries, harm, damages, penalties,
                 costs, losses, expenses, attorneys' fees, and/or liability
                 whatsoever and whenever incurred or suffered by any of them
                 prior to the execution of this Agreement, including, without
                 limitation, all rights and causes of action pursuant to (i) ##
                 502, 542, 544, 545, 546, 548, 550 and 553 of the Bankruptcy
                 Code, (ii) preference claims pursuant to # 547 of the
                 Bankruptcy Code, (iii) fraudulent transfer claims pursuant to
                 # 549 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (iv) all other claims and
                 causes of action of the Borrower against the Banks as of the
                 Effective Date.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                 Agreement, the Original Credit Agreement or any other Loan
                 Document, this Section 9.15 shall remain in full force and
                 effect and shall survive the delivery of the Notes, this
                 Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making,
                 extension, renewal, modification, amendment or restatement of
                 any thereof.

                          SECTION 9.16.  Ratification of Collateral Documents.
                 All Loan Documents executed in connection herewith are and
                 remain in full force and effect in accordance with their
                 respective terms.  All Loan Documents executed in connection
                 with the Original Agreements are and remain in full force and
                 effect in accordance with their respective terms as modified,
                 amended and restated.  Without in any way limiting the
                 generality of the foregoing, the Borrower, for itself and on
                 behalf of each of its Subsidiaries, hereby ratifies and
                 confirms the Collateral Documents, and the liens and security
                 interests created thereby, and the Borrower, for itself and on
                 behalf of each of its Subsidiaries, hereby confirms and agrees
                 that any and all liens, security interests created by the
                 Collateral Documents and other security or collateral now or
                 hereafter held by the Banks as security for payment and
                 performance of the Obligations under the Original Agreements,
                 are hereby renewed and carried forward to secure payment and
                 performance of all of the Obligations under this Agreement.
                 The





                                      -27-
<PAGE>   28
                 Collateral Documents are and remain legal, valid and binding
                 obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance
                 with their respective terms.  Reference in the Loan Documents
                 (other than this Agreement) to the Original Agreements, the
                 "Agreements", the "Credit Agreements" and words of similar
                 import shall be deemed to be references to the Original
                 Agreements as amended and restated by this Agreement.

                 2.35.    The Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by (i)
inserting in numerical order the new Exhibit 1.01C attached hereto, (ii)
deleting the existing Exhibit 2.08 therefrom in its entirety and substituting
the new Exhibit 2.08 attached hereto in lieu thereof and (iii) inserting in
numerical order the new Exhibit 5.01(o) attached hereto.


                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 3.01.    The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this Amendment and to perform the Credit Agreement as amended hereby,
and all corporate action on the Borrower's part requisite for the due execution
and delivery of this Amendment, and the performance of the Credit Agreement as
amended hereby, has been duly and effectively taken.

                 3.02.    All of the representations and warranties contained
in Article IV of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, are true and correct
on and as of the date hereof and will be true and correct after giving effect
to this Amendment and the Borrower hereby agrees to be bound by such
representations and warranties.

                 3.03.    No event which constitutes a Default or an Event of
Default under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, has occurred and is
continuing, or would result from the execution and delivery of this Amendment.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   CONDITIONS

                 4.01.    As a condition precedent to the closing of this
Amendment, the Agent shall have received the following, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and in sufficient copies for each Bank:

                 (a)      an accounting of all costs, fees and expenses which
         were payable to Bank of America, or for which Bank of America was
         seeking reimbursement, on the Effective Date, in scope, form and
         substance acceptable to the Majority Banks; and





                                      -28-
<PAGE>   29
                 (b)      a copy of the final executed amendment to the Bank of
         America Agreement reflecting changes made to Sections 6.11, 6.12 and
         6.13 thereof effective as of June 15, 1993.

                 4.02.    On or before July 15, 1993, Borrower and Bank of
America shall have executed and delivered an amendment (the "Conforming
Amendment") to the Bank of America Agreement, which substantially conforms
Sections 2.12(c), 6.23 and 6.44 of the Bank of America Agreement to Sections
5.22(c), 5.22(b) and 5.36, respectively, of the Credit Agreement as amended
hereby.  Failure to timely deliver to the Agent an executed copy of such
Conforming Amendment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, shall
result immediately and without further action from any party in the deletion of
all references to "Guarantor Subsidiary" or "Guarantor Subsidiaries" from new
Sections 5.22(c), 5.22(b) and 5.36 of the Credit Agreement and the insertion of
the terms "Subsidiary" and "Subsidiaries" in lieu thereof as appropriate,
effective as of the date hereof.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                 5.01.    The Credit Agreement as hereby amended is in all
respects ratified and confirmed, and all other rights and powers created
thereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full force and effect.

                 5.02.    This Amendment may be executed in several
counterparts, and each counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall
constitute an original instrument, and all such separate counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                 5.03.    The Borrower agrees to do, execute, acknowledge and
deliver all and every further act and instrument as the Banks may reasonably
request for the better assuring and confirming unto the Banks all and singular
the rights granted or intended to be granted hereby or hereunder.

                 5.04.    THIS AMENDMENT AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCEPT THAT TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069,
CH. 15 (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING
TRIPARTY ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AMENDMENT), EXCEPT FOR COLLATERAL
DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE AND EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA MAY OTHERWISE
APPLY.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 4.04 TO THE
CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS AMENDMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
SHALL BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A





                                      -29-
<PAGE>   30
WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS WHICH THE BANKS MAY HAVE UNDER THE NATIONAL BANK ACT OR
ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

                 5.05.    THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT,
REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED
BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE
PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.





                                      -30-
<PAGE>   31
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Amendment effective as
of the date first above written.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                          INCORPORATED


                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:___________________________
                                           Title:__________________________

                                           100 Waugh Drive
                                           Houston, Texas 77007
                                           Telecopier:  (713) 880-0579

                                        BANKS:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF NORTH
                                          CAROLINA, N.A.



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Domestic Lending Office and Euro-Dollar
                                        Lending Office

                                        700 Louisiana
                                        8th Floor
                                        Southwest Corporate Banking
                                        Houston, Texas  77002

                                        Telecopier No.:  (713) 247-6719





                                      -31-
<PAGE>   32
                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Domestic Lending Office and Euro-Dollar
                                        Lending Office

                                        700 Louisiana
                                        8th Floor
                                        Southwest Corporate Banking
                                        Houston, Texas  77002

                                        Telecopier No.:  (713) 247-6719


                                        AGENT:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Domestic Lending Office and Euro-Dollar
                                        Lending Office

                                        700 Louisiana
                                        8th Floor
                                        Southwest Corporate Banking
                                        Houston, Texas  77002

                                        Telecopier No.:  (713) 247-6719





                                      -32-
<PAGE>   33
                 Each of the undersigned has read, and does hereby consent to
and approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and (ii)
the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower to the Banks and
the performance by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and
further, does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the
Amendment by the Borrower and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement, as amended hereby, will in no event affect or limit the obligation
of the undersigned to the Banks under that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as
of February 6, 1990, executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the Banks,
as it has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as
it may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time
(the "Guarantee") and that certain Security Agreement dated January 24, 1991,
executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, as it
has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as it
may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the
"Security Agreement").  The terms and conditions of, and the obligations of the
undersigned under, the Guarantee and the Security Agreement are hereby ratified
and affirmed in all respects.

                                        CONSENTED AND APPROVED:

                                        KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:___________________________
                                           Title:__________________________


                                        TEXAS SUPER DUPER MARKETS, INC.



                                        By:________________________________
                                           Name:___________________________
                                           Title:__________________________





                                      -33-
<PAGE>   34
                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS, INC.



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF GEORGIA, INC.



                                        By:_______________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:_________________________





                                      -34-
<PAGE>   35
                 The undersigned has read, and does hereby consent to and
approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and (ii) the
execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower to the Banks and the
performance by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and
further, does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the
Amendment by the Borrower and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement, as amended hereby, will in no event affect or limit the obligation
of the undersigned to the Banks under that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as
of January 24, 1991, executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the Banks,
as it has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as
it may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time
(the "Guarantee") and that certain Security Agreement dated January 24, 1991,
executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, as it
has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as it
may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (the
"Security Agreement").  The terms and conditions of, and the obligations of the
undersigned under, the Guarantee and the Security Agreement are hereby ratified
and affirmed in all respects.

                                        CONSENTED AND APPROVED:

                                        SCHEPPS FOOD STORES, INC.



                                        By:______________________________
                                           Name:_________________________
                                           Title:________________________





                                      -35-
<PAGE>   36
                                EXHIBIT 1.01c

        Exhibit 1.01c lists the mortgage notes and related security
instruments held by the Company as of June 30, 1993.



<PAGE>   37



                                  EXHIBIT 2.08

to that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as it may be
amended, modified or restated, from time to time, the "Agreement") dated as of
March 9, 1993 by and among National Convenience Stores Incorporated (the
"Borrower"), the Banks parties thereto, and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Agent
for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent")


                          PAYMENT OF NET CASH PROCEEDS
                         AND OTHER INTERCREDITOR FUNDS

1.       Certain Defined Terms.

         1.1     "Credit Agreements" means the Agreement, the Revolving Credit
Agreement and the Bank of America Agreement.

         1.2     "Intercreditor Banks" means the Agent, the Banks, the Lenders
(as that term is defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) and Bank of America
and "Intercreditor Bank" means any one such bank.

         1.3     "Other Intercreditor Funds" as used herein means monies used
or required to be used for making prepayments pursuant to clauses (a) and (c)
of Section 2.08 of the Agreement.

         1.4     Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit 2.08 and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

2.       Obligations of Borrower.

         2.1     The Borrower will deliver notice in writing (the "Borrower
Notice") to the Agent (on behalf of the Banks and the lenders parties to the
Revolving Credit Agreement) and Bank of America at least five (5) days (or such
other time period agreed to by the Borrower and the Agent on behalf of the
Banks and the lenders parties to the Revolving Credit Agreement) prior to the
date (the "Expected Payment Date") the Borrower reasonably expects to receive,
or otherwise have, Net Cash Proceeds or Other Intercreditor Funds (the
"Expected Payment") payable to the Intercreditor Banks pursuant to the
respective Credit Agreements, setting forth (a) the total amount of the
Expected Payment, (b) the date upon which the Borrower reasonably expects to
receive or otherwise have the Expected Payment, (c) the source of such Expected
Payment, and (d) a determination as to the applicable percentage (the
"Estimated Applicable Percentage") of such Expected Payment which should be
paid to each Intercreditor Bank pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.

         2.2     Upon receipt or possession (the "Actual Payment Date") of Net
Cash Proceeds or Other Intercreditor Funds (the "Actual Payment") payable to
the Intercreditor Banks pursuant to the respective Credit Agreements, the
Borrower will reconcile the Actual Payment with the
<PAGE>   38
Estimated Payment and will pay the Actual Applicable Percentages (hereinafter
defined) of such Actual Payment to each Intercreditor Bank pursuant to the
terms of the respective Credit Agreements.  In any event, the Borrower shall
hold the Actual Payment in a segregated cash collateral account, in trust for
the Agent (on behalf of the Banks and the lenders parties to the Revolving
Credit Agreement) and Bank of America on terms and conditions satisfactory to
the Agent until paid to the Intercreditor Banks in accordance with the terms of
the respective Credit Agreements.

         2.3     The "Actual Applicable Percentage" shall be (i) the Estimated
Applicable Percentage, if (x) the Agent and Bank of America do not otherwise
notify the Borrower on or before the Actual Payment Date, (y) only one
Intercreditor Bank notifies the Borrower of changes to the Estimated Applicable
Percentage, or (z) the Intercreditor Banks specify inconsistent changes to the
Estimated Applicable Percentage that are not reconciled on or before the Actual
Payment Date or (ii) the percentage that both the Agent and Bank of America
specify to the Borrower on or before the Actual Payment Date, if the
Intercreditor Banks specify consistent changes to the Estimated Applicable
Percentages.  If the Intercreditor Banks disagree (whether before or after the
Actual Payment Date) with the Estimated Applicable Percentages and such dispute
is not resolved on or before the Actual Payment Date, the Intercreditor Banks
shall hold the portion of the Actual Payment received that is in dispute, and
shall resolve such dispute, in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   39


                                EXHIBIT 5.01(O)


Submitted for the quarter ended _____________________.

Since March 31, 1993, Special Reserves have been reduced as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Amount of             Remaining
                                                                   Reduction*            Balance*
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>                   <C>
Environmental Reserve (Long Term Portion)                          $                     $           
                                                                    ------------          -----------
NMO Reserve                                                        $                     $           
                                                                    ------------          -----------
Tax Reserve                                                        $                     $           
                                                                    ------------          -----------

                                                       Total       $                     $           
                                                                    ------------          -----------
</TABLE>

Since March 31, 1993, the corresponding accounting entries to balance the
Special Reserve reduction were as follows:

<TABLE>
                           <S>                                     <C>
                                                        Cash       $            
                                                                    ------------
                           Short Term Environmental Reserves       $            
                                                                    ------------
                                                   (specify)       $            
                                                                    ------------
                                                   (specify)       $            
                                                                    ------------

                                                       Total       $            
                                                                    ------------
</TABLE>

*All numbers are rounded to the nearest thousand



The Special Reserve Adjustment as of the most recent quarter end (which is
equal to the aggregate amount of reduction since March 31, 1993 to Special
Reserves which has resulted, directly or indirectly, in an increase to
Consolidated Net Worth) is equal to $_______________________.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.4


   SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, SECOND
            AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT AND OVERRIDING
                     AMENDMENT TO ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS


                 THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT
AGREEMENT, SECOND AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT AND OVERRIDING
AMENDMENT TO ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (the "Amendment") dated as of March 31,
1994 is by and among NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED (the "Borrower"),
KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY, TEXAS SUPER DUPER MARKETS, INC., SCHEPPS FOOD STORES,
INC., STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS, INC., STOP N GO MARKETS OF GEORGIA, INC.,
(each a "Guarantor Subsidiary"), NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
("NationsBank-Texas"), NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA, N.A. ("NationsBank--North
Carolina") (together NationsBank-Texas and NationsBank-North Carolina are
hereinafter referred to as the "Banks") and NATIONSBANK-TEXAS, as Agent for the
Banks (in such capacity, the Agent").

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks are parties to
that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 9,
1993, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 1993 (as amended, the "Credit
Agreement"); and

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, and
NationsBank-Texas (in its dual capacity as a lender thereunder and as agent for
the parties that are now, or in the future may be, signatories thereto) are
parties to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of March 9, 1993,
as amended by that certain First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated
as of June 15, 1993 (as amended, the "Revolving Agreement"); and

                 WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Banks are parties to other Loan
Documents (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement); and

                 WHEREAS, the Banks and Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association ("Bank of America") are parties to the Second Amended and
Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of November 23, 1992, as amended by
that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor
Agreement dated March 1, 1993 and further amended by that certain Second
Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of
March 9, 1993 (as amended, the "Intercreditor Agreement"); and

                 WHEREAS, the Banks and Bank of America have issued letters of
credit (the "Outstanding Letters of Credit") for the benefit of National Union
Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., American Home Assurance Company and
the Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania (such companies are related
to AIG Risk Management, Inc. and are in the American International Group of
insurance companies and are, together with AIG Risk Management, Inc. and AIG
Life Insurance Company, hereinafter collectively referred to as





                                       1
<PAGE>   2
"National Union" and individually as a "National Union Company") to secure the
Borrower's obligations to National Union resulting from the insurance policies
issued by National Union for the benefit of the Borrower; and

                 WHEREAS, the Bankruptcy Court (as that term is defined in the
Credit Agreement) has entered an order in the Bankruptcy Cases (as that term is
defined in the Credit Agreement) that orders that the Outstanding Letters of
Credit issued by the Banks and Bank of America for the benefit of National
Union shall be reduced in the aggregate amount of $4,494,152.00; and

                 WHEREAS, to accomplish the ordered reduction in the
Outstanding Letters of Credit, the Borrower, the Banks, National Union and Bank
of America have agreed to (i) cancel all of the Outstanding Letters of Credit
issued by Bank of America, (ii) issue  shares of the Borrower's capital stock
to National Union in lieu of the Outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Bank
of America for the benefit of National Union, and (iii) to provide for the
replacement of the Existing Letters of Credit issued by NationsBank-Texas for
the benefit of National Union, as beneficiary, (the "National Union Letters of
Credit") with nine new letters of credit; and

                 WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the Borrower and
the Banks have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Agreement
and the other Loan Documents as set forth herein and the Banks and Bank of
America have agreed to terminate the Intercreditor Agreement;

                 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree that the
Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

                 1.01.    Capitalized terms defined in the recitals hereof are
hereby incorporated herein for all purposes.

                 1.02.    Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                                   ARTICLE II

                            AMENDMENT AND AGREEMENT

                 2.01.    Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended by inserting the following definition in alphabetical order therein:

                          "National Union Company" means any of National Union
                 Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., American Home
                 Assurance Company, the Insurance Company of the State of
                 Pennsylvania, AIG Risk Management, Inc. and AIG Life Insurance
                 Company.

                 2.02.    Section 2.02 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended
by deleting said Section 2.02 in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof
the following:

                 SECTION 2.02. Letters of Credit.  (a) On and after the date
                 hereof all Existing Letters of Credit which have been issued
                 for the benefit of a National Union Company shall be exchanged
                 for, and replaced by nine letters of credit each to be issued
                 to National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA, as
                 beneficiary thereunder, in the respective face amounts (the
                 "Face Amounts") shown below (collectively, the "Replacement
                 Letters of Credit" and individually, a "Replacement Letter of
                 Credit"):

                          (i)     Face Amount:  $1,279,394.01
                                  Availability Date:  March 31, 1994
                          (ii)    Face Amount:  $1,500,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  June 1, 1994
                          (iii)   Face Amount:  $1,250,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  December 1, 1994
                          (iv)    Face Amount:  $1,250,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  June 1, 1995
                          (v)     Face Amount:  $1,000,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  December 1, 1995
                          (vi)    Face Amount:  $1,000,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  June 1, 1996
                          (vii)   Face Amount:  $750,000.00
                                  Availability Date: December 1, 1996
                          (viii)  Face Amount:  $750,000.00
                                  Availability Date:  June 1, 1997
                          (ix)    Face Amount:  $591,925.00
                                  Availability Date: December 1, 1997





                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                 With the exception of the Replacement Letter of Credit
                 described in subsection (i) of this Section 2.02(a), each
                 Replacement Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date of
                 sixty (60) days subsequent to such Replacement Letter of
                 Credit's corresponding "Availability Date" set forth in
                 Section 2.02(a)(ii) through (ix).  Each Replacement Letter of
                 Credit shall not be renewed, provided, however, that each
                 Replacement Letter of Credit shall automatically renew for an
                 additional forty- five (45) days following the expiry date in
                 the event that during the period occurring after the
                 Availability Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to the
                 expiry date of a Replacement Letter of Credit, the Agent shall
                 fail to notify the beneficiary of such Replacement Letter of
                 Credit in writing by registered mail (return receipt
                 requested) that such Replacement Letter of Credit will not be
                 renewed; and provided, further, that no such notice shall be
                 necessary in connection with the Replacement Letter of Credit
                 described in Section 2.02(a)(i) hereof, which Replacement
                 Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date of thirty (30) days
                 following its Availability Date, with no possible extensions
                 or renewals.

                 Upon the occurrence of a draw on any of the Replacement
                 Letters of Credit, the amount available under such Replacement
                 Letter of Credit shall be permanently reduced by an amount
                 equal to the drawn amount provided, that the foregoing shall
                 in no event limit the right of the beneficiary of the
                 Replacement Letter of Credit to effect a draw in accordance
                 with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

                 (b) On or after the date hereof, and prior to the Termination
                 Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
                 so long as no Event of Default has occurred (and shall not
                 have been waived by the Majority Banks in accordance with the
                 terms hereof), NationsBank-Texas (the "Issuing Bank") agrees
                 to permit the Existing Letters of Credit for the account of
                 the Borrower to renew in accordance with their terms;
                 provided, that, (i) the renewed Existing Letters of Credit,
                 other than the Replacement Letters of Credit, shall not have
                 an expiry date on or after a date which is more than twelve
                 (12) months following such renewal, and in any event, shall
                 have an expiry date which is at least ten (10) days prior to
                 the Termination Date, and (ii) after giving effect to any
                 renewal, the aggregate amount of all the Existing Letters of
                 Credit, other than the Replacement Letters of Credit, at any
                 time outstanding (including that portion of any Existing
                 Letter of Credit which has been drawn upon and which has not





                                       4
<PAGE>   5
                 been reimbursed by the Borrower) shall not exceed
                 $1,774,274.49, less amounts drawn under any Letter of Credit,
                 other than the Replacement Letters of Credit, from time to
                 time from and after March 31, 1994.  Existing Letters of
                 Credit may be renewed solely for the benefit of the
                 Beneficiary of such Existing Letter of Credit, or the
                 successors or assigns of such Beneficiary, under the terms and
                 conditions of such Existing Letter of Credit, and for the
                 purpose for which such Existing Letter of Credit was
                 originally issued.

                 (c)      In no event will the Issuing Bank have any obligation
                 to issue any letter of credit for the account of the Borrower
                 other than a renewal (or successive renewals) of an Existing
                 Letter of Credit, other than a Replacement Letter of Credit in
                 accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02(a).

                 2.03.    Any and all references contained in the Credit
Agreement, the Revolving Agreement and any other Loan Documents to Letter(s) of
Credit or Existing Letters of Credit (as those terms are defined in such Credit
Agreement, Revolving Agreement and Loan Documents) shall include a reference to
the Replacement Letters of Credit.

                 2.04.    Subsection (a) of Section 2.08 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Exhibit 2.08 hereof," in lines 2 and 3 therein.

                 2.05.    Subsection (d) of Section 2.08 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "such Net Cash Proceeds in
the proportions required in accordance with notices delivered by the Agent and
Bank of America pursuant to Exhibit 2.08 hereto; provided that upon payment in
full of all obligations of the Borrower to the Bank of America under the Bank
of America Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the benefit of
the Banks and the lenders parties to the Revolving Credit Agreement," in lines
2 through 7 therein.

                 2.06.    Subsection (a) of Section 2.15 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended to add the phrase ", other than the Replacement
Letters of Credit," after the words "Existing Letter of Credit" on line 3 of
said Subsection (a), and after the words "Letter of Credit" on line 6 of said
Subsection (a).

                 2.07.    Subsection (c) of Section 2.15 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding after the phrase "In order to induce the
renewal of the Existing Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank," in lines 1 and
2 therein, the following:

                 "or, in order to induce the Issuing Bank to issue the
                 Replacement Letters of Credit,"





                                       5
<PAGE>   6
                 2.08.  Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
by deleting the phrase "CAPEX shall be limited to the greater of (i)
$17,300,000 or (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Margin, up to an
amount equal to $19,000,000" from lines 3 and 4 therein, and substituting the
phrase "CAPEX shall be limited to $25,000,000" in lieu thereof.  Section 5.11
of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the figure
$17,300,000 in line 1 of the schedule contained therein and substituting the
figure $25,000,000 in lieu thereof.

                 2.09.    Subsection (a) of Section 5.14 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a period after the word "Liens" in
subsection (a)(v) therein and by deleting the semicolon and the word "and" in
subsection (a)(v) therein and by deleting subsection (a)(vi) in its entirety.

                 2.10.    Subsection (a) of Section 5.22 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a period after the word "Banks" in
line 3 therein and by deleting the phrase "in the percentages set forth in
Exhibit 2.08 and in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof." in lines 3 and 4
therein.

                 2.11.    Section 5.23 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and is of no further force and effect and the following
shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

                 SECTION 5.23.  Intentionally Omitted.

                 2.12.    Section 5.25 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended to provide that, notwithstanding any provision of said Section 5.25, no
amounts shall be payable at any time pursuant to the Bank of America Credit
Documents to Bank of America under Section 5.25 thereof after the date of this
Amendment.

                 2.13.    Exhibit 2.08 to the Credit Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

                 Exhibit 2.08  Intentionally Omitted.

                 2.14.    Subsection (a)(ii) of Section 2.05 of the Revolving
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "such Net Cash Proceeds in
the proportions required in accordance with notices delivered by the Agent and
Bank of America pursuant to Exhibit 2.05 hereto; provided that, upon payment in
full of all obligations of the Borrower to Bank of America under the Bank of
America Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders and the banks parties to the Reorganized Credit Facility," from lines 4
through 9 therein.

                 2.15.    Subsection (b) of Section 2.05 of the Revolving
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the last sentence of
said Subsection (b).





                                       6
<PAGE>   7
                 2.16.    Section 6.17 of the Revolving Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and is of no further force and effect and the following
shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

                 Section 6.17   Intentionally Omitted.

                 2.17.    Section 7.01 of the Revolving Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting in its entirety subsection (d) therein and by redesignating
subsection (e) as subsection (d).

                 2.18.    Subsection (a) of Section 7.10 of the Revolving
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "in the percentages set
forth in Exhibit 2.05 and" in line 3 therein.

                 2.19.    Exhibit 2.05 to the Revolving Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

                 Exhibit 2.05   Intentionally Omitted.

                 2.20.    Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the
Intercreditor Agreement has been fully and effectively terminated.  Any and all
references to the Intercreditor Agreement contained in the Credit Agreement,
the Revolving Agreement and in any of the Loan Documents shall, as of the date
hereof, be of no further force and effect.  Without limitation to anything
contained herein, (i) for all purposes under the Credit Agreement, the
Revolving Agreement and the other Loan Documents, all of the obligations of the
Borrower to Bank of America under the Bank of America Agreement shall be deemed
to be paid in full and the Banks and the Lenders (as defined in the Revolving
Agreement) shall be entitled to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds and (ii) to the
extent that the obligations of the Borrower to Bank of America under the Bank
of America Agreement are included in any calculation contained in any provision
in the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Agreement and any other Loan Document,
including, without limitation, the definition of "Senior Debt", the amount of
the Borrower's obligations to Bank of America under the Bank of America
Agreement shall be deemed to be $0.00.

                 2.21.    In consideration of the foregoing, on and as of the
date hereof, Borrower shall pay to the Banks a prepayment in the amount of
$2,312,102.55 (the "Prepayment") which shall be applied first to the payment of
accrued and unpaid interest of, and second to the payment of unpaid principal
amounts outstanding on, the Notes under the Credit Agreement as of the date
such payment is received, in inverse order of maturity, provided that payments
applied to reduction of any Fixed Rate Loan will be subject to Section 2.10 of
the Credit Agreement.

                 2.22.    Each of the undersigned has read, and does hereby
consent to and approve (i) the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment
and (ii) the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower to the
Banks and the performance by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement and the
Revolving Agreement, as amended hereby, and the





                                       7
<PAGE>   8
other Loan Documents insofar as they are affected by this Amendment, and
further, does hereby acknowledge that the execution and delivery of the
Amendment by the Borrower and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement and the Revolving Agreement, as amended hereby, and the other Loan
Documents insofar as they are affected by this Amendment, will in no event
affect or limit the obligation of the undersigned to the Banks under that
certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of February 6, 1990, as to each of the
undersigned other than Schepps Food Stores, Inc. (collectively referred to as
the "1990 Guarantee"), and that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of January
24, 1991, as to Schepps Foods Stores, Inc. (referred to as the "Schepps
Guaranty"), in each case executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the
Banks, as it has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time
and as it may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to
time (together the 1990 Guarantee and the Schepps Guarantee are herein referred
to as the "Guarantee") and that certain Security Agreement dated January 24,
1991, executed by the undersigned for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks,
as it has been amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time and as
it may be further amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time
(the "Security Agreement").  The terms and conditions of, and the obligations
of the undersigned under, the Guarantee and the Security Agreement, in each
case executed by the undersigned, are hereby ratified and affirmed in all
respects.

                 2.23.    In connection with the termination of the
Intercreditor Agreement, (A) compliance by the Borrower with clauses (i), (iii)
and (iv) of Section 5.01(n) of the Credit Agreement is permanently waived, and
(B) calculation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.25 of the Credit
Agreement of the amount of prepayments to be made by the Borrower to the Banks
and Bank of America on the date of this Amendment and in connection with this
Amendment is hereby waived.

                 2.24.    In connection with the termination of the
Intercreditor Agreement, (A) compliance by the Borrower with clauses (i), (iii)
and (iv) of Section 6.02(r) of the Revolving Agreement is permanently waived,
and (B) calculation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.19 of the
Revolving Agreement of the amount of prepayments to be made by the Borrower to
the Banks and Bank of America on the date of this Amendment and in accordance
with this Amendment is hereby waived.


                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 3.01.    The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this Amendment and to perform the Credit Agreement as amended hereby,
and all corporate action on the Borrower's part requisite for the due execution
and delivery of this Amendment, and the performance of the Credit Agreement as
amended hereby, has been duly and effectively taken.





                                       8
<PAGE>   9
                 3.02.     All of the representations and warranties contained
in Article IV of the Credit Agreement, as amended, and Article V of the
Revolving Agreement, as amended, are true and correct on and as of the date
hereof and will be true and correct after giving affect to this Amendment and
the Borrower hereby agrees to be bound by such representations and warranties.

                 3.03.    No event which constitutes a Default or an Event of
Default under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, has occurred and is
continuing, or would result from the execution and delivery of this Amendment.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   CONDITIONS

                 4.01.    As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this
Amendment, all of the following must have occurred:

                 (a)      the Agent shall have received the Prepayment required
by Section 2.21 hereof;

                 (b)      the Banks and Bank of America shall have executed an
agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, that
fully and effectively terminates the Intercreditor Agreement;

                 (c)      the Outstanding Letters of Credit issued by
NationsBank-Texas for the benefit of National Union shall have been cancelled
and terminated and the Replacement Letters of Credit shall have been issued;

                 (d)      the Outstanding Letters of Credit issued by Bank of
America for the benefit of National Union shall have been cancelled and
terminated;

                 (e)      the Agent shall have received a legal opinion from
counsel for the Borrower that this Amendment and the transaction contemplated
herein (i) has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and (ii)
has been validly executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Guarantor
Subsidiaries; and

                 (f)      the Agent shall have received evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Banks that the Liens in favor of Bank of America granted
pursuant to the Bank of America Credit Documents have been released or will be
released immediately subsequent to the execution of this Amendment.





                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                                   ARTICLE V

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                 5.01.    The Credit Agreement and the Revolving Agreement, as
hereby amended, and the other Loan Documents insofar as they are affected by
this Amendment, are in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all other
rights and powers created thereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full
force and effect.

                 5.02.    This Amendment may be executed in several
counterparts, and each counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall
constitute an original instrument, and all such separate counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                 5.03.    The Borrower agrees to do, execute, acknowledge and
deliver all and every further act and instrument as the Banks may reasonably
request for the better assuring and confirming unto the Banks all and singular
the rights granted or intended to be granted hereby or hereunder.

                 5.04.    THIS AMENDMENT AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCEPT THAT TEX. REV. CIV. STAT. ANN. ART. 5069,
CH. 15 (WHICH REGULATES CERTAIN REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN ACCOUNTS AND REVOLVING
TRIPARTY ACCOUNTS) SHALL NOT APPLY TO THIS AMENDMENT), EXCEPT FOR COLLATERAL
DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER STATE AND EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE FEDERAL LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA MAY OTHERWISE
APPLY.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 5.04 TO THE
CONTRARY, NOTHING IN THIS AMENDMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
SHALL BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS WHICH THE BANKS MAY HAVE
UNDER THE NATIONAL BANK ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

                 5.05.    THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THE REVOLVING AGREEMENT, AND
THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.




       (THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS INTENTIONALLY BEEN LEFT BLANK.)





                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Amendment effective as
of the date first above written.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                          INCORPORATED


                                        By:______________________________
                                           Name:  Brian Fontana
                                           Title:  Vice President - Chief
                                                   Financial Officer


                                        BANKS:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF NORTH
                                          CAROLINA, N.A.



                                        By:_____________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:____________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President


                                        AGENT:

                                        NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.



                                        By:___________________________
                                           Name:  Neill P. Davis
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President





                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                                        GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES:


                                        KEMPCO PETROLEUM COMPANY

                                        By:__________________________
                                           Name:_____________________
                                           Title:____________________

                                        TEXAS SUPER DUPER MARKETS, INC.


                                        By:__________________________
                                           Name:_____________________
                                           Title:____________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF TEXAS, INC.


                                        By:__________________________
                                           Name:_____________________
                                           Title:____________________

                                        STOP N GO MARKETS OF GEORGIA, INC.


                                        By:__________________________
                                           Name:_____________________
                                           Title:____________________

                                        SCHEPPS FOOD STORES, INC.


                                        By:__________________________
                                           Name:_____________________
                                           Title:____________________





                                       12

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.1.1



                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED

                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST


                            as Amended and Restated



                              December 16, 1993

<PAGE>   2
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST
                            as Amended and Restated
                                       
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I.                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                          
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3-
                                                                                                                          
         1.1     Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3-
         1.2     Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3-
         1.3     Actual Contribution Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -3-
         1.4     Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -4-
         1.5     Administrative Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -6-
         1.6     Affiliated Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -6-
         1.7     After-Tax Employee Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7-
         1.8     Aggregate Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7-
         1.9     Annual Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -7-
         1.10    Authorized Leave of Absence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -8-
         1.11    Beneficiary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -8-
         1.12    Break-in-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -8-
         1.13    Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -10-
         1.14    Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -10-
         1.15    Considered Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -10-
         1.16    Deferral Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -11-
         1.17    Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -11-
         1.18    Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -11-
         1.19    Eligible Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -11-
         1.20    Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -12-
         1.21    Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -12-
         1.22    Employer Matching Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -12-
         1.23    Employer Real Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -12-
         1.24    Employer Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -12-
         1.25    Entry Dates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.26    Excess Aggregate Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.27    Excess Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.28    Family Member  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.29    Forfeiture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.30    Highly Compensated Eligible Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -13-
         1.31    Hour of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -16-
         1.32    Key Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -17-
         1.33    Marketable Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -19-
         1.34    Net Profits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.35    Non-Key Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.36    Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.37    Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.38    Plan Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.39    Qualified Nonelective Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -20-
         1.40    Qualifying Employer Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -21-
         1.41    Retired Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -21-
         1.42    Signatory Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -21-
         1.43    Total Permanent Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -21-
         1.44    Transferred  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -21-
         1.45    Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -22-
         1.46    Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -22-
</TABLE>





                                      -i-

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                                                                                         <C>
         1.47    Trustee                                                                                                     -22-
         1.48    Year of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -22-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE II.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Employees Entitled to Participate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -23-
                                                                                                                          
         2.1     Eligibility to Participate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -23-
         2.2     Participation Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -23-
         2.3     Participation and Service Upon Reemployment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -24-
         2.4     Full Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -26-
         2.5     Transferred Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -27-
         2.6     Certification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -27-
         2.7     Notice to Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -27-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE III.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -27-
                                                                                                                          
         3.1     Deferral Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -27-
         3.2     Employer Matching Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -29-
         3.3     Employer Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -30-
         3.4     After-Tax Employee Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -30-
         3.5     Actual Deferral Percentage Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -32-
         3.6     Actual Contribution Percentage Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -35-
         3.7     Excess Deferral Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -38-
         3.8     Time of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -40-
         3.9     Committee to Prescribe Rules Governing Deferral Contributions and After-Tax Employee Contributions . . . .  -41-
         3.10    Prohibition Against Reversion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -41-
         3.11    No Limitation Based on Net Profits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -41-
         3.12    Other Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -42-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE IV.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Allocation to Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -43-
                                                                                                                          
         4.1     Certification by the Signatory Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -43-
         4.2     Separate Account Maintained for Each Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -43-
         4.3     Transfer and Allocation of After-Tax Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions to Participants'  
                 Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -43-
         4.4     Allocation of Employer Matching Contributions to Participants' Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -44-
         4.5     Allocation of Employer Contribution to Participants' Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -44-
         4.6     Quarterly Allocation of Trust Fund Income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -47-
         4.7     Quarterly Valuation of Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -48-
         4.8     Special Allocation Upon Termination, Partial Termination, or Complete Discontinuance of Employer Matching
                 Contributions and Employer Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -48-
         4.9     Entry of Adjustments to Each Participant's Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -49-
</TABLE>





                                     -ii-

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                                                                                         <C>
         4.10    Rights in Trust Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -49-
         4.11    Application of Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -50-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE V.                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                          
Limitations on Annual Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -50-
                                                                                                                          
         5.1     Limitation Under this Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -50-
         5.2     Limitation in Event of Participant's Participation in Defined Benefit Plan and Defined Contribution Plan .  -50-
         5.3     Disposition of Excessive Annual Additions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -52-
         5.4     Combining of Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -53-
         5.5     Transition Fraction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -54-
         5.6     Right of Reversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -54-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE VI.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Retirement and Designation of Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -55-
                                                                                                                          
         6.1     Normal Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -55-
         6.2     Designation of Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -55-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE VII.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Vesting of Participants' Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -57-
                                                                                                                          
         7.1     Vesting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -57-
         7.2     Death  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -57-
         7.3     Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -58-
         7.4     Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -58-
         7.5     Termination of Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -58-
         7.6     Disposition of Unvested Amounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -61-
         7.7     Circumstances Rendering Vesting Schedule Inapplicable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -62-
         7.8     Hardship Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -63-
         7.9     Distribution of After-Tax Employee Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -66-
         7.10    Missing Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -67-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE VIII.                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                
Claims for Plan Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -68-
                                                                                                                          
         8.1     Application for Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -68-
         8.2     Processing of Claim  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -68-
         8.3     Notification to Claimant of Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -69-
         8.4     Review Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -69-
         8.5     Decision on Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -70-
         8.6     Disputed Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -70-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE IX.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Distributions from Trust Funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -71-
                                                                                                                          
         9.1     Occasions for Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -71-
</TABLE>





                                     -iii-

<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                                                                                         <C>-
         9.2     Special Prohibition Against Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -71-
         9.3     Manner of Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -73-
         9.4     Time of Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -73-
         9.5     Mandatory Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -74-
         9.6     Distribution to Minors or Persons under Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -75-
         9.7     Community Property Interests - Interest of Spouse of Participant in the Event of Divorce . . . . . . . . .  -76-
         9.8     Incorporation of Revenue Procedure 93-12 Model Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -77-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE X.                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                          
Top Heavy Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -78-
                                                                                                                          
         10.1    Determination of Top Heavy Plan Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -78-
         10.2    Determination of Super Top Heavy Plan Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -79-
         10.3    Aggregate Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -79-
         10.4    Aggregation Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -80-
         10.5    Top Heavy Plan Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -81-
         10.6    Allocations to Non-Key Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -82-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XI.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Other Qualified Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -84-
                                                                                                                          
         11.1    Transfers from Other Qualified Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -84-
         11.2    Transfers to Other Qualified Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -84-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XII.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -85-
                                                                                                                          
         12.1    Appointment, Resignation and Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -85-
         12.2    Rights, Powers and Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -85-
         12.3    Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -86-
         12.4    Annual Audit of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -87-
         12.5    Chairman and Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -88-
         12.6    Quorum and Voting Majority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -88-
         12.7    Limitation on Voting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -88-
         12.8    Delegation of Rights, Powers and Duties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -89-
         12.9    Liability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -89-
         12.10   Compensation and Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -89-
         12.11   Bonds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -90-
         12.12   Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -90-
         12.13   Reporting and Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -91-
         12.14   Statement to Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -91-
         12.15   Signatory Company to Supply Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -92-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XIII.                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                          
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -92-
                                                                                                                          
         13.1    Acceptance and Holding of Funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -92-
         13.2    Responsibility for Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -93-
</TABLE>





                                      -iv-

<PAGE>   6

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>                                                                                                        <C>
         13.3    Resolutions of Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -94-
         13.4    Judicial Protection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -94-
         13.5    Dealings with Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -94-
         13.6    Annual Accounting by Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -95-
         13.7    Preparation of Statement to Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -96-
         13.8    Resignation of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -96-
         13.9    Removal of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -96-
         13.10   Appointment of Successor Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -97-
         13.11   Trustee's Compensation and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -97-
         13.12   Bonds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -98-
         13.13   Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -99-
         13.14   Voting and Exchange Offerings with  Respect to Employer Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -99-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XIV.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Investment Powers of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -101-
                                                                                                                          
         14.1    Standards; Prudent Man Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -101-
         14.2    Appointment of Investment Manager  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -102-
         14.3    Powers of Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -102-
         14.4    Prohibited Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -106-
         14.5    Investment of Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -108-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XV.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
No Loans to Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XVI.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Amendment and Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109-
                                                                                                                               
         16.1    Amendment - General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109-
         16.2    Amendments Necessary to Comply with Intentions of Signatory Companies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -111-
         16.3    Termination with Respect to Signatory Company Without Establishment of a Successor Plan  . . . . . . . . . -111-
         16.4    Continuation of Plan and Trust by Successor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -112-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XVII.                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                          
Continuance of Plan by Successor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -113-
                                                                                                                          
         17.1    Adoption of Plan by Successor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -113-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XVIII.                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                          
Merger of Plan or Transfer of Plan Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -113-
                                                                                                                          
         18.1    Transfer, Consolidation or Merger with Another Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -113-
</TABLE>                                           
                                                   
                                                   
                                                   
                                                   
                                                   
                                     -v-
                                                   
<PAGE>   7

<TABLE> 
<S>              <C>                                                                                                        <C>
ARTICLE XIX.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Adoption of Plan by a Signatory Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -114-
                                                                                                                          
         19.1    Method of Adoption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -114-
         19.2    Withdrawal from the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -114-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XX.                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                          
Recovery of Employer Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -115-
                                                                                                                          
         20.1    Initial Approval By Internal Revenue Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -115-
         20.2    Conditioned on Deductibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -116-
                                                                                                                          
ARTICLE XXI.                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                          
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -117-
                                                                                                                          
         21.1    Plan is a Voluntary Undertaking by the Signatory Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -117-
         21.2    Benefit Provided Solely by the Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -117-
         21.3    Nonalienation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -117-
         21.4    Applicable Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -118-
         21.5    Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -119-
         21.6    Reference to Code or Act Sections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -119-
         21.7    Binding Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -119-
         21.8    No Joint Venture Implied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -119-
         21.9    Copies of Plan Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -120-
         21.10   Titles and Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -120-
         21.11   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -120-
         21.12   Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -120-
         21.13   Agent for Service of Legal Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -120-
         21.14   Withholding; Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -121-
         21.15   Single Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -122-
</TABLE>                                                                 





                                     -vi-

<PAGE>   8
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED

                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST
                            as Amended and Restated



         THIS TWENTIETH AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT of the NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST (generally the "Plan and
Trust") is hereby made by National Convenience Stores Incorporated (the
"Company").
                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         The Company and Cullen Center Bank and Trust entered into the Profit
Sharing Plan and Trust Agreements, effective July 1, 1968, creating the
National Convenience Stores Incorporated Profit Sharing Plan and Separate Trust
Agreement.  The Plan and Trust have been amended nineteen (19) times with the
Fourth Amendment consolidating the Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement,
with the effective date of the First and Second Amendments being July 1, 1968,
the effective date of the Third and Fourth and Fifth Amendments being July 1,
1976, the effective date of the Sixth Amendment being July 1, 1977, the
effective date of the Seventh Amendment being July 1, 1978, the effective date
of the Eighth and Ninth Amendments being July 1, 1981, the effective date of
the Tenth Amendment being July 1, 1982, the effective date of the Eleventh
Amendment, substituting Texas Commerce Bank as Trustee, being January 1, 1985,
the effective date of the Twelfth Amendment being January 1, 1985, the
effective date of Thirteenth Amendment being January 1, 1985, the effective
date of the fourteenth Amendment being July 1, 1985, the effective date of the
Fifteenth Amendment being July 1, 1986, the effective date of the Sixteenth 
Amendment being July 1, 1987, the effective date of the Seventeenth 
<PAGE>   9

Amendment being generally July 1, 1987, the effective date of the Eighteenth
Amendment being September 30, 1991, and the effective date of the Nineteenth
Amendment being July 1, 1993.

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue the Plan and Trust
(notwithstanding any proceeding of the Company under Title 11 of the United
States Code and any corporate transactions involving the Company in connection
therewith); and

         WHEREAS, the Company, through the action of its board of Directors
(the "Board of Directors"), in order to continue the tax qualification and
exemption of the Plan and Trust under Section 401(a) and Section 501(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and in order to make certain other
changes to the Plan and Trust, wishes to amend and restate the Plan and Trust,
generally effective July 1, 1989 (except where otherwise provided in this Plan
and Trust);

         This document contains the provisions of the Plan and Trust as amended
effective generally January 1, 1989 except as otherwise indicated.  Unless
expressly stated otherwise herein, each amended provision will be applicable
only with respect to persons in employment status on the indicated effective
date of the particular amended provision in question.  The rights (if any) of
all other persons will be determined by the provisions of the Plan and Trust as 
previously in effect, except as may otherwise be specifically provided hereby 
or by future amendments to the Plan and Trust.

         NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the provisions of Article XIII of the Plan
and Trust, which permits the Company to amend the Plan and Trust, the Plan and
Trust is hereby expressly continued and is hereby amended and restated as
follows:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -2-
                                         
<PAGE>   10

                                   ARTICLE I.

                                  Definitions

         Unless the context reasonably requires a broader, narrower or
different meaning, as used herein the following words and phrases shall have
the meanings set forth below:

         1.1     "Account" means, with respect to a Member, the ledger account
showing such Member's interest in the Trust Fund.

         1.2     "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.

         1.3     "Actual Contribution Percentage" means, with respect to a
specified group of Eligible Employees, the average of the ratios (expressed as
a percentage, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent) calculated
separately for each Eligible Employee in such group of:

                 (a)      the sum of the following contributions paid under the
         Plan on behalf of each such Eligible Employee for such Plan Year

                          (i)     Employer Matching Contributions or any other
                 matching contributions that are not Qualified Nonelective
                 Contributions;
                                         
                     (ii)         any After-Tax Employee Contributions
                 (including any Excess Contributions that are recharacterized
                 pursuant to the provisions of Article III, Section 3.5 of the
                 Plan);

                    (iii)         Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                 specifically designated for this purpose; and

                     (iv)         Deferral Contributions specifically 
                 designated for this purpose;

to

                 (b)      the Eligible Employee's Considered Compensation for 
        such Plan Year.
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -3-
                                         
<PAGE>   11

For purposes of subsection (a)(i) above, "matching contribution" shall mean (I)
any Employer contribution made to the Plan on behalf of an Eligible Employee on
account of an After-Tax Employee Contribution made by such employee, (II) any
Employer contribution made to the Plan on behalf of an Eligible Employee on
account of such Employee's Deferral Contribution, and (III) any forfeitures
allocated on the basis of After-Tax Employee Contributions, Deferral
Contributions or matching contributions.

         With respect to any Highly Compensated Eligible Employee who is
eligible to participate in two or more plans of the Company or an Affiliated
Company to which matching contributions, employee contributions or both are
made, all such contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Eligible
Employee must be aggregated for purposes of determining such Employee's Actual
Contribution Percentage.

         1.4     "Actual Deferral Percentage" means, with respect to a
specified group of Eligible Employees for each Plan Year, the average of the 
ratios (expressed as a percentage, rounded off to the nearest one-hundredth
percent) calculated separately for each Eligible Employee in such group of:

                 (a)      the amount of Deferral Contributions (including any
         Excess Deferrals as defined in Article III, Section 3.7 of the Plan
         and paid under the Plan), and any Qualified Nonelective Contributions
         on behalf of each such Eligible Employee for such Plan Year;

to

                 (b)      the Eligible Employee's Considered Compensation for 
         such Plan Year.

With respect to any Highly Compensated Eligible Employee who participates in
two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the 
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -4-
                                         
<PAGE>   12

Company or Affiliated Company, this ratio shall be calculated by treating all
such cash or deferred arrangements as one cash or deferred arrangement.  The
actual deferral ratio of an Eligible Employee, with respect to whom neither a
Deferral Contribution nor a Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made, is zero.

         For the purpose of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage of a
Highly Compensated Eligible Employee who is subject to the family aggregation
rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Member is either a "five percent
owner" of the Company or one of the ten (10) Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees paid the greatest amount of compensation (as defined under Code
Section 415) during the Plan Year, the following shall apply:

                 (1)      The combined Actual Deferral Percentage for the
         family group (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated
         Eligible Employee) shall be the greater of:  (i) the Actual Deferral
         Percentage determined by  aggregating elective contributions,
         compensation (as defined in Code Section 414(s)), and amounts treated
         as elective contributions of all eligible Family Members who are Highly
         Compensated Eligible Employees without regard to family aggregation;
         and (ii) the Actual Deferral Percentage determined by aggregating
         elective contributions, compensation (as defined in Code Section
         414(s)), and amounts treated as elective contributions of all eligible
         Family Members (including Highly Compensated Eligible Employees). 
         However, in applying the $200,000 limit to compensation (as defined in
         Code Section 414(s)), Family Members shall include only the affected
         Employee's spouse and any lineal descendants who have not attained age
         nineteen (19) before the close of the Plan Year.
        
                 (2)      Elective contributions, compensation (as defined in
         Code Section 414(s)), and amounts treated as elective contributions of
         all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
         the Actual Deferral Percentage of the non-Highly Compensated Eligible
         Employee group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph
         (1) above.

                 (3)      If an employee is required to be aggregated as a
         member of more than one family group in a plan, all 
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -5-
                                         
<PAGE>   13
         Eligible Employees who are members of those family groups that include
         the employee are aggregated as one family group in accordance with 
         paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

                 (4)      Except as provided in paragraph (1) above, "Family
         Member" means, with respect to an affected Member, such Member's
         spouse, such Member's lineal descendants and ascendants and their
         spouses, as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

Paragraphs (1) through (4) above shall be administered in accordance with
Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(3)(C) or its successor.

         Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Employer Matching
Contributions may be treated as Deferral Contributions for purposes of
determining a Member's Actual Deferral Percentage only if such Qualified
Nonelective Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions (1) are 
nonforfeitable when made, and (2) are subject to the same distribution
restrictions that apply to Deferral Contributions, without regard to whether
they are actually taken into account as Deferral Contributions for such
purpose.  Qualified Nonelective Contributions and/or Employer Matching
Contributions may be treated as Deferral Contributions only if the conditions
described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) or its successor are
satisfied.

         1.5     "Administrative Committee" means the committee appointed by
the Company to administer the Plan and shall generally be referred to
hereinafter as the "Committee."

         1.6     "Affiliated Company" means a corporation which would be a
subsidiary in the Company's "parent-subsidiary controlled group" within the
meaning of Section 1563(a)(1) of the Code except that "more than 50 percent"
shall be substituted for "at least 80 percent" each time therein.
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -6-
                                         
<PAGE>   14

         1.7     "After-Tax Employee Contribution" means the amount each
Participant elects to have the Signatory Company pay to the Trustee on behalf
of such Participant pursuant to Article III, Section 3.4 of this Plan.

         1.8     "Aggregate Account" means, with respect to each Member, the
value of the Account maintained on behalf of such Member, including all amounts
attributable to Deferral Contributions, Employer Contributions, Employer
Matching Contributions and any After-Tax Employee Contributions.
                                         
         1.9     "Annual Additions" means the sum credited to a Member's
Account for any "limitation year" of (1) Employer contributions, (2) employee
contributions as determined under Sections 415(c)(2), 415(l) and 419A(d)(2) of
the Code, (3) forfeitures, if any, (4) amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984,
to an individual medical account as defined in Section 415(l)(1) of the Code
which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer and (5)
amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement
medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as
defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code) under a welfare benefit plan (as
defined in Section 419(e) of the Code) maintained by the Employer. The 
percentage limitation referred to in Article V, Section 5.1(b) hereof shall 
not apply to:  (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning 
of Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) after separation from service which is 
otherwise treated as an 
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -7-
                                         
<PAGE>   15

"Annual Addition", or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an "Annual Addition"
under Section 415(l)(1) of the Code.

         1.10    "Authorized Leave of Absence" means the following periods of
absence with respect to which the Employee is not treated by his Employer as
having terminated employment, but for which the Employee is no longer on the
payroll of the Employer and does not receive Considered Compensation:
                                         
                 (a)      Absence due to accident, sickness or pregnancy as
         long as the Employee is continued on the employment rolls of the
         Signatory Company and remains eligible to return to work upon his
         recovery;

                 (b)      Absence due to membership in the armed forces of the
         United States (but if such absence is not pursuant to orders issued by
         the armed forces of the United States, only if with the consent of the
         Signatory Company) provided that each such Employee shall apply for
         reinstatement in the employment of the Signatory Company within ninety
         (90) days after honorable discharge or after release to inactive duty,
         as the case may be; or

                 (c)      Absence due to an approved leave of absence granted
         by a Signatory Company pursuant to established practices applied in a
         consistent and nondiscriminatory manner, provided each such Employee
         shall, prior to the expiration of such leave of absence, apply for
         reinstatement in the employment of the Signatory Company.

         1.11    "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means such natural person or
persons, or trustee of a trust for the benefit of a natural person or persons,
as may be determined pursuant to the provisions of Article VI, Section 6.2
hereof.  For purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, a
Beneficiary of a deceased Member shall be considered as either a Key Employee
or a Non-Key Employee, depending upon whether such deceased Member was
classified as a Key Employee or Non-Key Employee.

         1.12    "Break-in-Service" with respect to an Employee means any Plan
Year during which such Employee completes five hundred (500) 
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -8-
                                         
<PAGE>   16

or fewer Hours of Service.  Solely for the purpose of determining whether a
Member has incurred a one-year Break-in- Service, Hours of Service shall be
recognized for "maternity and paternity leaves of absence."  A "maternity or
paternity leave of absence" shall mean an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee's pregnancy, birth of the Employee's child, placement of
a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any
absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately
following such birth or placement.  For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be
credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only
if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a
one-year Break-in-Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following
computation period.  The Hours of Service credited for a "maternity or paternity
leave of absence" shall be those which would normally have been credited but for
such absence, or, in any case in which the Committee is unable to determine such
hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of
Service required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence"
shall not exceed Five Hundred One (501).  No Hours of Service will be credited
for a "maternity or paternity leave of absence" unless the Employee furnishes to
the Committee such timely information as it may reasonably require to
substantiate the length and nature of such absence.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the severance from service date of an
employee who is absent from service beyond the first anniversary of the first
date of absence by reason of a maternity
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      -9-
                                         
<PAGE>   17
or paternity absence described in Section 410(a)(5)(E)(i) or Section
411(a)(6)(E)(i) of the Code is the second anniversary of the first date of such
absence.  The period between the first and second anniversaries of the first
date of absence from work is neither a period of service nor a period of
severance.

         1.13    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         1.14    "Committee" means the Administrative Committee.

         1.15    "Considered Compensation" means, as to each Eligible Employee,
all compensation otherwise paid by the Signatory Company during the Plan Year
to the Eligible Employee following the Entry Date on which such Eligible
Employee first became eligible for participation in the Plan under Section 1.19
of this Article I, including regular salary, hourly base pay, overtime pay, any
bonuses and Deferral Contributions under this Plan and similar pre-tax employee
contributions under the Company's Code Section 125 Plan, but excluding any
Employer Contributions or any Employer Matching Contributions under this Plan.

         For purposes of Article V of the Plan, Considered Compensation shall
not include the following:

                 (a)      Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
         compensation which are not included in the Employee's gross income for
         the taxable year in which contributed or employer contributions under
         a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions
         are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of
         deferred compensation;
                                          
                 (b)      Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
         stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
         Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to
         a substantial risk of forfeiture;
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                      -10-
                                          
<PAGE>   18

                 (c)      Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
         disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                 (d)      Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
         contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary
         reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in
         Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually
         excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

Considered Compensation shall be limited to two hundred thousand dollars
($200,000) or such greater amount as may be determined pursuant to Section
416(d) or Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.  Beginning with the Plan Year ending
June 30, 1995, "$150,000" shall replace "$200,000" in the preceding sentence.
In determining an Employee's Considered Compensation the rules of Section
414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except that the term "family" as used
therein shall include only the Employee's spouse and any of the Employee's
lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen (19) on or before the
last day of the Plan Year.

         1.16    "Deferral Contribution" means the amount each Member elects to
have the Signatory Company pay to the Trustee on behalf of such Member pursuant
to Article III, Section 3.1 of this Plan.

         1.17    "Determination Date" means, with respect to any Plan Year, (a)
the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan
Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

         1.18    "Effective Date" of this Twentieth Amendment and Restatement
of the Plan generally is July 1, 1989, except as otherwise set forth in this
Plan, including Appendix A hereto.

         1.19    "Eligible Employee" means an Employee who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements of Article II, Section 2.1.  and attained his Entry
Date.





                                     -11-
<PAGE>   19

         1.20    "Employee" means any person who is now or shall hereafter
become employed by a Signatory Company but excluding independent contractors,
self-employed persons or employees who are nonresident aliens deriving no
earned income (constituting income earned from sources within the United
States) from a Signatory Company.

         1.21    "Employer" means the Company and any Signatory Company or
Affiliated Company, and shall include all trades and businesses, whether or not
incorporated, which are either under common control as determined under
Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code or an affiliated service group as
determined under Section 414(m) of the Code, and any other entity required to
be aggregated pursuant to the regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

         1.22    "Employer Matching Contribution" and "Employer Contribution"
means the amount contributed (if any) by the respective Signatory Companies on
behalf of each Member which is equal to a percentage of such Member's Deferral
Contribution and Considered Compensation, respectively.  Any Employer Matching
Contribution or Employer Contribution intended to qualify under Section 401(k)
of the Code and intended to be included in the calculation of the Actual
Deferral Percentage shall also be designated as a Qualified Nonelective
Contribution.

         1.23    "Employer Real Property" means real property (and related
personal property) which is leased to a Signatory Company or to an Affiliated
Company of any such Signatory Company.

         1.24    "Employer Stock" means an equity security (preferred or
common, voting or nonvoting) issued by a Signatory Company or by an Affiliated
Company of any such Signatory Company.





                                     -12-
<PAGE>   20

         1.25    "Entry Dates" for each Plan Year are July 1, October 1,
January 1 and April 1 of such Plan Year.

         1.26    "Excess Aggregate Contributions" means, with respect to any
Plan Year, the excess of:

                 (a)      the aggregate amount of the After-Tax Employee
         Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions that are not
         designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions (and any qualified
         nonelective contribution or elective contribution such as a Deferral
         Contribution which are taken into account in computing the Actual
         Contribution Percentage) actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
         Eligible Employees for such Plan Year, over

                 (b)      the maximum amount of contributions permitted under
         the Actual Contribution Percentage Test for such Plan Year, as
         determined under the provisions of Article III, Section 3.6 hereof.

         1.27    "Excess Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year,
the excess of:

                 (a)      the sum of the Deferral Contributions and Qualified
         Nonelective Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated 
         Eligible Employees for such Plan year, over

                 (b)      the maximum amount of contributions permitted under
         the Actual Deferral Percentage test for such Plan Year, as determined
         under the provisions of Article III, Section 3.5 hereof.

         1.28    "Family Member", unless defined differently elsewhere in this
Plan, means with respect to an affected Member such Member's lineal descendants
and ascendants and their spouses, as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

         1.29    "Forfeiture" means the nonvested portion of a Member's Account
which is forfeited under Article VII of the Plan generally because of
termination of employment before full vesting.

         1.30    "Highly Compensated Eligible Employee" means an Employee
described in Section 414(q) of the Code and generally means an 
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                          
                                      -13-
                                          
<PAGE>   21

Eligible Employee who performed services for the Employer during the
"determination year" and is in one or more of the following groups:

                 (a)      during the "determination year" or "look-back year"
         was a five-percent owner of the Employer, as defined in Section 416 of
         the Code and the regulations issued thereunder;

                 (b)      received compensation during the "look-back year"
         from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (or such other amount in effect
         under Section 414(q)(1)(B) of the Code);

                 (c)      received compensation during the "look-back year"
         from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (or such other amount in effect
         under Section 414(q)(1)(C) of the Code) and was in the top-paid group
         of employees for such Plan Year.  An Employee is in the "top-paid
         group" of employees for any Plan Year if such Employee is in the group
         consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees when
         ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such Plan Year.  For
         purposes of determining the "top-paid group" of Employees for any Plan
         Year, Section 414(q)(8) of the Code and Q & A 9(b) of Treas. Reg.
         Section 1.414(q)-1T shall apply to exclude certain employees; or

                 (d)      was during the "look-back year" an officer of the
         Employer (as defined in Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
         issued thereunder) and received compensation greater than fifty
         percent (50%) of the limit in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) for
         such Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for purposes
         of this subsection (d) the following rules shall apply:

                          (1)     the number of officers taken into account 
                 for any year shall not exceed the lesser of

                                  (A)      fifty (50) employees; or

                                  (B)      the greater of three (3) employees 
                          or ten percent (10%) of employees; and

                          (2)     if no officer of the Employer received
                 compensation greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount in
                 effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Plan
                 Year, then the highest paid officer of the Employer shall be
                 treated as having received such amount of compensation; and





                                     -14-
<PAGE>   22

                          (3)     for the purpose of determining the number of
                 officers, Employees described in Section 414(q)(8) of the Code
                 shall be excluded, but such Employees shall still be
                 considered for the purpose of identifying the particular
                 Employees who are officers.

                 (e)      was in the group consisting of the one hundred (100)
         Eligible Employees paid the greatest compensation during the
         "determination year" and would also be described in (b), (c) or (d)
         above, after modifying these paragraphs by substituting "determination
         year" for "look-back year."

The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is being
performed, and the "look-back year" shall be the immediately preceding
twelve-month period or (if the Employer elects pursuant to Q & A 14 of Treas.
Reg. Section 1.414(q)-1T) the calendar ending with or within the determination
year.  For purposes of this Section 1.30, "compensation" shall be defined under
Section 414(q)(7) of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall mean
compensation under Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and regulations thereunder
which is actually paid and shall include amounts that would otherwise be
excluded from gross income under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and
403(b) of the Code.

         There will be attributed to any five percent (5%) owner or any of the
ten (10) most highly compensated Eligible Employees any compensation paid to,
contributions made by or on behalf of, or benefits provided for any family
member of such five percent (5%) owner or highly compensated Eligible Employee,
pursuant to Section 414(q)(6) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
"Family Member" for purposes of the preceding sentence means the spouse and the
lineal ascendants and descendants (and spouses of such ascendants and
descendants) of any employee or former employee.  A 





                                     -15-

<PAGE>   23

former employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee if
such former employee was a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee as defined
herein at the time he separated from service or at any time after attaining age
fifty-five (55).  Except as provided by Section 416(i)(1)(C) of the Code and the
regulations thereunder, an Employee's status as a Highly Compensated Eligible
Employee is to be determined by reference to the controlled group of
corporations as provided in Section 414(b) of the Code, and employers aggregated
under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) are treated as a single employer.

         Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, an Employee who was not a
Highly Compensated Eligible Employee, as defined in subsections (b), (c) or
(d), for the immediately preceding Plan Year shall not be treated as a Highly
Compensated Eligible Employee, as defined in subsections (b), (c) or (d), for
the current Plan Year unless such Employee is a member of the group consisting
of the one hundred (100) Employees paid the highest Considered Compensation
during the current Plan Year.

         1.31    "Hour of Service" means a time of service determined under
regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor.  For purposes of this
determination, "Hours of Service" shall include each hour for which an Employee
is directly or indirectly paid by the Signatory Company for performance of
duties and for reasons other than performance of duties such as vacation,
holidays, sickness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, and similar paid periods;
and each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has
been either awarded or agreed to by a Signatory 





                                     -16-

<PAGE>   24

Company.  All "Hours of Service" shall be credited to the Employee for the
computation period or periods in which the duties were performed or, in cases
where the Employee is paid for reasons other than the performance of duties,
pursuant to the procedures outlined in Department of Labor Regulation Section
2530.200b-2(b) and (c); provided, however, where back pay has been either
awarded or agreed to by the Signatory Company, such hours shall be credited to
the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or
agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award,
agreement or payment is made.

         Hours of Service shall be determined for all purposes under the Plan
on the basis of hours worked.  Each Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of
Service for each week for which such Employee would otherwise have been
credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Section 1.31.

         1.32    "Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and any
Beneficiary of a Employee or former Employee) who, at any time during the Plan
Year or any of the preceding four (4) Plan Years, is:

                 (a)      an officer of the employer (as defined in Section 416
         of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder) having annual
         compensation greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount in effect
         under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year.  Only
         incorporated employers will be considered as having officers;

                 (b)      one of the ten Employees owning (or considered as
         owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) (i) more than
         one-half percent (0.5%) interest and (ii) the largest interests
         in all employers required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b),
         414(c), and 414(m).  However, an Employee shall not be considered a top
         ten owner for a Plan Year under the preceding sentence if the Employee
         earns less than $30,000 in 





                                     -17-

<PAGE>   25

         annual compensation (or such other amount adjusted in accordance
         with Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code) as in effect for the calendar
         year in which the Determination Date falls.  For this purpose, if two
         Employees have the same such interest, the Employee having the greater
         Considered Compensation shall be treated as having the larger interest;

                 (c)       a "five percent owner" of the employer.  For this
         purpose, "five percent owner" means any person who owns (or is
         considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code)
         more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the employer
         or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined
         voting power of all stock of the employer.  In determining the
         ownership percentage, employers which would otherwise be aggregated
         under Sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code shall be treated
         as separate employers; or

                 (d)      a "one percent owner" of the employer having an
         annual compensation from the employer of more than $150,000.  For this
         purpose, "one percent owner" means any person who owns (or is
         considered owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code) more
         than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of the employer or
         stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total combined
         voting power of all stock of the employer.  In determining the
         ownership percentage, the employers which would otherwise be
         aggregated under Sections 414(b), 414(c), and 414(m) of the Code shall
         be treated as separate employers.  However, in determining whether an
         individual has compensation of more than $150,000, compensation from
         each employer required to be aggregated under Sections 414(b), 414(c)
         and 414(m) of the Code shall be aggregated.

         In addition, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984, if a
Member or Former Member has not performed any services for any Employer
maintaining the Plan at any time during the five (5) year period ending on the
Determination Date, the Aggregate Account for such Member or Former Member shall
not be taken into account for the purposes of determining whether this Plan is a
Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy Plan under Article X, Section 10.1 or 10.2.





                                     -18-

<PAGE>   26

         1.33    "Marketable Obligation" means a bond, debenture, note,
certificate, or other evidence of indebtedness, referred to as an "obligation",
if:

                 (a)      Such obligation is acquired:

                          (1)     On the market

                                  (A)      At the price of the obligation
                          prevailing on a national securities exchange which is
                          registered with the Securities and Exchange
                          Commission; or

                                  (B)      If the obligation is not traded on
                          such a national securities exchange, at a price not
                          less favorable to the Plan than the offering price
                          for the obligation as established by current bid and
                          asked prices quoted by persons independent of the
                          issuer;

                          (2)     From an underwriter, at a price
   
                                  (A)      Not in excess of the public offering
                          price for the obligation as set forth in a prospectus
                          or offering circular filed with the Securities and
                          Exchange Commission; and

                                  (B)      At which a substantial portion of
                          the same issue is acquired by persons independent of
                          the issuer; or

                          (3)     Directly from the issuer, at a price not less
                 favorable to the Plan than the price paid currently for a
                 substantial portion of the same issue by persons independent
                 of the issuer;

                 (b)      Immediately following acquisition of such obligation:

                          (1)     Not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of
                 the aggregate amount of obligations issued in such issue and
                 outstanding at the time of acquisition is held by the Plan;
                 and

                          (2)     At least fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                 amount referred to in subparagraph (1) is held by persons
                 independent of the issuer; and

                 (c)      Immediately following acquisition of the obligation,
         not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the assets of the Plan is
         invested in obligations of the 





                                     -19-

<PAGE>   27

         Signatory Company or an Affiliated Company of the Signatory Company.

         1.34    "Net Profits" means, as to each Signatory Company, such
Signatory Company's net profits as indicated on its books before any deductions
for federal income taxes, state franchise taxes or other taxes measured by net
annual income, and before any deductions for contributions to this Plan.

         1.35    "Non-Key Employee" is an Employee who is not a Key Employee at
any time during the Plan Year or any of the preceding four (4) Plan Years and
the Beneficiaries of such Employee.

         1.36    "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who elects to or
otherwise does participate in the Plan during the Plan Year.

         1.37    "Plan" means, generally, the National Convenience Stores
Incorporated Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (which is also herein referred to as
the "Plan and Trust") herein set forth, and more particularly may be used to
refer to the provisions of the Plan and Trust, as distinct from the Trust
provisions, and all subsequent amendments thereto.

         1.38    "Plan Year" is the 12-month period beginning July 1 and ending
on the following June 30.

         1.39    "Qualified Nonelective Contributions" means any Employer
Contribution or Employer Matching Contribution (other than a Deferral
Contribution) that satisfies the same vesting and distribution provisions
applicable to Deferral Contributions as provided in Article VII of the Plan and
is designated by the Committee as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution.





                                     -20-

<PAGE>   28

         1.40    "Qualifying Employer Security" means a security issued by a
Signatory Company or by an Affiliated Company thereof which is Employer Stock
or a Marketable Obligation.

         1.41    "Retired Participant" means a person who was at one time a
Participant and who has terminated employment on or after Normal Retirement Age
with a vested Account balance.

         1.42    "Signatory Company" or "Signatory Companies" means the Company
and any of the Company's Affiliated Companies which adopts this Plan pursuant
to Article XIX, Section 19.1.

         1.43    "Total Permanent Disability" means a mental or physical
disability which, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, is
expected to result in death or to be long, continued and of indefinite duration
which will prevent a Participant from continuing the customary duties of his
employment with the Employer and which:

                 (a)      Was neither contracted, suffered or incurred while
         such Participant was engaged in, nor resulted from his having engaged 
         in, a felonious criminal enterprise;

                 (b)      Did not result from an intentionally self-inflicted
         injury;

                 (c)      Did not result from an injury incurred while a member
         of the armed forces of the United States and for which such
         Participant receives a military pension; and

                 (d)      Did not result (directly or indirectly) from the
         Participant's engaging in substance abuse as determined by the
         Committee under standards set forth in the substance abuse policy
         adopted by the Signatory Company which employs the Participant.

         1.44    "Transferred" as used with respect to an Employee and
"Transfer of an Employee" means the termination of employment of an Employee by
one Signatory Company and the contemporaneous 





                                     -21-

<PAGE>   29

commencement of the employment of such Employee by another Signatory Company.

         1.45    "Trust" means, generally, the trust estate created herein or
by the separate agreement of the Company and the Trustee and more particularly
may be used to refer to the Trust provisions of the Plan and Trust, as distinct
from the Plan provisions.

         1.46    "Trust Fund" means the cash, bonds, stocks and other
properties held by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust created under the Plan.

         1.47    "Trustee" means _________________________ or any
individual(s), corporation(s) or institution(s) appointed by the Company to
administer the Trust as co-Trustees or successor Trustees.

         1.48    "Year of Service" means a Plan Year during which an Employee
has not less than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service with a Signatory
Company.  For purposes of determining eligibility under Article II, an
Employee's initial twelve (12) months of service with the Signatory Company,
beginning with the day he first performs an Hour of Service, shall be the
computation period used initially to determine whether he has a Year of
Service.  Thereafter, the computation period shall be measured with respect to
the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of his employment
commencement date and, where necessary, subsequent Plan Years.  The computation
of Years of Service before a Break-in-Service includes Years of Service
required for eligibility plus all vesting computation periods based on one
thousand (1,000) Hours of Service during a Plan Year.  An Employee who is
credited with the 





                                     -22-

<PAGE>   30

required Hours of Service in both the initial computation period and the Plan
Year which includes the first anniversary of his employment commencement date,
shall be credited with 2 Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to
participate.  For all other purposes the computation of such period shall be
made with reference to the Plan Year.  Years of Service for eligibility and
vesting and Years of Service for vesting purposes shall also include Hours of
Service with an Affiliated Company to the extent designated by the Committee or
as otherwise required by law.

                                  ARTICLE II.

                       Employees Entitled to Participate

         2.1     Eligibility to Participate.  Every Employee shall become a
Participant of the Plan on the Entry Date next following the completion of one
(1) Year of Service with a Signatory Company.  The Committee may require any
Participant to execute application forms, but the execution of such forms shall
not be a condition precedent to participation in the Plan.  A Participant's
election to make Deferral Contributions under this Plan shall in no way be made
a direct or indirect condition of any other benefit provided by the Employer to
such Participant under this or any other plan or arrangement.  The preceding
sentence shall not apply to any Employer Matching Contribution made by reason
of such election.

         2.2     Participation Status.  In the event that any Participant shall
fail, in any Plan Year of his employment after the Effective Date, to
accumulate one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service but does not incur a one (1)
year Break-in-Service, his Account shall be placed on inactive status.  In such
case, such Plan Year shall not 





                                     -23-

<PAGE>   31

be considered as a Year of Service for the purpose of determining the
Participant's vested interest in accordance with Article VII hereof and the
Participant shall not share in any Employer Contributions or Forfeitures for any
such Plan Year, but he shall continue to receive income allocations and
valuation adjustments in accordance with Article IV, Sections 4.6 and 4.7, and 
shall continue to have the right to elect to make After-Tax Employee
Contributions, Deferral Contributions and receive Employer Matching
Contributions in accordance with Article III, Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4 until
his employment terminates as described in the following paragraph.  In the event
such Participant accumulates one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service in a
subsequent Plan Year, his Account shall revert to active status with full rights
and benefits under this Plan restored.

         In the event a Participant terminates employment for any reason, such
Participant shall (to the extent previously eligible):

                 (a)      share in any Employer Matching Contributions through
         the date of his termination of employment,

                 (b)      continue to receive income allocations and valuation
         adjustments on the amount in his Account pursuant to Article IV,
         Sections 4.6 and 4.7 after his termination of employment until the
         complete distribution of his Account pursuant to Article IX hereof,
         and

                 (c)      continue to have the right to elect to make Deferral
         Contributions in accordance with Article III, Section 3.1 until the
         date of his termination of employment.

         2.3     Participation and Service Upon Reemployment.  Participation in
the Plan shall cease upon termination of employment with the Signatory Company.
Termination of employment may result from retirement, death, disability,
voluntary or involuntary termination 





                                     -24-

<PAGE>   32

of employment, unauthorized absence, or by failure to return to active
employment with the Signatory Company by the date on which an Authorized Leave
of Absence expires.

         Upon the reemployment of any person who had previously been employed
by the Signatory Company, the following rules shall apply in determining his
participation in the Plan:

                 (a)      If the reemployed Employee was not a Participant of
         the Plan during his prior period of employment, he must meet the
         service requirements of Section 2.1 for participation in the Plan as
         if he were a new Employee; provided, however, that if such Employee
         failed to incur a Break-in-Service prior to his reemployment
         commencement date, the eligibility computation period for such
         reemployed Employee shall be the initial period beginning with the
         Employee's employment commencement date and not the date of his
         reemployment.

                 (b)      If the reemployed Employee had previously satisfied
         the requirements of Section 2.1 and had been a Participant in the Plan
         prior to his termination of employment, he shall become a Participant
         on his reemployment commencement date if:

                          (i)     such reemployed Employee had any vested
                 interest (greater than zero) in the portion of his Account
                 attributable to Employer Contributions and Employer Matching
                 Contributions, or

                          (ii)    such reemployed Employee's number of
                 consecutive one-year Breaks in Service incurred prior to his
                 reemployment is less than the greater of 5 or his aggregate
                 Years of Service before the break in service.

                 (c)      If the reemployed Employee had no vested interest 
         (i.e., had been zero vested) in the portion of his Account attributable
         to Employer Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions prior to
         his termination of employment, he then shall be required to meet the
         service requirements of Section 2.1 for participation in the Plan as if
         he were a new Employee, if his number of consecutive one-year Breaks in
         Service incurred prior to his reemployment equal or exceed the greater
         of 5 or his aggregate Years of Service before the break in service.





                                     -25-

<PAGE>   33

For purposes of this section, an Employee's employment commencement date shall
be the date he first performs an Hour of Service for the Signatory Company and
his reemployment commencement date shall be the date he first performs an Hour
of Service upon reemployment with the Signatory Company.

         2.4     Full Participation.  A Participant who completes both a Year
of Service and is in employment on the last day of the Plan Year shall
participate fully in the Plan for such Plan Year with respect to Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures.  Employment on the last day of the Plan Year or
completion of a Year of Service shall not be required in order for a
Participant to continue to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year for
purposes of making Deferral Contributions, After-Tax Employee Contributions or
receiving Employer Matching Contributions, income allocations and valuation
adjustments for such Plan Year.  However, except to the extent otherwise
provided in this Plan, any Participant who fails to both remain in employment
until the last day of the Plan Year and complete a Year of Service shall not be
eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year for purposes of sharing
in Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.  As long as a terminated
Participant's Account remains in the Plan such Participant's Account shall be
credited with income allocations and valuation adjustments.  A Participant who
is not eligible to "fully participate" in the Plan within the meaning of this
Section 2.4, shall nonetheless have the right to elect to make Deferral
Contributions, After-Tax Employee Contributions and receive Employer Matching
Contributions.





                                     -26-

<PAGE>   34

         2.5     Transferred Employee.  An Employee's status as either an
Employee, Eligible Employee or a Participant shall not be deemed to be
interrupted or severed by the fact that he is transferred from the employ of
one Signatory Company to that of any other Signatory Company or performs
services for more than one Signatory Company.

         2.6     Certification.  Eligibility shall be determined by the
Committee, based upon information furnished by the Signatory Company.

         2.7     Notice to Employees.  The Committee shall notify each Employee
of his eligibility to participate a reasonable time prior to the Entry Date on
which he will become an Eligible Employee under Section 2.1 hereof, and each
such notice shall be accompanied by an enrollment form and a description of the
Plan written in a manner reasonably calculated to be understood by the
Employee.

                                  ARTICLE III.

                                 Contributions

         3.1     Deferral Contributions.  For each Plan Year beginning with the
first Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is adopted by a Signatory
Company, each Participant employed by such Signatory Company may elect to have
allocated to his Account as a Deferral Contribution any whole percentage from
one percent (1%) to ten percent (10%) of his Considered Compensation for the
Plan Year; provided, however, that the Committee in its discretion may limit
the percentage deferred by any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Eligible
Employee.  The Deferral Contribution shall be paid through payroll deductions
of the applicable percentage by the 





                                     -27-

<PAGE>   35

Signatory Company, and the compensation otherwise paid to the Participant shall
be reduced to the extent of such Deferral Contribution.

         The Participant may change his Deferral Contribution percentage by
filing the required form with the Committee at least 30 days before any Entry
Date, and the new amount of Deferral Contribution shall become effective as of
such Entry Date.

         Elections to make or change Deferral Contributions shall be in
writing, signed by the Participant, on such form or forms as the Committee
shall prescribe.  Upon termination of employment, the amount attributable to
the Deferral Contribution allocated to the Participant's Account shall be 
distributed pursuant to Article VII of this Plan.

         Each Participant's Deferral Contribution for a Plan Year under this
Plan shall be limited to $7,000 (as adjusted for the cost of living, or such
other amount provided in Section 402(g)(5) of the Code).  If a Participant's
total personal deferral contributions exceed $7,000 (as adjusted for the cost
of living, or such other amount provided in Section 402(g)(5) of the Code) in
any Plan Year the provisions of Article III, Section 3.7 hereof shall become
applicable.  The term "total personal deferral contributions" means the sum of
all Deferral Contributions and any other "elective deferrals" by an Eligible
Employee under any other cash or deferred arrangements or (qualified plan type)
elective deferral vehicle of the Employer or any other employer, subject to any
offset rules provided under the Code or regulations.





                                     -28-

<PAGE>   36

         No Deferral Contribution may be taken into account for purposes of
determining whether any other contributions under this Plan or any other plan
meet the requirements of Section 401(a) or Section 410(b) of the Code, or for
purposes of satisfying the ("top heavy") minimum allocation rules of Article X,
Section 10.6 of this Plan.  The preceding sentence shall not apply for purposes
of determining whether a plan meets the percentage portion or average benefit
requirement of Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code.

         3.2     Employer Matching Contributions.  Until modified as provided
below, for each Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year ending June 30, 1994,
each Signatory Company shall, subject to the limitations provided in this Plan,
contribute to the Trust, an Employer Matching Contribution equal to a one
hundred percent (100%) of each Participant's Deferral Contribution for such
Plan Year up to a maximum Deferral Contribution of three percent (3%) of each
such Participant's Considered Compensation.  The amount of the Employer
Matching Contribution can be prospectively changed at any time by a resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors, acting in its sole discretion, such change
to become effective on the first day of the first payroll period beginning in
the first month following the adoption of the Board of Directors' resolution.
Such resolution will be communicated to the Signatory Companies by the Company
and to the Participants by their respective Signatory Companies. Each Signatory
Company shall have the right to make a larger or additional Employer Matching
Contribution on behalf of Participants who are not Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees for the purpose of assuring the Plan's compliance with the Actual





                                     -29-

<PAGE>   37

Deferral Percentage Test of Section 3.5 of this Article III and the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test of Section 3.6 of this Article III, and such
additional Employer Matching Contribution for non- Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees shall be immediately and fully nonforfeitable and shall not be
subject to any vesting schedule in Article VII hereof.

         3.3     Employer Contributions.

         For each Plan Year beginning with the first Plan Year with respect to
which this Plan is adopted by a Signatory Company, such Signatory Company may,
subject to the limitations contained in Section 3.12 of this Article III,
contribute to the Trust, an Employer Contribution any amount determined by the
Board of Directors, acting in its sole discretion.  The amount of the Employer
Contribution for each Plan Year may be established by a resolution adopted by
the Board of Directors, acting in its sole discretion.  Such resolution will be
communicated to the Signatory Companies by the Company.

         3.4     After-Tax Employee Contributions.  For each Plan Year
beginning with the first Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is adopted
by a Signatory Company, each Participant employed by such Signatory Company may
elect to have allocated to his Account as an After-Tax Employee Contribution in
two percent (2%) increments from two percent (2%) to six percent (6%) of his
Considered Compensation for the Plan Year; provided, however, that the
Committee in its discretion may limit the percentage deferred by any
Participant who is a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee.  The After-Tax
Employee Contribution shall be paid through payroll 





                                     -30-

<PAGE>   38

deductions of the applicable percentage by the Signatory Company, and the
compensation otherwise paid to the Participant shall be reduced to the extent of
such After-Tax Employee Contribution.

         At the end of each payroll period under procedures adopted by the
Committee, the Signatory Company shall transfer the After-Tax Employee
Contributions to the Trustee and shall certify to the Committee the names of
the Employees, the names of the Participants, and the After-Tax Employee
Contribution amount for each Participant.  The Committee shall allocate the
After-Tax Employee Contribution made on behalf of a Participant directly to
such Participant's Account.  The Participant may change his After- Tax Employee
Contribution percentage by filing the required form with the Committee at least
thirty (30) days before any Entry Date, and the new After-Tax Employee
Contribution shall become effective as of such Entry Date.

         The Participant shall have the right to suspend his After-Tax Employee
Contribution at any time by giving a written notification to the Committee.
Such suspension shall become effective no later than the second payroll period
following the payroll period during which such notification is received by the
Committee.

         Elections to make After-Tax Employee Contributions, increase or
decrease After-Tax Employee Contributions, suspend After- Tax Employee
Contributions or resume After-Tax Employee Contributions shall be in writing,
signed by the Participant, on such form or forms as the Committee shall
prescribe.  Upon termination of employment, the amount attributable to the
After-Tax Employee Contribution allocated to the Participant's Account shall be





                                      -31-

<PAGE>   39
distributed pursuant to Article VII of this Plan.  The balance in each
Participant's After-Tax Employee Contribution Account shall be fully vested at
all times and shall not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.  A Participant
may elect to withdraw all or part of his After-Tax Employee Contributions from
his Account and the actual earnings thereon under Article VII, Section 7.9 of
this Plan.  If the Committee maintains sub-accounts with respect to After-Tax
Employee Contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a
specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which sub-account
shall be the source for his withdrawal.

         3.5     Actual Deferral Percentage Test.  If for the Plan Year the
Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees (based upon Eligible Employee participation elections) would be more
than the greater of:

                 (a)      the Actual Deferral Percentage of all other Eligible
         Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

                 (b)      the lesser of (i) two percentage (2%) points plus the
         Actual Deferral Percentage of all other Eligible Employees, or (ii)
         the Actual Deferral Percentage of all other Eligible Employees
         multiplied by two (2),

such Excess Contribution shall be corrected in the manner set forth below.  The
calculation described in the preceding sentence is referred to herein as the
"Actual Deferral Percentage Test."  The Committee may, in its discretion,
select either of the following methods of correction or any combination thereof
in any Plan Year:

                 (1)      The Excess Contributions (and income allocable
         thereto) may, if such Excess Contributions are designated by the
         Committee as distributions of Excess Contributions (and income), be
         distributed to the appropriate Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
         after the close of such Plan Year and within 12 months of the close of
         such Plan 





                                     -32-

<PAGE>   40

         Year.  The income allocable to Excess Contributions includes
         both income for the Plan Year for which the Excess Contributions were
         made and income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the
         date of distribution, and will be calculated pursuant to Treas. Reg.
         Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4). If feasible, the Committee shall in its sole
         discretion determine and distribute the amount of Excess Contributions
         within two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the Plan Year. 
         The Committee may distribute Excess Contributions without regard to any
         notice or consent otherwise required under the Plan or Section
         411(a)(11) and Section 417 of the Code limiting distributions.  The
         amount of Excess Contributions for a Highly Compensated Eligible
         Employee for a Plan Year is to be determined by the following leveling
         method, under which the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated
         Eligible Employee with the highest actual deferral ratio is reduced to
         the extent required to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test set
         forth above or cause such Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's actual
         deferral ratio to equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated Eligible
         Employee with the next highest actual deferral ratio.  This process
         must be repeated until the Actual Deferral Percentage Test is satisfied
         for such Plan Year. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
         regulations, both refunded Excess Deferrals and retained Excess
         Deferrals under Section 3.7 of this Article III are taken into account
         in determining a Participant's Actual Deferral Percentage for purposes
         of the above calculation.

                 (2)      The Excess Contributions may be recharacterized as
         After-Tax Employee Contributions in accordance with the provisions of
         Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)- 1(f)(3).  Recharacterized Excess
         Contributions remain subject to the nonforfeitability requirements and
         distribution limitations that apply to Deferral Contributions.  Excess
         Contributions will not be recharacterized with respect to a Highly 
         Compensated Eligible Employee to the extent that the recharacterized 
         amounts, in combination with after-tax employee contributions
         actually made by such Highly Compensated Eligible Employee, exceed the
         maximum amount of employee contributions (determined prior to the
         application of Code Section 401(m)(2)(A)) that such Highly Compensated
         Eligible Employee is permitted to make under the Plan in the absence of
         recharacterization.

         Deferral Contributions will be taken into account under the Actual
Deferral Percentage Test for a Plan Year only if such Deferral Contributions
are (a) allocated to the Eligible Employee as of a date within such Plan Year
and (b) relates to compensation 





                                     -33-

<PAGE>   41

payable with respect to such Plan Year.  For this purpose, (a) a Deferral
Contribution is considered allocated as of a date within a Plan Year if the
allocation is not contingent on participation or performance of services after
such date and the Deferral Contribution is actually paid to the Trust no later
than 12 months after the Plan Year to which the contribution relates, and (b)
compensation is payable with respect to a Plan Year only if either (i) it would
have been (but for the election to defer) received by the Participant in the
Plan Year, or (ii) is attributable to services performed in the Plan Year and
would have been (but for the election to defer) received by the Participant
within 2 1/2 months after the close of the Plan Year.

         In the case of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose Actual
Deferral Percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of Code 
Section 414(q)(6), the determination of the amount of Excess Contributions shall
be made as follows:

                 (3)      If the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's Actual
         Deferral Percentage is determined under Article I, Section 1.4(1)(ii),
         then the Actual Deferral Percentage is reduced in accordance with the
         leveling method described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) and
         the Excess Contributions for the family unit are allocated among the
         Family Participants in proportion to the elective contributions of
         each Family Participant that have been combined to determine the
         Actual Deferral Percentage.

                 (4)      If the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's Actual
         Deferral Percentage is determined under Article I, Section 1.4(1)(i),
         then the Actual Deferral Percentage is reduced in accordance with the
         leveling method described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2) but
         not below the Actual Deferral Percentage of Family Participants who
         are Non-Highly Compensated Eligible Employees without regard to family
         aggregation.  Excess Contributions are determined by taking into
         account the contributions of the eligible Family Participants who are
         Highly Compensated Eligible Employees without regard to family
         aggregation, and are allocated among such Family Participants in
         proportion to 





                                     -34-

<PAGE>   42

         each such Family Participant's elective contributions. If further 
         reduction of the Actual Deferral Percentage is required, Excess
         Contributions resulting from this reduction are determined by taking
         into account the contributions of all eligible Family Participants and
         are allocated among such Family Participants in proportion to the
         elective contributions of each Family Participant.

Paragraphs (3) and (4) above shall be administered in accordance with Treas.
Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(5)(ii).  It is intended that Excess Contributions
will be corrected in accordance with this Section 3.5 in a timely fashion to
avoid disqualification of the Plan or other sanction imposed under the Code
(including the imposition of tax under Code Section 4979).

         3.6     Actual Contribution Percentage Test.  If for the Plan Year the
Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees would be more than the greater of:

                 (a)      the Actual Contribution Percentage for all other
         Eligible Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

                 (b)      the lesser of (i) the Actual Contribution Percentage
         for all other Eligible Employees plus two percentage (2%) points, or
         (ii) the Actual Contribution Percentage for all other Eligible
         Employees multiplied by two (2),

such Excess Aggregate Contributions, shall be corrected in the manner set forth
below.  The calculation described in the preceding sentence is referred to
herein as the "Actual Contribution Percentage Test."  The Excess Aggregate
Contributions (and income allocable thereto) shall be distributed to (or, if
forfeitable, in the discretion of the Committee uniformly applied, forfeited
by) Highly Compensated Eligible Employees after the close of the Plan Year in
which such Excess Aggregate Contributions arose and within 12 months after the
close of the following Plan Year.  If feasible, the Committee shall in its sole
discretion determine and distribute 





                                     -35-

<PAGE>   43

the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions within two and one-half (2 1/2)
months after the end of the Plan Year.  In the event of the complete termination
of the Plan during such Plan Year, the distributions described in the preceding
sentence shall be made after termination of the Plan and within the 12 months
following such termination.

         The amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Highly Compensated
Eligible Employee for a Plan Year is to be determined by the following
contribution leveling method, under which the actual contribution ratio of the
Highly Compensated Eligible Employee with the highest actual contribution ratio
is reduced to the extent required to satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage
Test set forth above or to cause such Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's
actual contribution ratio to equal the ratio of the Highly Compensated Eligible
Employee with the next highest actual contribution ratio.  This process must be
repeated until the Actual Contribution Percentage Test is satisfied for such
Plan Year.

         In determining the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions under the
leveling method set forth above, actual contribution ratios must be rounded to
the nearest one-hundredth percent of the Eligible Employee's Considered
Compensation.  In no case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
with respect to any Highly Compensated Eligible Employee exceed the amount of
the After-Tax Employee Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions made
by or on behalf of such Highly Compensated Eligible Employee for such Plan
Year.  Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year shall be distributed or
forfeited in accordance with the provisions set 





                                     -36-

<PAGE>   44

forth above and shall not remain unallocated or allocated to a suspense account
for allocation to one or more Employees in any future year.  The determination
of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with respect to a Plan Year
shall be made after the determination and correction of Excess Deferrals under
Article III, Section 3.7, and the determination and correction of Excess
Contributions under Article III, Section 3.5, respectively, have been made.  An
Employer Matching Contribution shall be taken into account in the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test for a Plan Year only if it has been allocated (or
allocable) to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year and has been actually
paid to the Trust no later than 12 months after the close of such Plan Year.

         In the case of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose Actual
Contribution Percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of
Code Section 414(q), the determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate
Contributions shall be made as follows:

                 (1)      If the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's Actual
         Contribution Percentage is determined by combining the contributions
         and compensation of all Family Participants, then the Actual
         Contribution Percentage is reduced in accordance with the leveling
         method described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2) and the
         Excess Aggregate Contributions for the family unit are allocated among
         the Family Participants in proportion to the contributions of each
         Family Participant that have been combined to determine the Actual
         Contribution Percentage.

                 (2)      If the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee's Actual
         Contribution Percentage is determined by combining the contributions
         of only those Family Participants who are Highly Compensated Eligible
         Employees without regard to family aggregation, then the Actual
         Contribution Percentage is reduced in accordance with the leveling
         method described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2) but not
         below the Actual Contribution Percentage of Family Participants who
         are Non-Highly Compensated Eligible Employees without regard to family
         aggregation.  Excess Aggregate Contributions are determined by taking
         into 





                                     -37-

<PAGE>   45

         account the contributions of the eligible Family Participants who
         are Highly Compensated Eligible Employees without regard to family
         aggregation and are allocated among such Family Participants in
         proportion to each such Family Participant's employee contributions and
         Employer Matching Contributions.  If further reduction of the Actual
         Contribution Percentage is required, Excess Aggregate Contributions
         resulting from this reduction are determined by taking into account the
         contributions of all eligible Family Participants and are allocated
         among such Family Participants in proportion to the employee
         contributions and Employer Matching Contributions of each Family
         Participant.

Paragraphs (1) and (2) above shall be administered in accordance with Treas.
Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(iii).

         Restriction on Multiple Use of Alternative Limit.  In addition to the
limits prescribed by this Section 3.6 and Section 3.5 of this Article III, in
the event the limits in those sections have been both satisfied under the 1.25
or (a) portion limit or otherwise in a manner that would violate Section
401(m)(9)(A) of the Code, the provisions of Section 1.401(m)-2 of the Treasury
Regulations shall be applied and complied with in order to satisfy this
requirement.  This may result in corrective distributions to certain Highly
Compensated Eligible Employees.  Any corrections or other adjustments made to
satisfy this requirement shall be determined by the Committee with the maximum
discretion permitted under the Treasury Regulations.

         3.7     Excess Deferral Contributions.  The amount by which an
Eligible Employee's Deferral Contribution (including for this purpose any other
total personal deferral contribution within the meaning of Section 3.1 above)
in any Plan Year exceeds the limitation in effect under Section 402(g)(1) of
the Code and referred to in Section 3.1 above for such Plan Year shall be known





                                     -38-

<PAGE>   46

as the Eligible Employee's Excess Deferral for such Plan Year.  An Eligible
Employee's Excess Deferral for any Plan Year shall not be considered as
reducing such Eligible Employee's compensation under Article III, Section 3.1
to the extent of such Excess Deferral.

         An Eligible Employee's Excess Deferral is not required to be refunded
to such Eligible Employee.   However, notwithstanding any other provision of
law or of this Plan limiting distributions, the Committee in its sole
discretion may refund any Eligible Employee's Excess Deferral (plus any
allocable income) to such Eligible Employee in accordance with the provisions
set forth below.  If a Participant has made an Excess Deferral for his taxable
year, the Participant must notify the Committee in writing no later than the
March 15th following the end of such taxable year, on the form prescribed by
the Committee for this purpose, of the amount the Participant requests to be
distributed.  The distribution to the Participant shall be made after such
taxable year but no later than April 15th following the close of such taxable
year.  Alternatively, the Committee may also provide for a distribution of the 
Excess Deferral during such taxable year, provided the following conditions are
satisfied:

                 (a)      The Participant designates the distribution as an
         Excess Deferral;

                 (b)      The distribution of the Excess Deferral is made after
         the date in which the Plan received the Excess Deferral; and

                 (c)      The Committee designates the distribution as a
         distribution of an Excess Deferral.

The amount of Excess Deferral to be distributed to a Participant for the
Participant's taxable year shall be reduced by any Excess 





                                     -39-

<PAGE>   47

Contribution previously distributed or recharacterized as an After-Tax Employee
Contribution for the Plan Year beginning with or within such taxable year
(except that such recharacterized contribution shall continue to be treated as a
Deferral Contribution for purposes of the distribution provisions in Article VII
of the Plan).

         3.8     Time of Payment.  The Employer Matching Contribution and
Employer Contribution of each Signatory Company for each Plan Year shall be
paid to the Trust in one or more installments as the Signatory Company (subject
to the consent of the Company) may from time to time determine; provided,
however, that all such installments shall be paid no later than the time
prescribed by law for filing such Signatory Company's federal income tax return
for such taxable year (including extensions thereof) and, if earlier with
respect to the Employer Matching Contribution, no later than 12 months after
the close of the Plan Year.  The Deferral Contributions and After-Tax Employee 
Contributions shall be paid to the Trust no later than the earlier of

                 (a)      the time set forth in the preceding sentence except
         that Deferral Contribution shall substitute for Employer Matching
         Contribution the second time it appears, or

                 (b)      in accordance with 29 CFR Section 2510.3-102, the
         earliest date on which such contributions can reasonably be segregated
         from the Signatory Company's general assets, but not to exceed 90 days
         from the date on which 





                                     -40-

<PAGE>   48

         such amounts would otherwise have been payable to the Participant.

         3.9     Committee to Prescribe Rules Governing Deferral Contributions
and After-Tax Employee Contributions.  Deferral Contributions and After-Tax
Employee Contributions may be made only in accordance with such uniform rules
and regulations as may be prescribed from time to time by the Committee.  Such
uniform rules and regulations of the Committee may, among other things and
subject to the provisions set forth in the Plan, restrict Deferral
Contributions and After-Tax Employee Contributions to those made through
authorized payroll deductions and require payroll deductions to be authorized
on a specified periodic basis.

         3.10    Prohibition Against Reversion.  In no event, except as
expressly provided in Article XX and Article V, Section 5.6 hereof (or as
otherwise permitted by law including Section 403(c)(2)(A)(i) of the Act 
pertaining to contributions made by reason of a mistake in fact), shall the
principal or income of the Trust herein created be paid to or revert to the
Signatory Company, or be used for any purpose other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.

         3.11    No Limitation Based on Net Profits.  No Deferral Contribution,
Employer Matching Contribution or Employer Contribution to be made under the
Plan by any Signatory Company shall fail to be made, or be reduced, suspended,
postponed or in any way affected, by reason of such Signatory Company's (or any
other Signatory Company or Affiliated Company) having current and/or
accumulated Net Profits in an amount less than such Deferral 





                                     -41-

<PAGE>   49

Contribution, Employer Matching Contribution or Employer Contribution to be made
to the Plan.

         3.12    Other Limits.    In no event shall the sum of the Deferral
Contributions (including recharacterized Excess Contributions), and the
Signatory Company's Employer Matching Contribution, and the Signatory Company's
Employer Contribution exceed an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the
total Considered Compensation (as modified for purposes of Section 404(a)(3)(A)
of the Code) otherwise paid or accrued during such Plan Year of such Signatory
Company plus the maximum amount deductible under the "carry-over" provisions of
the Code relating to Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions
in previous years of less than the maximum amount permissible.  In addition, in
no event shall the aggregate of such Deferral Contribution, Employer Matching
Contribution, Employer Contribution and the Signatory Company's contributions to
all other qualified pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plans for such Plan
Year exceed the amount deductible from the Signatory Company's income for such
Plan Year under Section 404(a) of the Code.  In the event the aggregate of the
Signatory Company's contributions under all plans would exceed such maximum
deductible amount, the Employer Matching Contribution and Employer Contribution
to the Plans shall to the extent permissible by law be reduced by the amount
necessary to reduce the Signatory Company's aggregate contribution under all
such plans to the maximum amount deductible under said section of the Code.  All
such contributions under the Plan are hereby expressly made conditional 





                                     -42-

<PAGE>   50

on their allowability as a deduction for federal corporate income tax purposes.

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                             Allocation to Accounts

         4.1     Certification by the Signatory Company.  As soon as
practicable after the end of the first Plan Year and the end of each succeeding
Plan Year thereafter, the Signatory Company shall certify to the Committee the
amount of its Employer Matching Contribution and Employer Contribution (if any)
for the Plan Year then ended and the names of the Participants entitled to
share therein, the amount of Considered Compensation paid to each Participant
for such Plan Year and the amount of Considered Compensation paid to all
Participants for such Plan Year and any other personnel information requested
by the Committee as necessary for purposes of this Plan.  Such certification
shall be conclusive evidence of such facts.

         4.2     Separate Account Maintained for Each Participant.  The
Committee shall create and maintain adequate records to disclose the interest
in the Trust Fund of each Participant and Beneficiary.  Such records shall be
in the form of individual Accounts, and credits and charges shall be made to
such Accounts in the manner herein described.  The maintenance of individual
Accounts is only for accounting purposes and a segregation of the assets of the
Trust Fund to each Account shall not be required.

         4.3     Transfer and Allocation of After-Tax Employee Contributions
and Deferral Contributions to Participants' Accounts.  Subject to the
provisions of Article III, Section 3.8 hereof, as 





                                     -43-

<PAGE>   51

soon as administratively  feasible following the end of each payroll period
under procedures adopted by the Committee, the Signatory Company shall transfer
the After-Tax Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions to the Trustee
and shall certify to the Committee the names of the Eligible Employees, the
names of the Participants, the After-Tax Employee Contribution and Deferral
Contribution amount for each Participant.  The Committee shall allocate the
Deferral Contribution and After-Tax Employee Contributions made on behalf of a
Participant directly to such Participant's Account.

         4.4     Allocation of Employer Matching Contributions to Participants'
Accounts.  As soon as administratively feasible following the end of each
payroll period under procedures adopted by the Committee, the Committee shall
determine the Deferral Contribution amount for each Participant of the Plan.
The Committee shall then, under procedures adopted by it, allocate an amount
from the Signatory Company's Employer Matching Contribution (if any) to the
Participant's Account which is equal to the matching percentage, as determined
by the Board of Directors under Article III, Section 3.2 hereof, of the
Participant's Deferral Contribution for the Plan Year.

         4.5     Allocation of Employer Contribution to Participants' Accounts.

                 (a)      The Committee shall allocate the Signatory Company's
         Employer Contribution (if any) for each Plan year among the
         Participants employed by the Signatory Company (who are eligible to
         receive such an allocation 





                                     -44-

<PAGE>   52

         for such Plan year) in accordance with the following formula 
         (beginning with the Plan Year ending June 30, 1994):

                               (i)         Each Participant shall be allocated
                 one (1) unit for each Year of Service completed by the
                 Participant since becoming an Eligible Employee under Article
                 I, Section 1.19 and Article II, Section 2.1, provided that the
                 maximum Years of Service counted for any Highly Compensated
                 Eligible Employee is fifteen (15).

                              (ii)         Each Participant shall be allocated
                 one (1) unit for each one dollar ($1.00) of that Participant's
                 Considered Compensation for the Plan Year for which the
                 allocation is being made.  Any cents beyond the Participant's
                 last whole dollar shall be rounded off to the nearest whole
                 dollar for this purpose.

                             (iii)         The Employer Contribution shall be
                 allocated to the Accounts of Participants in the proportion to
                 which the number of units allocated to each Participant bears
                 to the total number of units allocated to all Participants for
                 the Plan Year.

A Participant who holds the title of President or Vice President of the Company
on the last day of the Plan Year, shall not be eligible to receive an
allocation of any Employer Contribution or Forfeiture for such Plan Year.  Any
Participant who fails to both remain in employment until the last day of the
Plan Year and complete a Year of Service during such Plan Year shall not be
eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year for purposes of sharing
in the allocation in Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.

                 (b)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if
         this Plan would otherwise fail to meet the requirements of Sections
         401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or 410(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the
         regulations thereunder because Employer Contributions have not been





                                     -45-

<PAGE>   53

         allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for a
         Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

                          (i)     The group of Participants eligible to share
                 in the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures for the Plan
                 Year shall be expanded to include the minimum number of
                 Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are
                 necessary to satisfy the applicable test specified above.  The
                 specific participants who shall become eligible under the
                 terms of this paragraph shall be those who are employed on the
                 last day of the Plan Year and, when compared to similarly
                 situated Participants, have completed the greatest number of
                 Hours of Service in the Plan Year.

                     (ii)         If after application of paragraph (i) above,
                 the applicable test is still not satisfied, then the group of
                 Participants eligible to share in the Employer Contributions
                 and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be further expanded to
                 include the minimum number of Participants who are not
                 actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year as are
                 necessary to satisfy the applicable test.  The specific
                 Participants who shall become eligible to share shall be those
                 Participants, when compared to similarly situated
                 Participants, who have completed the greatest number of Hours
                 of Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.

Nothing in the preceding provisions of this Section 4.5(b) shall permit the
reduction of a Participant's accrued benefit, expressed as his Account balance.
Therefore any amounts that have previously been allocated to Participants may
not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements.  In such event, the Employer
shall make an additional contribution equal to the amount such affected
Participants would have received had they been included in the allocations,
even if it exceeds the amount which would be deductible by the Company under
Section 404 of the Code.  Any adjustment to the allocations pursuant to this
paragraph shall be 





                                     -46-

<PAGE>   54

considered a retroactive amendment adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

         4.6     Quarterly Allocation of Trust Fund Income.  As of the end of
each quarter (i.e., calendar quarter), the Committee shall determine the amount
of income earned by each class of investment since the preceding quarter.  The
Committee shall allocate such income among the Participants in the proportion
that the "average amount" in each Participant's Account invested in each class
of investment at the end of each such quarter since the preceding quarter bears
to the aggregate of such average amounts of all Participants' Accounts invested
in such class of investments at the end of such quarter period since the
preceding quarter.  For purposes of this Section 4.6 and Section 4.7 the term
"average amount" in a Participant's Account for a quarter shall be equal to
the sum of (a) the balance in the Participant's Account on the first day of
such quarter plus (b) one-half ( 1/2) of all contributions (made under Sections
3.1-3.4) credited or allocated to such Account during such quarter, less (c)
any distributions made to such Participant under Article IX of the Plan during
such quarter.  If a Participant received the total balance in his Account
during a quarter, there shall be no income allocation for such quarter for such
Participant.

         Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 4.6, the
income earned on or properly attributable to the investments of the Employer
Contributions made to the Trust for a Plan Year prior to the allocation of such
contributions as of the last day of such Plan Year, may for that Plan Year, in
the sole discretion of the 





                                     -47-

<PAGE>   55

Committee, be separately allocated by including such income (or loss) as part of
the Employer Contributions for purposes of making the allocation in Section 4.5
of this Article IV.  In exercising its discretion the Committee shall take into
account whether such an allocation is proper under Section 401(a) of the Code
including the regulations under Section 401(a)(4).

         4.7     Quarterly Valuation of Trust Fund.  As of the end of each
quarter, the Trustee shall revalue the Trust Fund at its then fair market
value.  The Committee shall then allocate any appreciation or depreciation in
the Trust Fund among the Participants' Accounts in the proportion that the
average amount in each Participant's Account invested in such class of
investments bears to the aggregate of such average amounts of all Participants'
Accounts at the end of such quarter after the allocation of income under
Section 4.6.  Beginning with the second quarterly period, the Trustee shall
allocate any appreciation in the Trust Fund among the Participants in the
proportion that the "average amount" for each Participant's Account quarter
bears to the aggregate of such average amounts of all Participants' Accounts
for such quarter.  If a Participant receives the total balance in his Account
during a quarter, there shall be no valuation adjustment for such quarter.

         The Committee shall have the authority to change the number of times
the Trust Fund is revalued during the Plan Year.

         4.8     Special Allocation Upon Termination, Partial Termination, or
Complete Discontinuance of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer
Contributions.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this instrument to the
contrary, if:





                                     -48-

<PAGE>   56

                 (a)      the Plan is terminated pursuant to Article XVI, 
         Section 16.3 hereof; or

                 (b)      the Plan is terminated with respect to a sufficiently
         large enough group of Participants to constitute a partial termination
         of the Plan; or

                 (c)      this is a complete discontinuance of Employer
         Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions;

all previously unallocated funds shall be allocated to the Accounts of the
Participants at the time of such termination, partial termination or complete
discontinuance of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions
under the Plan using the allocation methods prescribed by Sections 4.3 through
4.6 hereof as appropriate depending on the nature and source of such unallocated
funds.

         4.9     Entry of Adjustments to Each Participant's Account.  The
Committee shall credit to each Participant's Account such Participant's portion
of the adjustments and allocations required by Section 4.3 through Section 4.7
of this Plan, so that all such adjustments and allocations become effective and
shall be entered into each Participant's Account as of the end of the Plan Year
to which they are attributable unless required more frequently by the Committee
pursuant to Sections 4.3 through 4.7.

         4.10    Rights in Trust Assets.  No allocations, adjustments, credits
or transfers under this Plan shall ever vest in any Participant any right,
title or interest in the Trust Fund except at the times and upon the terms or
conditions set forth in this Plan.  Such Trust Fund shall, as to all Accounts
of Participants, be a commingled fund, and all securities purchased or
otherwise acquired by the Trustee under the Plan shall be issued in the name 





                                     -49-

<PAGE>   57

of the Trustee for the Plan, or in such other name or names as the Trustee shall
designate.

         4.11    Application of Forfeitures.  The Committee shall, after the
end of each Plan Year, determine the Participants from the Signatory Company
who have forfeited all or part of their respective interests in their Accounts
pursuant to the provisions of Article VII, Sections 7.5(a) and 7.6 hereof, 
during such Plan Year.  The total amount of all Forfeitures shall then be
applied in accordance with Article VII, Section 7.6.

                                   ARTICLE V.

                        Limitations on Annual Additions

         5.1     Limitation Under this Plan.  Notwithstanding any provisions
herein to the contrary, the Annual Addition to the Accounts of any Participant
under all defined contribution plans of his Employer (as that term is defined
in Section 5.4 hereof) for any Plan Year cannot exceed the lesser of:

                 (a)      Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or such greater
         amount as may be determined pursuant to Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
         Code, as adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code; or

                 (b)      Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
         compensation from his Employer for such Plan Year, as determined under
         Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         5.2     Limitation in Event of Participant's Participation in Defined
Benefit Plan and Defined Contribution Plan.  In any case in which an Employee
is a participant in both a defined benefit plan and this Plan, the sum of the
defined benefit plan fraction and the defined contribution plan fraction for
any year may not exceed 1.0 except as may be permitted by Section 2004(a)(3) or
otherwise under 





                                     -50-

<PAGE>   58

the Act.  The defined benefit plan fraction for any year is a fraction (a) the
numerator of which is the projected annual benefit of the Participant under the
plan (determined as of the close of the Plan Year); and (b) the denominator of
which is the lesser of:  (i) the product of 1.25, multiplied by the dollar
limitation in effect for such Plan Year under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code,
or (ii) the product of 1.4, multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
account under Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code with respect to such Participant
for such Plan Year.  The defined contribution plan fraction for any year is a
fraction (a) the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
Participant's Account as of the close of the Plan Year; and (b) the denominator
of which is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for such
Plan Year and for each prior Year of Service:  (i) the product of 1.25,
multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect for such Plan Year as may be
determined pursuant to Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, or (ii) the product of
1.4, multiplied by the amount which may be taken into account under Section
415(c)(1)(B) of the Code for such Plan Year.  The Committee shall reduce the
numerator of the defined contribution plan fraction in order that their sum
shall not exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof.

         However, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 for any Top Heavy Plan Year
unless an extra minimum Employer Matching Contribution equal to one percent
(1%) of the Considered Compensation of all Participants who are Non-Key
Employees is allocated among such Participants pursuant to Article IV, Section
4.4.  Notwithstanding





                                      -51-

<PAGE>   59
the foregoing, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 for any Plan Year in which the
Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan.

         5.3     Disposition of Excessive Annual Additions.  If as a result of
a reasonable error in estimating a Participant's Considered Compensation, the
Annual Additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would
cause the limitations of Section 415 of the Code which are applicable to that
Participant for that Plan Year to be exceeded, the excess amounts shall not be
deemed Annual Additions to such Participant's Account in that Plan Year, but
shall be treated in one of the following four alternatives as selected by the
Committee in each case:

                 (a)      The excess amounts attributable to Employer Matching
         Contributions or Employer Contributions in the Participant's Account
         must be allocated and reallocated to the Accounts of the other
         Participants in the Plan, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV,
         Section 4.4.  However, if the allocation or reallocation of the excess
         amounts further causes the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to
         be exceeded with respect to each Plan Participant for that Plan Year,
         then these amounts must be held unallocated in a suspense account.  If
         a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
         Plan Year (other than the Plan Year described in the preceding
         sentence), all amounts in the suspense account must first be allocated
         and reallocated to Participants' Accounts (subject to the limitations
         of Section 415 of the Code) before any Employer Matching Contributions
         or Employer Contributions may be made to the Plan for that Plan Year.

                 (b)      The excess amounts in the Participant's Account must
         be used to reduce Employer Contributions or Employer Matching
         Contributions for the next limitation year (and succeeding limitation
         years, as necessary) for that Participant if that Participant is
         covered by the Plan of the Employer as of the end of the limitation
         year.  However, if that Participant is not covered by the Plan
         of the Employer as of the end of the limitation year, then the excess
         amounts must be held unallocated in a suspense account for the
         limitation year and allocated and reallocated in the next limitation
         year to all of the remaining Participants in the Plan in accordance
         with the rules set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 5.3. 





                                     -52-

<PAGE>   60

         Furthermore, the excess amounts must be used to reduce Employer
         Contributions or Employer Matching Contributions for the next
         limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for all
         of the remaining Participants in the Plan.  For purposes of this
         paragraph (b), excess amounts may not be distributed to Participants or
         former Participants.

                 (c)      The excess amounts in the Participant's Account must
         be held unallocated in a suspense account for the limitation year and
         allocated and reallocated in the next limitation year and allocated
         and reallocated in the next limitation year to all of the Participants
         in the Plan in accordance with the rules provided in paragraph (a) of
         this Section 5.3.  The excess amounts must be used to reduce Employer
         Contributions or Employer Matching Contributions for the next
         limitation year (and succeeding limitation years, as necessary) for
         all of the Participants in the Plan.  For purposes of this
         subdivision, excess amounts may not be distributed to Participants or
         former Participants.

                 (d)      Notwithstanding paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this
         Section 5.3, Deferral Contributions and After- Tax Employee
         Contributions may be distributed in accordance with Treas. Reg.
         1.415-6(b)(6)(iv).

         5.4     Combining of Plans.  For purposes of applying the limitations
contained in this article, all defined contribution plans, terminated or not,
of an Employer shall be treated as one defined contribution plan and all
defined benefit plans, terminated or not, of an Employer shall be treated as
one defined benefit plan.  For purposes of this article, Employer shall mean
all trades or businesses, whether or not incorporated, which are either under
common control as determined under Sections 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or are
an affiliated service group as determined under Section 414(m) of the Code.  For
the purpose of applying the limitations set forth above, as imposed by Section
415 of the Code, a Participant's compensation or annual benefit payable by the
Signatory Company or any Affiliated Company of the Signatory Company shall be
treated as being from a single employer.  For 





                                     -53-

<PAGE>   61

purposes of the limitations of this section and of applying Sections 414(b) and
414(c) of the Code as they relate to Sections 415 and 1563(a)(1) of the Code,
the phrase "more than fifty percent (50%)" shall be substituted for the phrase
"at least eighty percent (80%)".

         5.5     Transition Fraction.  At the election of the Committee, in
applying the provisions of Section 5.3 with respect to the defined contribution
fraction for any Plan Year ending after December 31, 1982, the amount taken
into account for the denominator for each Participant for all Plan Years ending
before January 1, 1983 shall be an amount equal to the product of (a) the
amount of the denominator determined under Section 5.3 (as in effect for the
Plan Year ending in 1982) for Plan Years ending in 1982, multiplied by (b) the
"transition fraction".

         For purposes of the preceding paragraph, the term "transition
fraction" shall mean a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the lesser of (1)
$51,875 or (2) 1.4 multiplied by twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's
compensation for the Plan Year ending in 1981, and (b) the denominator of which
is the lesser of (1) $41,500 or (2) twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Participant's compensation for the Plan Year ending in 1981.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a Top Heavy Plan, $41,500 shall be substituted for $51,875 in determining the
transition fraction."

         5.6     Right of Reversion.  Notwithstanding Article III, Section
3.10, in the event of termination of the Plan as provided in 





                                     -54-

<PAGE>   62

Article XVI, Section 16.3 any amounts held in the suspense account shall revert
to the Signatory Company.

                                  ARTICLE VI.

                   Retirement and Designation of Beneficiary

         6.1     Normal Retirement Date.  "Normal Retirement Age" means the
date on which an Employee attains age sixty-five (65).  The date on which the
Employee retires from employment following his Normal Retirement Age, shall be
his Normal Retirement Date.

         6.2     Designation of Beneficiary.  Each Participant and each Retired
Participant shall have the right at any time, to designate and to rescind or
change any prior designation of a primary and contingent Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries to receive benefits in the event of his death, except as
hereinafter provided.  The designation by a Participant who was married at the
time of his death of a Beneficiary other than the Participant's spouse shall
only be valid and recognized with such Participant's spouse's written consent. 
Such consent must designate a specific beneficiary, must acknowledge the effect
of the Participant's designation and must be witnessed either by a member of the
Committee or by a Notary Public.  Otherwise the death benefits of the
Participant shall be paid to the Participant's spouse, except as hereinafter
provided.  A Participant's designation of a Beneficiary other than such
Participant's spouse, which is consented to by such Participant's spouse as
provided above, may not be changed without subsequent spousal consent (unless
the spouse's consent to the original Beneficiary designation expressly permits
designations by the Participant without further spousal 





                                     -55-

<PAGE>   63

consent).  Any designation, change or rescission of designation shall be made in
writing by filling out and furnishing to the Committee the appropriate form
prescribed by it.  A contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be entitled
to receive any unpaid death benefits only if no primary Beneficiary is alive or
legally entitled to receive it on the date of payment of the benefit.  Any
estate, assignee or appointee of either a primary or a contingent Beneficiary
shall have no interest in or right to receive any death benefit payment not
actually made before the death of such Beneficiary.  The last such designation
received by the Committee shall be controlling over any testamentary or other
disposition; provided, however, that no designation, rescission or change
thereof shall be effective unless received by the Committee.  Upon the divorce
of a Participant or a Retired Participant, any designation of his divorced
spouse as a primary Beneficiary or as a contingent Beneficiary hereunder shall
automatically terminate and become ineffective, and such divorced spouse shall
have no interest in or right to receive any death benefit hereunder unless such
Participant shall file with the Committee, after the date of such divorce
decree, a new designation of Beneficiary naming his divorced spouse as a
Beneficiary hereunder.  If there is no designated Beneficiary (as defined above)
alive at the time of any payment of the death benefit, then the death benefit or
balance thereof shall be paid to the surviving spouse of the deceased
Participant or, if there is no surviving spouse, to the estate of the deceased
Participant.  If the Committee shall be in doubt as to the right of any
Beneficiary designated by a deceased Participant 





                                     -56-

<PAGE>   64

to receive any unpaid death benefit, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay
the amount in question to the estate of such Participant, in which event the
Trustee, the Signatory Company, the Committee and any other person in any manner
connected with the Plan shall have no further liability in respect to the amount
so paid.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                       Vesting of Participants' Interests

         7.1     Vesting.  Each Participant shall immediately and at all times
have a one hundred percent (100%) vested interest in the amount credited to his
Account attributable to Deferral Contributions and After-Tax Employee
Contributions.  As to the amount credited to a Participant's Account
attributable to Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions, the
Participant's interest shall vest as set forth in Sections 7.2 - 7.5 below.

         7.2     Death.  On the death of a Participant (or a terminated
Participant prior to the complete distribution of such terminated Participant's
Account) his death benefit shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the amount
credited to his Account at the end of the Plan quarter in which he dies.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the case of a
Participant who is married at the time of his death, the death benefit under
this Section shall be payable in full to such Participant's spouse, or in the
event there is no surviving spouse or such surviving spouse has consented in
the manner provided in Article VI, Section 6.2, to a designated Beneficiary.





                                     -57-

<PAGE>   65

         7.3     Retirement.  Upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age as a
Participant prior to termination of employment with the Employer, such
Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to his Account balance.

         7.4     Disability.  In the event the Committee determines that a
Participant qualifies for a Total Permanent Disability, his disability benefit
shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the amount credited to his Account at
the end of the Plan quarter following such determination.

         If a Participant who had previously been determined to have a Total
Permanent Disability returns to the employment of the Signatory Company prior
to receiving the entire balance in his Account, a separate ledger account shall
be created for such Participant and the remaining portion of his Account shall
be transferred to such new Account, which shall share in income allocations and
valuation adjustments pursuant to Article IV, Sections 4.6 and 4.7 until the
amount is distributed in full upon his subsequent death, retirement,
determination of Total Permanent Disability or severance of employment.  A new
Account shall be established for the returning Participant as if he were a new
Participant, and said Account shall vest pursuant to Section 7.5 starting at
the point on the vesting schedule the Participant had achieved prior to the
determination of his Total Permanent Disability.

         7.5     Termination of Employment.

                 (a)      Vesting Schedule.  A Participant whose employment is
         terminated for any reason other than death, retirement at or after
         Normal Retirement Age or Total Permanent Disability, shall be entitled
         to a severance 





                                     -58-

<PAGE>   66

         benefit of the vested interest in his Account attributable to
         After-Tax Employee Contributions, Deferral Contributions, Employer
         Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions in such Participant's
         Account following termination of employment.  A Participant's "vested
         interest" shall be determined using the following schedule for the
         percentage of the balance of such Participant's Account attributable to
         Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions for the
         number of Years of Service up through the Entry Date prior to the date
         of the distribution of the benefit.  As provided in Section 7.1, a
         Participant's vested interest in his Account attributable to After-Tax
         Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions shall at all times be
         one hundred percent (100%).

                          (i)     Each Participant's interest in the amount
                 credited to his Account attributable to Employer Matching
                 Contributions and Employer Contributions shall vest as
                 provided in the schedule set forth below and, once vested,
                 shall not be forfeitable for any reason (except as otherwise
                 permitted by law and provided in this Plan):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Vested
                 Years of Service                   Percentage
                 ----------------                   ----------
                 <S>                                    <C>
                 Less than 3 years . . . . . . . . . .    0

                 Three years, but
                 less than four years. . . . . . . . .   20%

                 Four years, but
                 less than five years. . . . . . . . .   40%

                 Five years, but
                 less than six years . . . . . . . . .   60%

                 Six years, but
                 less than seven years . . . . . . . .   80%

                 Seven years or more . . . . . . . . .  100%
</TABLE>

                          (ii)    In the event that the vesting schedule
                 contained in Section 7.5(a)(i) above is subsequently amended
                 the following shall apply:  A Participant who has at least
                 three (3) Years of Service as of the effective date of the
                 change to the vesting schedule, shall have the right during
                 the election period to elect to have the nonforfeitable
                 percentage of his benefit derived from Employer Matching 
                 Contributions and Employer Contributions computed under this 
                 Section 7.5(a) without regard to such amendment.  
                 Notwithstanding 





                                     -59-

<PAGE>   67

                 the preceding sentence, no election need be provided for
                 any Participant whose nonforfeitable percentage under the Plan,
                 as amended, at any time cannot be less than such percentage
                 determined without regard to such amendment.  The election
                 period shall begin on the date the amendment is adopted and
                 shall end no earlier than the latest of (a) sixty (60) days
                 after the date the amendment is adopted, (b) sixty (60) days
                 after the date the amendment becomes effective, or (c) sixty
                 (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
                 Plan amendment by the Employer, Signatory Company or Committee.
                 A Participant shall be considered to have completed three (3)
                 Years of Service for purposes of this paragraph if such
                 Participant has completed three (3) Years of Service, whether
                 or not consecutive, without regard to the exceptions of Code
                 Section 411(a)(4) prior to the expiration of the election
                 period.

                 The amount credited to such Participant's Account which is not
         vested when he terminates employment shall be disposed of as provided
         in Section 7.6 of this Article VII.

                 (b)      Years of Service Computation.  For purposes of
         determining the Participant's vested interest in the assets in his
         Account, all Years of Service with the Signatory Company, or any
         Affiliated Company, or any predecessor employer as of the date of
         severance shall be taken into account except as provided below with
         respect to Participants who terminate employment with a Signatory
         Company and then later return to such employment:

                          (i)     A Participant who had any vested interest
                 (greater than zero) in the portion of his Account attributable
                 to Employer Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions
                 at the time of his termination of employment, shall receive
                 credit for Years of Service prior to his Break in Service upon
                 completing a Year of Service after his return to the employ of
                 a Signatory Company;

                          (ii)    A Participant who had no vested interest
                 (i.e., had been zero percent vested) in the portion of his
                 Account attributable to Employer Contributions and Employer
                 Matching Contributions at the time of his termination of
                 employment shall not receive credit for Years of Service prior
                 to his Break in Service if the number of consecutive one-year
                 Breaks-in-Service equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or
                 the aggregate number of Years of Service completed prior to
                 the Break-in-Service; and





                                     -60-

<PAGE>   68

                          (iii) all Years of Service after five (5) consecutive
                 years of Breaks-in-Service shall be disregarded for purposes
                 of determining the Participant's vested interest in his
                 Account attributable to Employer Contributions and Employer
                 Matching Contributions that accrued prior to such
                 Break-in-Service.

         7.6     Disposition of Unvested Amounts.  After termination of
employment, the amount in the Participant's Account shall be maintained until
forfeited as provided in the next two sentences.  The unvested portion of the
Account balance attributable to Employer Contributions and Employer Matching
Contributions shall be forfeited upon the earlier of (a) the last day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one-year of
Breaks-in-Service, or (b) the day on which the Participant receives a
distribution of his vested Account balance.  Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence a Participant who terminates employment with a zero vested Account
balance shall be deemed to have received a zero distribution of such Account
balance on the last day of the Plan Year in which termination of employment 
occurred and on such last day the forfeiture of such Account balance will occur.

         As of the last day of the Plan Year in which a forfeiture occurs the
amount forfeited shall be applied as follows:  The unvested amount attributable
to Employer Matching Contributions shall first be available, in the discretion
of the Committee, to the payment of administration expenses of the Plan or
Trust and then be applied toward and to otherwise reduce the Employer Matching
Contributions to be made to the Plan.  The unvested amount attributable to
Employer Contributions shall be allocated in the 





                                     -61-

<PAGE>   69

same manner as Employer Contributions (in accordance with Article IV, Section
4.5) for such Plan Year.

         7.7     Circumstances Rendering Vesting Schedule Inapplicable.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this instrument to the contrary, if:

                 (a)      the Plan is terminated pursuant to Article XVI, 
         Section 16.3 hereof; or

                 (b)      the Plan is terminated with respect to a large enough
         group of Participants to constitute in a "partial termination" of the
         Plan; or

                 (c)      there occurs a complete discontinuance of Employer
         Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions under the Plan,

the vesting schedule contained in Section 7.5(a) hereof shall be inapplicable
and each remaining Participant "affected" by such termination, partial
termination or complete discontinuance of Employer Matching Contributions and
Employer Contributions shall thereupon have a full one hundred percent (100%)
vested interest in the amount standing to his credit in his Account at the time
of the triggering event and in any amounts thereafter credited or allocated to
his Account; provided, however, that if the Signatory Company shall thereafter
resume making Employer Matching Contributions or Employer Contributions
hereunder, all amounts credited or allocated to a Participant's Account with
respect to the Plan Year for which such Employer Contributions are resumed and
the Plan Years for which they are continued, shall vest only in accordance with
the vesting schedule contained in Section 7.5(a) hereof.  For purposes of this
section, a complete discontinuance of Employer Matching Contributions and
Employer Contributions under the Plan is contrasted with a suspension of
Employer Matching 





                                     -62-

<PAGE>   70

Contributions and Employer Contributions under the Plan which is merely a
temporary cessation of Employer Matching Contributions and Employer
Contributions by the Signatory Company.  During any such period of termination,
partial termination or complete discontinuance of Employer Matching
Contributions and Employer Contributions under the Plan, all other provisions of
this Plan shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect.  The Signatory
Company shall notify the District Director of the Internal Revenue Service in
the event it has completely discontinued to make Employer Matching Contributions
and Employer Contributions to the Plan or in the event of termination or
partial termination of the Plan.

    7.8     Hardship Distribution.

              (a)   In the event that a Participant is not otherwise entitled 
to the payment of benefits under this Plan and such Participant demonstrates an
immediate and heavy financial need for such benefits, the Committee may
authorize the commencement of benefit payments prior to the time set forth in
Article IX, Section 9.1, but only in the amount necessary to satisfy such
financial need.  The Committee shall exercise this authority in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner.  The determination of the existence of an immediate
and heavy financial need and of the amount necessary to meet the need shall be
made by the Committee by implementing the nondiscriminatory and objective
standards set forth in Section 7.8(b) below.  In addition, a distribution under
this Section 7.8 shall (except for amounts attributable to 





                                     -63-

<PAGE>   71

Employer Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions which were not
designated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions) be limited to (1) Deferral
Contributions, (2) income allocable thereto, (3) Qualified Nonelective
Contributions, and (4) income allocable thereto (but only to the extent that the
preceding items (2)-(4) were credited to the Participant's Account on or before
June 30, 1989).

              (b)   A hardship distribution must be necessitated on account of
an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant.  Such an immediate and
heavy financial need exists for any of the following reasons: (1) the need to
pay for funeral expenses of a family member; (2) the need to pay for medical
care (as defined in Section 213(d) of the Code) previously incurred by the
Participant, the Participant's spouse or any dependents (as defined in Section
152 of the Code) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care as
described in Section 213(d) of the Code; (3) to need to pay for costs directly
related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding
mortgage payments); (4) the need to pay for tuition and related educational fees
for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the
Participant's spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Section 152 of the
Code); or (5) the need to make payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
Participant from the Participant's principal residence or foreclosure on the
mortgage of that residence.





                                     -64-

<PAGE>   72

              A distribution will not be treated as necessary to satisfy an 
immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant to the extent the amount of
the distribution is in excess of the amount required to relieve the financial
need or to the extent such need may be satisfied from other resources that are
reasonably available to the Participant.  This determination generally is to be
made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.  A distribution
generally may be treated as necessary to satisfy a financial need if the
Signatory Company or Committee relies upon the Participant's written
representation, unless the Signatory Company or Committee, has actual knowledge
to the contrary, that the need cannot be reasonably relieved--

              (1)   Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
         otherwise,

              (2)   By reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets,

              (3)   By cessation of Deferral Contributions or After-Tax
         Employee Contributions under this Plan, or

              (4)   By other distributions, or nontaxable (at the time of the
         loan) loans from plans maintained by the Signatory Company or by any
         other employer, or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable
         commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need.

              For purposes of this Section 7.8, the Participant's resources 
shall be deemed to include those assets of his spouse and minor children that
are reasonably available to the Participant.  Thus, for example, a vacation home
owned by the Participant and the Participant's spouse, whether as community
property, joint tenants, tenants by the entirety, or tenants in common will be
deemed a resource of the





                                      -65-

<PAGE>   73
Participant.  However, property held for the Participant's child under an
irrevocable trust or under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act will not be treated
as a resource of the Participant.  The amount of an immediate and heavy
financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or
local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution.  A need cannot reasonably be relieved by one of the actions
listed above if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need.  For
example, the need for funds to purchase a principal residence cannot reasonably
be relieved by a plan loan if the loan would disqualify the employee from
obtaining other necessary financing.

              (c)   If any distribution is made to a Participant from the 
portion of his Account attributable to Employer Contributions or Employer
Matching Contributions before such Participant has incurred five (5) consecutive
one-year Breaks-in-Service, and at a time when such Participant is less than
fully vested in such portion of his Account then, at any relevant time
thereafter, such Participant's vested percentage of such portion of his Account
shall be an amount ("X") determined by the formula:  X = P(AB+D) - D.  For
purposes of applying this formula:  P is the vested percentage at the relevant
time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant time, and D is the amount of 
the distribution.

         7.9     Distribution of After-Tax Employee Contributions.
Distribution of all or part of a Participant's Account attributable 





                                     -66-

<PAGE>   74

to After-Tax Employee Contributions and the earnings thereto shall be made to a
Participant upon request (pursuant to the application prescribed by the
Committee).  The distribution shall first be made with respect to the separate
subaccount maintained for After-Tax Employee Contributions made prior to
December 31, 1986 (plus earnings thereon).  This separate subaccount and
distribution therefrom shall be maintained and administered in an acceptable
manner that satisfies the requirements of IRS Notice 87-13, Q&A 14, 15 & 16.

         7.10    Missing Participants. If the Participant or Beneficiary to
whom a distribution under this Plan is to be made, cannot be located, after
reasonable efforts have been made to locate such individual, including notice
by certified mail to the last known address on file or known to the Committee,
the Committee, after a period of three years has elapsed since the
Participant's termination of employment from the Signatory Company, may take
either of the following actions in its sole discretion:

                 (a)      transfer the full amount of the benefit (after
         required tax withholdings) to a bank account opened at a bank selected
         by the Committee in the name of such individual even though through
         inactivity such bank account may eventually escheat to the state;

         or

                 (b)      treat the full Account balance (regardless of vested
         percentage) as a Forfeiture in the Plan Year in which the Committee
         takes the action and add such Forfeiture to all other Forfeitures of
         Employer Matching Contributions arising under Article VII, Section 7.6
         in such Plan Year; provided that in the event that such individual
         subsequently makes a claim for such benefits, the Forfeiture under
         this Section 7.10(b) shall be promptly restored (first from any other
         Forfeitures under Article VII, Section 7.6 arising in the Plan Year of
         such restoration, then from Employer Contributions for such Plan Year)
         and distributed to such individual in 





                                     -67-

<PAGE>   75

         accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable tax law in 
         effect at that time.

                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                            Claims for Plan Benefits

         8.1     Application for Benefits.  Each Participant or designated
Beneficiary claiming benefits under this Plan must make written  application
therefor following (whichever is applicable) the actual retirement, termination
of employment, death prior to retirement, determination of Total Permanent
Disability, or the happening of any other occurrence believed by the claimant
to entitle him to benefits hereunder.  The date the claim shall be considered
as filed shall be the date a properly completed application is received by the
Committee.  Each such application -- (a) shall be in writing on a form to be
provided by the Committee, (b) shall be signed by the claimant or his personal
representative, (c) shall be made to the Committee, and (d) shall be filed in
such a manner and with such persons as the Committee may specify.  The
Committee may require that there be furnished to it in connection with such
application all relevant information.  Failure to timely file such application
or to supply all relevant information shall not result in the forfeiting of any
rights claimed but shall excuse postponement of the orderly processing of such
claim and the time of commencing payment thereof.

         8.2     Processing of Claim.  Upon receipt by the Committee of a
properly completed application for benefits form, it shall be the duty and
responsibility of the Committee to verify the facts and claims made therein
with the appropriate Signatory Company and to determine whether the claim is
valid.  In arriving at a decision, 





                                     -68-

<PAGE>   76

the Committee may require additional relevant information from the claimant.
Following receipt of the application, the Committee shall determine whether,
when and in what amount distributions are to be paid from the Plan to the
claimant.  If the Committee fails to act on the claim in a reasonable time, the
claimant may proceed to the review stage described in Section 8.4 hereof as if
the claim had been denied.

         8.3     Notification to Claimant of Decision.  If distributions are to
be made, the Committee shall immediately notify the claimant and the Trustee of
the amount and method of payment.  It shall then be the responsibility of the
Trustee to arrange the distribution.  If the claim is denied, in whole or in
part, the Committee shall send written notice of the denial to the claimant.  A
notice that a claim has been denied shall set forth, in a manner calculated to
be understood by the claimant:

                 (a)      The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

                 (b)      Specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions
         on which the denial was based;

                 (c)      A description of any additional material or
         information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
         explanation of why such material is necessary; and

                 (d)      An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

         8.4     Review Procedure.  A claimant shall be entitled to a full and
fair review of a denial of claim for benefits.  To avail himself of this right,
the claimant, or his duly authorized representative, must timely file an
application for review with the Committee.  Such application must be in writing
and must be filed within sixty (60) days of receipt of the notice of denial of





                                     -69-

<PAGE>   77

benefits.  If the claimant desires a personal appearance or hearing before the
Committee to present his case, he shall so state in his application for review. 
An appeal shall be considered as filed on the date it is received by the
Committee.  Subsequent to the filing of an appeal and prior to the rendering of
a decision thereon, the claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may
review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.  If a
hearing is held, the claimant may be represented thereat by legal counsel or
other duly authorized representative.

         8.5     Decision on Review.  The Committee shall render a decision no
later than sixty (60) days after its receipt of a request for review unless
special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require an extension
of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as
possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a
request for review.  The decision for review shall be in writing and shall
include the specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the claimant, with specific reference to the pertinent Plan
provisions on which the decision is based.  The review decision by the Committee
shall be considered final.

         8.6     Disputed Benefits.  If any dispute shall arise between a
Participant, or other person claiming under a Participant, and the Committee
after the review of the claim for benefits, or if any dispute shall develop as
to the person to whom the payment of any benefit under the Plan shall be made,
the Trustee may withhold payment of all or any part of the benefits payable
hereunder to the 





                                     -70-

<PAGE>   78

Participant, or other person claiming under the Participant, until such dispute
has been resolved by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by the parties
involved.

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                         Distributions from Trust Funds

         9.1     Occasions for Distributions.  Distributions from the Trust
shall be made to Participants or Beneficiaries only following the occurrence of
one of the following events:

         (1)     the Participant's death, retirement on or after Normal
                 Retirement Age, or Total Permanent Disability as provided in
                 Article VII, Sections 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 hereof, respectively;

         (2)     termination of employment as provided in Article VII, Section
                 7.5 hereof;

         (3)     hardship as provided in Article VII, Section 7.8 hereof;

         (4)     the Participant's election to withdraw After-Tax Employee
                 Contributions under Article VII, Section 7.9 hereof; or

         (5)     termination of the Plan and Trust as provided in Article XVI.

         All distribution events set forth above are subject to the conditions
and specifications set forth hereafter in this Article IX.

         9.2     Special Prohibition Against Distribution.  In those instances
where a Participant severs his employment with the Signatory Company for any
reason other than death or attainment of his Normal Retirement Date, and, as a
result thereof, would otherwise be entitled to a distribution of his vested
interest in the After-Tax Employee Contributions, Deferral Contributions,
Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions in his 





                                     -71-

<PAGE>   79

Account, no such distribution shall, under any circumstances, be authorized by
the Committee nor effected by the Trustee prior to the death or attainment of
Normal Retirement Date of such Participant unless (i) the gross amount to be
distributed is $3,500 or less, or (ii) the gross amount is in excess of $3,500
and the Participant consents to the distribution and executes a consent to
distribution form supplied by the Committee signifying such consent.  A
certified copy of such consent to distribution form shall be transmitted to the
Trustee for its records along with written directions as to the amount, time and
manner of distribution.

         If any reemployed Employee is reemployed before incurring five (5)
consecutive Years of Break-in-Service, and such Employee had received prior to
his reemployment an entire distribution of  the vested portion of his Account
which was less than fully vested, the forfeited portion of his Account shall be
reinstated only if he repays the full amount distributed to him, other than his
voluntary Employee Contributions, before the end of the earlier of the following
periods:  (a) five (5) consecutive Years of Break-in-Service, or (b) the period
ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant's reemployment.  A
reemployed Participant who previously had a zero vested Account balance and thus
received a deemed zero distribution under Article VII, Section 7.6 shall be
deemed to have repaid his prior deemed zero distribution, on the day of his
reemployment.  If a reemployed Employee repays such full amount distributed to
him, the undistributed portion of his Account must be restored in full,
unadjusted by any gains or losses 





                                     -72-

<PAGE>   80

occurring subsequent to the valuation date preceding his termination.  Such
restoration shall be paid from Employer Contributions, Forfeitures and income or
gain to the Plan for the Plan Year of such restoration, as determined by the
Committee.  This provision shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the
transitional rules of Section 303(a)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act as to
service prior to Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1985.

         9.3     Manner of Distributions.  The Committee shall direct the
Trustee, in writing, when to distribute the amounts referred to in Article VII,
Sections 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.8 and 7.9 in a lump sum payment in cash.  In the
event of the Participant's death, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum
payment in cash to the Beneficiary designated as set forth on the beneficiary
designation on file with the Committee pursuant to Article VI, Section 6.2.

         9.4     Time of Distributions.  Distributions under Section 9.3 of
this Article IX shall commence as soon as administratively feasible.  Unless
the Participant executes an election form consented to by the Committee which
states how and when benefits are to commence, payment of benefits to the
Participant shall in no event begin later than the sixtieth (60th) day after
the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                 (a)      the Participant attains age 65,

                 (b)      the Participant has his tenth (10th) anniversary of
         the year in which he commenced participation in the Plan, and

                 (c)      the Participant's employment with a Signatory Company
         terminates.





                                     -73-

<PAGE>   81

         9.5     Mandatory Distributions.  Notwithstanding any other provision
in the Plan to the contrary, benefits shall be distributed to the Participant
or his Beneficiary no later than set forth in this section.

                 (a)      Mandatory Age Distribution.  A Participant's benefits
         shall be distributed to him in a lump sum no later than the April 1st
         of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
         Participant attains age 70 1/2.  In the event the Plan is ever amended
         to provide for a distribution in installments such installments shall
         be distributed over a time period not exceeding the Participant's life
         expectancy (or the life expectancies of the Participant and his
         designated Beneficiary).

                 (b)      Mandatory Death Distribution.  In the event the Plan
         is ever amended to provide for a distribution in installments and such
         installments are being distributed over a fixed term and, if the
         distribution of the Participant's benefits had commenced pursuant to
         Section 9.5(a) and the Participant dies before his entire benefit is
         distributed to him, the remaining portion of his benefit will be
         distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
         being used pursuant to Section 9.5(a) as of the date of such
         Participant's death.  If a Participant dies prior to the commencement
         of his benefit distribution pursuant to Section 9.5(a), the entire
         benefit of such Participant will be distributed within five (5) years
         after the death of such Participant.  However, such five (5) year rule
         shall be disregarded for any portion of the Participant's benefit
         which is payable to (or for the benefit of) a designated Beneficiary,
         such portion to be distributed (in accordance with regulations issued
         by the Secretary) over the life of such designated Beneficiary (or
         over a period not exceeding beyond the life expectancy of such
         Beneficiary), and such distributions commence not later than one (1)
         year after the date of the Participant's death or such later date as
         the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.  In such a situation, the
         benefit portion distributed to such Beneficiary shall be treated as
         distributed on the date on which such distribution begins.

                 In the event that the designated Beneficiary is the deceased
         Participant's surviving spouse, the date on which the benefit
         distribution is required to commence shall be no earlier than the date
         on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.  If the
         surviving spouse dies before the distributions to such spouse
         commence, this subsection shall be applied as if the 





                                     -74-

<PAGE>   82

         surviving spouse were the Participant.  For purposes of this
         subsection, any amount paid to a child shall be treated as if it had
         been paid to the surviving spouse if such amount shall become payable
         to the surviving spouse upon such child reaching majority (or other
         designated event permitted under Treasury regulations).

                 Distributions under this section shall comply with the
         requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code including the minimum
         distribution incidental benefit requirements of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2
         of the proposed Treasury regulations.

                 (c)      Prior Irrevocable Election.  If the Participant made
         an irrevocable election prior to December 31, 1983 to defer the
         distribution of benefits beyond the dates set forth in Section 9.5(a)
         and (b), such election shall govern the distribution so long as said
         election was pursuant to the terms of the Plan at the time of the
         election.

                 (d)      Recalculation of Life Expectancies.  For purposes of
         this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant and a Participant's
         spouse may, in the discretion of the Committee, be redetermined but no
         more frequently than annually and in accordance with such rules as may
         be prescribed by Treasury regulations.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Plan shall in
all respects comply with the provisions of Prop. Reg.  Section 1.401(a)(9)-1,
which are specifically incorporated herein by reference.

         9.6     Distribution to Minors or Persons under Disability.  Should
any distribution hereunder become payable to a minor or to a person who, in the
opinion of the Committee, is incapable of taking care of his affairs, the
Committee may direct the Trustee to make such distribution in any one or
combination of the following ways:  (1) directly to such minor or person; (2)
to the legal guardian of the person or estate of such minor or person; or
(3) to a person or financial institution serving as Custodian for such
Beneficiary under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of any state.  





                                     -75-

<PAGE>   83

Any distribution so made shall constitute full and complete discharge of any
liability under the Plan with respect to the amount so distributed.

         9.7     Community Property Interests - Interest of Spouse of
Participant in the Event of Divorce.  In the event of a divorce between a
Participant and his spouse and in the event that the Divorce Decree entered by
the Court having jurisdiction in the matter gives such divorced spouse a
portion of the Participant's vested interest in his Account, the Trustee shall,
pursuant to the direction of the Committee, segregate such amount in a separate
account for the benefit of such spouse.  Such account shall thereafter be held
and administered as a part of the Trust Fund (but such account shall only share
in income allocations and valuation adjustments of the Trust Fund) until such
time as the Participant or his Beneficiary becomes entitled to a distribution
hereunder or pursuant to Section 414(p)(3) of the Code.  In the event the
spouse is also awarded a portion of the future After-Tax Employee
Contributions, Deferral Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions or
Employer Contributions which normally would be allocated to the Participant's
Account, the Committee, after it receives a certified copy of such Divorce
Decree, shall instruct the Trustee to allocate such portion to the spouse's
account.  At the time the Participant or his Beneficiary becomes entitled to a
distribution hereunder, the amounts held by the Trustee for the spouse shall be
distributed to such spouse in a lump sum.  If such spouse should die prior to
the time of distribution to such spouse hereunder, such amounts then held by
the Trustee shall be paid over 





                                     -76-

<PAGE>   84

to the beneficiary designated (if any) by the spouse (in accordance with the
procedures prescribed by the Committee for this purpose) or if none then to the
estate of such spouse.  All rights and benefits, including elections, provided
to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order (QDRO)" as those
terms are defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

         The Committee shall have the authority to make a distribution from
this Plan to the alternative payee under the QDRO at a time earlier than either
(a) that provided under Article IX of this Plan or (b) the "earliest retirement
age" as defined in Section 414(b)(4)(B) of the Code or (c) both, if such
distribution is both pursuant to the express terms of the QDRO and consistent
with and permissible under Section 401(a) and (b) of the Code and Section
414(p)(10) of the Code and the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 Joint
Committee Explanation (p. 227 of Technical Corrections Provisions).

         9.8     Incorporation of Revenue Procedure 93-12 Model Amendment.
This Section 9.8 applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
limit a distributee's election under this Section 9.8, a distributee may elect
at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion
of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement
plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

         a)      Eligible rollover distribution:  For purposes of this Section
                 9.8, an eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of
                 all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
                 distributee, except 





                                     -77-

<PAGE>   85

                 that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: 
                 any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                 periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                 the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                 lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
                 distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period
                 of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                 distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
                 and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in
                 gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for
                 net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                 securities).

         b)      Eligible retirement plan:  For purposes of this Section 9.8,
                 an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement
                 account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
                 retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                 annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a
                 qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that
                 accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.
                 However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to
                 the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
                 individual retirement account or individual retirement
                 annuity.

         c)      Distributee:  For purposes of this Section 9.8, a distributee
                 includes an employee or former employee.  In addition, the
                 employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the 
                 employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is
                 the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order,
                 as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees 
                 with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

         d)      Direct rollover:  For purposes of this Section 9.8, a direct
                 rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement
                 plan specified by the distributee.

                                   ARTICLE X.

                              Top Heavy Provisions

         10.1    Determination of Top Heavy Plan Status.  The Plan shall be
considered a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of  the
Determination Date, the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key 





                                     -78-

<PAGE>   86

Employees under this Plan and any plan of an Aggregation Group exceeds sixty
percent (60%) of the Aggregate Accounts of all Participants under this Plan and
any plan of an Aggregation Group.  If a Participant, who was a Key Employee for
any prior Plan Year, is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, such Participant's
Aggregate Account balance shall not be taken into account for purposes of
determining whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation
Group which includes the Plan is a Top Heavy Group).  In addition, the Account
balance of any Participant who has not within the past five (5) years performed
any services for the Signatory Company shall not be taken into account for
purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan (or whether any
Aggregation Group which includes the Plan is a Top Heavy Group).

         10.2    Determination of Super Top Heavy Plan Status.  The Plan shall
be considered a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of the
Determination Date, the sum of the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under
this Plan and any plan of an Aggregation Group exceeds ninety percent (90%) of
the Aggregate Accounts of all Participants under this Plan and any plan of an
Aggregation Group.  For purposes of determining if the Plan is a Super Top
Heavy Plan, a Participant's inclusion in the Key Employee grouping shall be
determined in the manner set forth in Section 10.1.

         10.3    Aggregate Accounts.  A Participant's Aggregate Account as of
the Determination Date shall be the sum of:





                                     -79-

<PAGE>   87

                 (a)      his Account balance as of the most recent valuation
         date occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the
         Determination Date;

                 (b)      an adjustment for any contributions due as of the
         Determination Date.  Such adjustment shall be the amount of any
         contributions actually made after the valuation date but before the
         Determination Date, except for the first Plan Year when such
         adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any contributions made
         after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a date in that
         first Plan Year;

                 (c)      any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that
         includes the Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan
         Years.  However, in the case of distributions made after the valuation
         date and prior to the Determination Date, such distributions are not
         included as distributions for top heavy purposes to the extent that
         such distributions are already included in the Participant's Aggregate
         Account balance as of the valuation date.  Notwithstanding anything
         herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions
         made prior to January 1, 1984, will be counted, and distributions
         under a terminated plan which if it had not been terminated would have
         been required to be included in an Aggregation Group will be counted; 
         and

                 (d)      any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or
         mandatory.  However, amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified
         Employee contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the
         Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

         10.4    Aggregation Group.  An Aggregation Group for purposes of this
article is either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation
Group as hereinafter determined.  In determining Aggregation Groups, "Employer"
means an employer as defined in Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
issued thereunder.

                 (a)      Required Aggregation Group.  In determining a
         Required Aggregation Group hereunder, each plan of the Employer in
         which a Key Employee is a participant, and each other plan of the
         Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates
         to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, will be
         required to be aggregated.  Such group shall be known as a Required
         Aggregation Group.  In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each
         plan in the group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required
         Aggregation 





                                     -80-

<PAGE>   88

         Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in the Required Aggregation Group
         will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group 
         is not a Top Heavy Group.

                 (b)      Permissive Aggregation Group.  The Employer may also
         include any other plan not required to be included in the Required
         Aggregation Group, provided the resulting group, taken as a whole,
         would continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or
         410.  Such group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.  In
         the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part
         of the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan
         if the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy Group.  No plan in
         the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan
         if the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

                 (c)      Aggregation of Multiple Plans.  When more than one
         plan is aggregated, the Aggregate Accounts (including distributions
         for Key Employees and all Employees) are determined separately for
         each plan as of each plan's Determination Date.  The plans are then
         aggregated by adding the results of each plan as of the Determination
         Dates for such plans that fall within the same calendar year.

         10.5    Top Heavy Plan Requirements.  For any Plan Year in which the
Plan is considered to be a Top Heavy Plan, the Plan shall:

                 (a)      limit the Considered Compensation maximum dollar
         amount pursuant to Article I, Section 1.13;

                 (b)      require minimum allocations to Non-Key Employees 
         pursuant to Section 10.6; and

                 (c)      vest Participant Accounts under a schedule no less
         favorable than the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Vested
                 Years of Service                        Percentage
                 ----------------                        ----------
                 <S>                                        <C>
                 Less than 2 years . . . . . . . . . . . .    0%

                 Two years, but
                 less than three years . . . . . . . . . .   20%

                 Three years, but
                 less than four years. . . . . . . . . . .   40%

                 Four years, but
                 less than five years. . . . . . . . . . .   60%
</TABLE>





                                     -81-

<PAGE>   89

<TABLE>
                 <S>                                        <C>
                 Five years, but
                 less than six years . . . . . . . . . . .   80%

                 Six years or more . . . . . . . . . . . .  100%
</TABLE>

         10.6    Allocations to Non-Key Employees.  For any Plan Year in which
the Plan is determined to be a Top Heavy Plan, the following allocation
provisions shall be operational and shall supplement Article IV, Section 4.4.

                 (a)      Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan
         Years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year,
         the sum of the Employer Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions
         and Deferral Contributions allocated to the Participant's Account of
         each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of
         such Non-Key Employee's Considered Compensation.  However, should the
         sum of the Employer's contributions allocated to the Participant's
         Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than
         three percent (3%) of each Key Employee's Considered Compensation, the
         sum of the Employer Contributions allocated to the Participant's
         Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest
         percentage allocated to the Participant's Account of any Key Employee.
         For allocation purposes, where contributions to Key Employees are less
         than three percent (3%) of Considered Compensation amounts contributed
         by Key Employees to a salary deferral plan must be included as part of
         such Key Employee's Considered Compensation for purposes of
         determining contributions made on behalf of Key Employees.

                 (b)      Extra Minimum Allocation Permitted for Top Heavy
         Plans other than Super Top Heavy Plans.  If a Key Employee is a
         Participant in both a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit
         pension plan that are both part of a Top Heavy Group (but neither of
         such plans is a Super Top Heavy Plan), the defined contribution and
         the defined benefit fractions set forth in Article V, Section 5.2
         shall remain unchanged, provided the Participant's Account of each
         Non-Key Employee who is a Participant receives an extra allocation (in
         addition to the minimum allocation set forth above) equal to not less
         than one percent (1%) of such Non-Key Employee's Considered
         Compensation.

                 (c)      Computation of the Minimum Contribution.  For
         purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage
         allocated to the Participant's Account of any Key Employee shall be
         equal to the ratio of the sum of 





                                     -82-

<PAGE>   90

         the Employer Contribution, Employer Matching Contribution and
         Deferral Contribution allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided
         by the Considered Compensation for such Key Employee.

                 (d)      Eligibility for the Minimum Contribution.  For any
         Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the minimum
         allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Accounts of all
         Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the
         Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees
         who are Participants but have failed to complete a Year of Service
         regardless of compensation.

                 (e)      Alternative Methods of Complying with the Minimum
         Benefit Requirement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
         in any Plan Year in which a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in both
         this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan, and both such plans are
         Top Heavy Plans, the Employer shall not be required to provide a
         Non-Key Employee with both the full separate minimum defined benefit
         plan benefit and the full separate defined contribution plan
         allocations.  Therefore, for Non-Key Employees who are participating
         in a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer and the minimum
         benefits under Section 416(c)(2) of the Code are accruing to a Non-
         Key Employee under such Plan, the minimum allocations provided for
         above shall not be applicable, and no minimum contribution shall be
         made to the Plan on behalf of the Non-Key Employee.  Alternatively,
         the Employer may satisfy the minimum benefit requirement of Section
         416(c)(1)(E) of the Code for the Non-Key Employee by providing any
         combination of benefits and/or contributions that satisfy the safe
         harbor rules contained in Treasury Regulation Section 1.416-1(M-12).

                 (f)      Accounting.  The Committee may establish a second
         Account for each Participant to which allocations are credited for
         Plan Years in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan or a Super Top Heavy
         Plan.  Such separate Accounts shall be credited with income
         allocations and earning adjustments pursuant to Article IV, Section
         4.5 and 4.6.  Contributions to each Participant's top heavy Account
         shall be invested pursuant to such Participant's instruction regarding
         the investment of his Deferral Contributions, Employer Matching
         Contributions (if any), Employer Contributions (if any) and his
         non-top heavy Account.





                                      -83-

<PAGE>   91
                                  ARTICLE XI.

                             Other Qualified Plans

         11.1    Transfers from Other Qualified Plans.  The Committee may give
its consent to the transfer of assets to this Plan and Trust from any other
corporate qualified plan meeting the requirements of Section 401(a) of the
Code, provided that the Employee requesting such transfer is an Eligible
Employee as defined in Article I, Section 1.19 and Article II, Section 2.1 and
that no such transfer shall be permitted if such assets are subject to the
joint and survivor annuity requirements of Section 401(a)(11) of the Code.

         11.2    Transfers to Other Qualified Plans.  Subject to the provisions
of Article IX, Section 9.8, the Committee may, upon written request of a
Participant otherwise entitled to receive a distribution of benefits under
Article IX, direct the Trustee to transfer the vested amount of such
Participant's Account hereunder to another qualified plan meeting the
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code which is maintained by the Signatory
Company or a successor employer of the Participant and which makes provision
for receiving such transferred assets.  Prior to the transfer of any assets,
the Trustee must be satisfied that the holding of such assets is permitted in
the transferee trust.  Upon receipt of such written instructions, the Trustee
shall effect the transfer of the Participant's Account.  Such transferred
assets shall be credited to such Participant's Account in the transferee plan
and trust as a fully vested portion thereof.





                                     -84-

<PAGE>   92

                                  ARTICLE XII.

                                   Committee

         12.1    Appointment, Resignation and Removal.  The Company shall be
the named fiduciary under Section 402(a) of the Act, having authority to
control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan.  The Board of
Directors shall appoint in writing a Committee of one or more persons, the
members of which shall serve until resignation, death or removal.  Any member
of the Committee may resign at any time by mailing or delivering written notice
of such resignation to the Board of Directors thirty (30) days before the
effective date of such resignation.  Such notice may be waived by written
consent of the Company.  Any member of the Committee may be removed by the
Board of Directors with or without cause.  Vacancies in the Committee arising
by resignation, death, removal or otherwise shall be filled by such persons as
may be appointed by the Board of Directors.

         12.2    Rights, Powers and Authority.  The Committee shall have
general supervision of the administration of the Plan and Trust according to
the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to
accomplish such purposes, including, but not limited to, the right, power,
discretion and authority:

                 (a)      To make rules and regulations for the administration
         of the Plan and Trust which are not inconsistent with the terms and
         provisions hereof; provided, that such rules and regulations are
         evidenced in writing and copies thereof are delivered (where
         applicable) to the Trustee and to each Signatory Company;

                 (b)      To construe in its sole and absolute discretion in a
         manner that is not arbitrary or capricious, all terms, provisions,
         conditions and limitations of the Plan and Trust; and its construction
         thereof, shall be final and conclusive on all parties at interest;





                                     -85-

<PAGE>   93

                 (c)      To correct any defect or supply any omission or
         reconcile any inconsistency which may appear in the Plan and Trust, in
         such manner and to such extent as it shall deem expedient to carry the
         Plan and Trust into effect for the greatest benefit of all parties in
         interest, and its judgment of such expediency shall be final and
         conclusive on all parties at interest;

                 (d)      To select, employ and compensate from time to time
         such consultants, actuaries, accountants, attorneys and other agents
         and employees as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the
         proper and efficient administration of the Plan or Trust; and any
         agent or employee so selected by the Committee may be a person or firm
         then, theretofore, or thereafter serving any Signatory Company in any
         capacity;

                 (e)      To determine in its sole and absolute discretion in a
         manner that is not arbitrary or capricious all questions relating to
         the eligibility of Employees to become Participants, and to determine
         the Years of Service and the amount of Considered Compensation upon
         which the benefits of each Participant shall be calculated;

                 (f)      To determine all questions in its sole and absolute
         discretion in a manner that is not arbitrary or capricious relating to
         the administration of the Plan and Trust; including, but not limited
         to, differences of opinion which may arise between a Signatory
         Company, the Trustee, a Participant or any of them; and, whenever it
         is deemed advisable, to determine such questions in order to promote
         the uniform and nondiscriminatory administration of the Plan and Trust
         for the benefit of Participants and to the extent appropriate other
         parties at interest; and

                 (g)      To direct and instruct the Trustee in all matters
         relating to the payment of Plan benefits.

         12.3    Administration.  Whenever, in the administration of the Plan,
any action is taken by the Committee, such action shall be uniform in nature as
applied to all persons similarly situated and no such action shall be taken
which will improperly discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Eligible
Employees.  The Committee shall keep records containing all relevant data
pertaining to individual Participants and their rights under the Plan and is





                                     -86-

<PAGE>   94

charged with the duty of seeing that Participant receives the benefits to which
he is entitled.  Any Employee may consult with the Committee on any matter or
matters relating to the Plan.  The Committee shall supply each Participant with
a designation of beneficiary form which may be completed and signed by the
Participant pursuant to Article VI, Section 6.2 and filed with the Committee,
and with any other forms it shall require in connection with the administration
of the Plan.

         12.4    Annual Audit of Plan.  Unless otherwise relieved of the
responsibility to file audited financial statements with the Department of
Labor, if the Plan has one hundred (100) or more Participants, it shall be the
duty and responsibility of the Committee to engage, on behalf of all
Participants, an independent Certified Public Accountant who shall conduct an
annual examination of any financial statements of the Plan and Trust and of
other books and records of the Plan and Trust as the Certified Public Accountant
may deem necessary to enable him to form and provide a written opinion as to
whether the financial statements and related schedules required to be filed with
the Department of Labor or furnished to each Participant are presented fairly
and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a
basis consistent with that of the preceding Plan Year.  Such examination shall
be conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall
involve such tests of the books and records of the Plan and Trust as the
Certified Public Accountant considers necessary.  However, if the statements
required to be submitted as part of the reports to the Department 





                                     -87-

<PAGE>   95

of Labor are prepared by a bank or similar institution or insurance carrier
regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or
federal agency and if such statements are certified by the preparer as accurate
and if such statements are, in fact, made a part of the annual report to the
Department of Labor, then the examination required by the foregoing provisions
of this section shall (to the extent permitted by law) be optional with the
Committee.

         12.5    Chairman and Secretary.  The Committee shall select a Chairman
from among its members who shall preside at all meetings of the Committee and
who shall be authorized to execute all documents in the name of the Committee.
In addition, it shall select a Secretary or his designee who may or may not be
a member of the Committee and who shall keep the minutes of the Committee's
proceedings and all records, documents and data pertaining to the Committee's
supervision of the administration of the Plan and Trust.

         12.6    Quorum and Voting Majority.  A majority of the members of the
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the
vote of a majority of the members present and voting at any meeting shall
decide any question brought before such meeting.  The Committee may decide any
question by the vote, taken without a meeting, of a majority of its members.

         12.7    Limitation on Voting.  A member of the Committee who is also a
Participant hereunder shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely to
himself.





                                     -88-

<PAGE>   96

         12.8    Delegation of Rights, Powers and Duties.  The Chairman or the
Secretary of the Committee may execute any certificate or other written
evidence of the action of the Committee.  The Committee may delegate any of its
rights, powers, and duties to any one or more of its members, including the
power to execute any document on behalf of the Committee, in which event the
Committee shall notify the Trustee, in writing, of such action and the name or
names of its members so designated.  The Trustee thereafter shall accept and
may rely upon any document executed by such member or members as representing
action by the Committee until the Committee shall file with the Trustee a
written revocation of such designation.

         12.9    Liability.  Except to the extent that such liability is
created by Section 405 of the Act, no member of the Committee shall be liable
for any act or omission of any other member of the Committee, nor for any act
or omission on his own part, except for his own gross negligence or willful
misconduct, nor for the exercise of any power or discretion in the performance
of any duty assumed by him hereunder.

         12.10   Compensation and Expense.  The members of the Committee shall
serve without compensation for their services, but all expenses of the
Committee, including premiums for bonds for each member thereof as required by
Section 12.11 hereof, shall be paid by each Signatory Company in the proportion
that the total amount in the Accounts of the Participants of such Signatory
Company bears to the total amount in the Accounts of the Participants of all
Signatory Companies; provided, however, that at the election of all of the
Signatory Companies, such expenses (except the premiums for 





                                     -89-

<PAGE>   97

the required bonds under Section 12.11) may be paid from the Trust Fund.

         12.11   Bonds.  Each and every member of the Committee and their
designated Employees shall be required to give bond or be covered by a bond
obtained by the Company for this purpose for the faithful performance of his
duties, the amount of which shall be fixed at the beginning of each Plan Year.
The amount of each bond shall be determined annually by the Board of Directors
but shall not be less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of funds handled.
Unless otherwise required by the Secretary of Labor, however, no bond shall be
less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five hundred thousand
dollars ($500,000).  For purposes of fixing the amount of the bond, the amount
of funds handled shall be determined by the funds handled by the Committee
during the preceding Plan Year, or, if the Plan had no preceding Plan Year, the
amount of funds to be handled during the current Plan Year by the Committee.
The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against loss by reason of acts of
fraud or dishonesty on the part of the members of the Committee (or their
designees), directly or through connivance with others.

         12.12   Indemnity.  The Signatory Companies shall indemnify and save
the members of the Committee and their designated Employees, and each of them,
harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses (including counsel
fees approved by the Committee) and liabilities (including any amounts paid in
settlement with the Committee's approval) or other effects and consequences
arising from any act, omission or conduct in their 





                                     -90-

<PAGE>   98

official capacity, except when the same is judicially determined to be due to
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such member.  Any amounts paid or
owing under this Section 12.12 shall be considered as an expense of the
Committee to be paid by the respective Signatory Companies as provided in
Section 12.10 hereof.  It is expressly provided, however, that any excise tax
assessed against any member or members of the Committee pursuant to the
provisions of Section 4975 of the Code shall not, for the purposes of this Plan
and Trust, be considered an expense of the Committee to be paid by the Signatory
Companies as hereinabove provided.

         12.13   Reporting and Disclosure.  The Committee shall file or cause
to be filed with the appropriate office of the Internal Revenue Service and the
Department of Labor all reports, returns, notices and other information
required under the Act or Code, including, but not limited to, the plan
description, summary plan description, annual reports and amendments thereto,
requests for determination letters, annual reports and registration statements
required by Section 6057(a) of the Code, returns and reports required by
Section 6047(c) of the Code, and shall provide the Participants and their
Beneficiaries with such information as may be required by the Act or Code.
Nothing contained in this Plan shall give any Participant or Beneficiary the
right to examine any data or records reflecting the compensation paid to any
other Participant or Beneficiary.

         12.14   Statement to Participants.  Within one hundred twenty (120)
days after the end of each Plan quarter (or other period designated), the
Committee shall transmit to each Participant or 





                                     -91-

<PAGE>   99

Beneficiary a written statement showing, as of the end of such Plan quarter:

                 (a)      The balance in his Account as of the last day of the
         preceding Plan quarter;

                 (b)      The amount of After-Tax Employee Contributions,
         Deferral Contributions, and Employer Matching Contributions (if any)
         and Employer Contributions (if any) allocated to his Account for such
         Plan quarter;

                 (c)      The adjustment of his Account to reflect his share of
         the income, valuation adjustments and expenses of the Trust for such
         Plan quarter;

                 (d)      The new balance in his Account; and

                 (e)      Such other information as may be required under the
         Code and regulations thereunder.

         12.15   Signatory Company to Supply Information.  To enable the
Committee to perform its functions, the Signatory Company shall supply full and
timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation
of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of Service, their
retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment and such other
pertinent facts as the Committee may require; and the Committee shall advise
the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's
duties under the Plan.  The Committee may rely upon such information as is
supplied by the Signatory Company and shall have no duty or responsibility to
verify such information.

                                 ARTICLE XIII.

                                    Trustee

         13.1    Acceptance and Holding of Funds.  The Trustee shall retain,
manage, administer and hold the Trust Fund in accordance  with the terms of
this Plan and Trust.  The Trustee shall receive any securities or other
property that are tendered to the Trustee 





                                     -92-

<PAGE>   100

and that the Trustee deems acceptable.  The Trustee shall have no duty to compel
any contribution to the Trust Fund by a Signatory Company.

         13.2    Responsibility for Actions.  The Trustee shall not be
responsible for any acts or omissions of the Committee and may assume that the
Committee is discharging its duties under this Plan until and unless it is
notified to the contrary, in writing, by any person known to be a Participant
of the Plan or by a Signatory Company.  If the Trustee receives such notice,
the Trustee may exercise its own discretion and may apply to a court of
competent jurisdiction for guidance with respect to the disposition of the
Trust Fund or any other matter.  Any powers granted to the Trustee that are to
be exercised according to the direction of the Committee shall be exercised by
the Trustee exactly as directed by the Committee in a written instrument signed
by the person or persons authorized to sign for the Committee and delivered to
the Trustee.  The Trustee shall have absolutely no liability for any loss or
breach of trust of any kind which may result from any action or failure of
action due to its compliance with written direction from the Committee (whether
or not such action is to be taken solely at the direction of the Committee) or
for a failure on the part of the Committee to give a written direction properly
or within a required period of time.  The Trustee may accept as true all papers,
certificates, statements and representations of fact that are presented to it
without investigation or verification if the Trustee believes them to be
genuine, to have been signed by the Committee and to be the act of the
Committee, and may rely solely 





                                     -93-

<PAGE>   101

on the written advice of the Committee on any question of fact.  If at any time
the Committee shall fail to give directions or instructions to the Trustee or to
express its consent and approval to proposed action within a reasonable time
after consent and approval is requested by the Trustee, the Trustee, although
being under no obligation to do so, may act (and shall be protected in so
acting) without such directions, instructions, consent or approval and may
exercise its own discretion and judgment as seems appropriate and advisable
under the circumstances in order to effectuate the purposes of this Plan.

         13.3    Resolutions of Board of Directors.  The Trustee shall be fully
protected in relying upon a resolution of the Board of Directors, duly
certified by the Company's secretary or assistant secretary, as to the
membership of the Committee until a subsequent resolution is filed with the
Trustee by the Board of Directors.

         13.4    Judicial Protection.  The Trustee may seek judicial protection
for any action or proceeding it deems necessary to settle the accounts of the
Trustee; a judicial determination or a declaratory judgment as to a question of
construction of the Plan or Trust; or judicial instruction as to action under
this Plan or Trust.  The Trustee need join only the Committee and the Signatory
Company as parties defendant although the Trustee may join other parties.  The
district court of Harris County, Texas, shall have jurisdiction and venue in
all such matters.

         13.5    Dealings with Third Parties.  No person dealing with the
Trustee shall be required to verify the application by the Trustee for Trust
purposes of any money paid or other property delivered to 





                                     -94-

<PAGE>   102

the Trustee.  All persons dealing with the Trustee shall be entitled to rely
upon the representations of the Trustee as to its authority and are released
from any duty of inquiry with respect thereto.  Any action of the Trustee
hereunder shall be conclusively evidenced for all purposes of this Plan and
Trust by a certificate duly signed by the Trustee, and such certificate shall be
conclusive evidence of the facts recited therein and shall fully protect all
persons relying upon the truth thereof.  Any person dealing with the Trustee in
good faith shall not be required to inquire whether the Committee has instructed
the Trustee or whether the Trustee is otherwise authorized to take or omit any
action.  Any such person shall be fully protected in acting upon any notice,
resolution, instruction, direction, order, certificate, opinion, letter,
telegram or other document believed by such person to be genuine, to have been
signed by the Trustee and to be the act of the Trustee.

         13.6    Annual Accounting by Trustee.  At the times mutually agreed
upon with the Committee, the Trustee shall render to the Committee and to each
Signatory Company a written accounting of its administration of the Trust Fund
showing all receipts and disbursements during the preceding Plan Year and the
market value of the assets of the Trust Fund as of the end of such Plan Year.
The written approval of any accounting by the Committee as to all matters and
transactions stated or shown therein relating to the Trust shall be final and
binding upon the Committee, each Signatory Company and upon all persons who
shall then be or shall thereafter become interested in such Trust and the
Trustee shall be released 





                                     -95-

<PAGE>   103

and discharged as to all items, matters and things set forth in such accounting
as if such accounting had been settled by decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction.  The failure of the Committee to notify the Trustee of its
disapproval of such accounting within ninety (90) days after receipt of any such
accounting shall be equivalent to written approval.  The Trustee shall have,
nevertheless, the right to have its accounts settled by judicial proceeding. 
The records of the Trustee as to the Trust Fund may be inspected by the
Committee or Signatory Company during normal business hours of the Trustee.

         13.7    Preparation of Statement to Participants.  The Trustee shall
provide any assistance and information requested by the Committee in
conjunction with the preparation of the statements to Participants in
accordance with Section 12.14.

         13.8    Resignation of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any time by
giving five (5) days' written notice to the Company.  Such notice may be waived
by written consent of the Company.  Upon such resignation, the Trustee shall
within a reasonable time render to the Committee and to each Signatory Company
in a manner consistent with Section 13.6 of this Article a written account of
its administration of the Trust for the period following that which was covered
by the last annual accounting, through the effective date of resignation.

         13.9    Removal of Trustee.  The Company may remove any Trustee at any
time by giving five (5) days' written notice.  Such notice may be waived by
written consent of the Trustee being removed.  In 





                                     -96-

<PAGE>   104

the event of removal, the Trustee shall be under the same duty to settle its
accounts as provided in Section 13.6 of this Article.

         13.10   Appointment of Successor Trustee.  The resignation or removal
of a Trustee shall not terminate the Trust.  In the event of a vacancy in the
position of Trustee at any time, the Company shall designate and appoint a
successor Trustee.  Any successor Trustee, upon executing an acknowledged
acceptance of the trusteeship and upon settlement of the accounts and discharge
of the retiring Trustee, shall be vested, without further act on the part of
anyone, with all the estates, titles, rights, powers, duties and discretions
granted to the retiring Trustee.  The retiring Trustee shall execute and deliver
such assignments or other instruments as may be deemed advisable by the
successor Trustee.

         13.11   Trustee's Compensation and Expenses.  The Trustee may receive
such reasonable compensation as may be agreed upon from time to time; provided,
however, that no person serving as Trustee who receives full-time compensation
from a Signatory Company or group of Signatory Companies shall receive
compensation from the Trust Fund except for reimbursement of expenses properly
and actually paid.  All brokerage costs, transfer taxes and expenses incurred
in connection with the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund, all
income taxes or other taxes of any kind whatsoever which may be levied or
assessed under existing or future laws upon or with respect to the Trust Fund,
and any interest which may be payable on money borrowed by the Trustee for the
purposes of the Trust, shall be paid from the Trust Fund, and, until paid,
shall 





                                     -97-

<PAGE>   105

constitute a charge upon the Trust Fund.  All other administrative expenses
incurred by the Trustee in the performance of its duties, including reasonable
fees for legal, appraisal and accounting services rendered to the Trustee, such
compensation to the Trustee as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time
between the Company and the Trustee, all premiums for bonds required under
Section 13.12 hereof and all other proper charges and disbursements of the
Trustee, shall be paid from the Trust unless paid by the Signatory Companies;
provided, however, that premiums for required bonds under Section 13.12 hereof
may not be paid from the Trust.  It is expressly provided, however, that any
excise tax assessed against any Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section
4975 of the Code shall not, for the purposes of this Plan and Trust, be
considered an expense of the Trust to be paid by the Signatory Companies as
hereinabove provided.

         13.12   Bonds.  Unless specifically exempted by federal statute or
regulations promulgated thereunder, each and every Trustee shall be required to
give bond for the faithful performance of its duties, the amount of which shall
be fixed at the beginning of each Plan Year.  The amount of each bond shall be
determined annually by the Board of Directors of the Company but shall not be
less than ten percent (10%) of the amount of funds handled.  Unless otherwise
required by the Secretary of Labor, however, no bond shall be less than one
thousand dollars ($1,000) nor more than five hundred thousand dollars
($500,000).  For purposes of fixing the amount of the bond, the amount of funds
handled by the Trustee shall be determined by the funds handled by the Trustee
during the preceding 





                                     -98-

<PAGE>   106

Plan Year, or, if the Plan had no preceding Plan Year, the amount of funds to be
handled during the current Plan Year by the Trustee.  The bond shall provide
protection to the Plan against loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty on
the part of the Trustee, directly or through connivance with others.  However,
this Section 13.12 shall not apply as to any Trustee who is also a member of the
Committee and has given bond as required by Article XI, Section 12.11 hereof.

         13.13   Indemnity.  The Signatory Companies shall indemnify and save
the Trustee harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses
(including counsel fees approved by the Company) and liabilities (including any
amounts paid in settlement with the Company's approval) or other effects and
consequences arising from any act, omission or conduct in its official
capacity, except when the same is judicially determined to be due to the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee.  Any amounts paid or owing
under this Section 13.13 shall be considered as an expense of the Trustee to be
paid as provided in Section 13.11 hereof.  It is expressly provided, however,
that any excise tax assessed against the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4975 of the Code shall not, for the purposes of this Plan and Trust, be
considered an expense of the Trustee to be paid by the Signatory Companies as
hereinabove provided.

         13.14   Voting and Exchange Offerings with Respect to Employer Stock.

         (a)     Each Participant shall have the right, and shall be afforded
the opportunity, to direct the manner as to which the 





                                     -99-

<PAGE>   107

Employer Stock allocated to the Participant's Account shall be voted at all
stockholders' meetings or in connection with all solicitations of written
consents in lieu of meetings.  Each Participant shall be provided with timely
written notice of such meetings or consent solicitations.  A Participant's
instruction on the voting of Employer Stock shall be transmitted in writing to
the Trustee who shall vote such stock in accordance with such written
instruction, provided such instruction is received by the Trustee within a
reasonable time prior to the time such Employer Stock must be voted.  A
Participant shall be permitted to revoke or change any such instruction,
provided such revocation or change is received in writing by the Trustee within
a reasonable time prior to the time such Employer Stock must be voted.  A
Participant's instructions to the Trustee on the voting of Employer Stock shall
remain in the strict confidence of the Trustee.  In the absence of a written
instruction from a Participant, the Trustee shall not vote the shares of
Employer Stock allocated to such Participant's account.  The Trustee shall vote
all unallocated shares in the same proportion as allocated shares are voted by
Participants.

         (b)(i)  Each Participant, with respect to Employer Stock allocated or
attributable to his Account, shall have the right and shall be afforded the
opportunity to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which to respond to any
tender or exchange offer, or any matter relating to such an offer, in regard to
shares of Employer Stock (an "Offer").

             (ii)         The Trustee shall as soon as practicable distribute
         or cause to be distributed to each Participant such information
         relating to any Offer the Trustee receives as a stockholder of record
         of the Company.





                                     -100-

<PAGE>   108

            (iii)         All directions by a Participant shall be given to the
         Trustee in writing and in such form and manner as the Committee shall
         prescribe.  A Participant shall be permitted to revoke or change any
         directions given, provided such revocation or change is received in
         such form and manner as prescribed herein for giving direction
         regarding an Offer.  Any such directions shall remain in the strict
         confidence of the Trustee.

             (iv)         Direction may be given to the Trustee to take such
         actions as may be necessary to:  i) to accept the Offer with respect
         to the Employer Stock as to which a Participant has the right to give
         such direction, or (ii) to reject the Offer with respect to the
         Employer Stock as to which a Participant has the right to give such
         direction.

              (v)         To the extent the Trustee has duly received direction
         from a Participant, the Trustee shall comply therewith.

             (vi)         To the extent direction has not been duly received
         from a Participant, it shall be deemed that each such Participant has
         duly directed the Trustee to reject the Offer (with respect to the
         Employer Stock as to which such Participant has the right to give such
         direction).  The Trustee shall respond to the Offer with respect to
         any unallocated Employer Stock in the same proportion as participants
         accept or reject the Offer with respect to allocated Employer Stock.

            (vii)         The Trustee shall accept or reject such Offer with
         respect to Employer Stock in accordance with the foregoing on the last
         day permitted pursuant to such Offer for such action to be taken
         without the loss of any benefit under the Offer.  To be considered
         duly received by the Trustee, all directions must be received by the
         Trustee within a reasonable period of time, as determined by the
         Trustee, prior to such last day so that the Trustee may act in
         accordance with such written directions.

                                  ARTICLE XIV.

                          Investment Powers of Trustee

         14.1    Standards; Prudent Man Rule.  The Trustee shall, in
discharging its duties, act solely in the interest of the Participants and
Beneficiaries of the Plan.  It must act exclusively for the purpose of
providing benefits to Participants 





                                     -101-

<PAGE>   109

and Beneficiaries and for defraying the reasonable expenses of the Plan.  The
Trustee shall carry out its duties with the same care, skill, prudence and
diligence that a prudent man acting in a like capacity would use under
conditions prevailing at that time.

         14.2   Appointment of Investment Manager.  The Company upon notice to 
the Trustee, may appoint an investment manager or managers over any portion or 
portions of the Trust Fund.  Such investment manager shall (in accordance with 
Section 3(38) of the Act) be a fiduciary who is (a) registered as an investment
adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (b) a bank, as defined in 
that act, or (c) an insurance company qualified to perform these types of 
services under the laws of more than one state.  Such investment manager shall 
acknowledge in writing its appointment as a fiduciary under this Plan and 
Trust.  The investment manager shall, except to the extent limited in its 
written agreement with the Company, have all the powers and duties over the 
portion of the Trust Fund designated as under its control, as the powers and
duties of a Trustee under this Plan including those set forth in this Article
XIV.  In accordance with Section 405(d)(1) of the Act, the Trustee shall not be
liable for any acts or omissions of the investment manager or be under an
obligation to invest or otherwise manage any assets of the Plan, which are
subject to the management of such investment manager.

         14.3    Powers of Trustee.  The Trustee shall have the following
authority, rights, privileges and powers in addition to the authority, rights,
privileges and powers elsewhere vested in the 





                                     -102-

<PAGE>   110

Trustee and those now or hereafter conferred by law, subject to any limitations
stated in this Plan:

                 (a)      To invest Participant's Deferral Contributions,
         After-Tax Employee Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions and
         Employer Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Section
         14.5 of this Article; and

                 (b)      At the written direction of the Committee, to invest
         in, acquire or hold Qualifying Employer Real Property and Qualifying
         Employer Securities of the Signatory Companies so that the
         Participants may, in the largest possible measure, share in the
         profits and growth of the Signatory Companies; provided, that the
         Trustee shall make no such acquisitions without obtaining prior
         written approval from the Internal Revenue Service if so required by
         the provisions of the Code and regulations thereunder then in effect;
         and provided further, that immediately following the acquisition of
         Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property,
         not more than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate fair market
         value of the Trust Fund is invested in Qualifying Employer Securities
         and Qualifying Employer Real Property; and

                 (c)      To hold, manage, control, collect, use (including the
         power to hold any property unproductive of income) and dispose of the
         Trust Fund in accordance with the terms of this instrument as if it
         were the fee simple owner of such Trust Fund; and

                 (d)      To keep any or all securities or other property in
         the name of some other person, partnership or corporation with a power
         of attorney for transfer attached, or in its name without disclosing
         its fiduciary capacity; and

                 (e)      To invest and reinvest the Trust assets, or any part
         thereof, in any property of any kind or nature whatsoever (or in any
         rights or interests therein or in any evidence or indicia thereof),
         whether real, personal or mixed or whether tangible or intangible,
         including, but not limited to, the following or anything of a similar
         kind, character or class:  common or preferred stock, including
         evidences of ownership in so called Massachusetts trusts; fees;
         beneficial interests; leaseholds; bonds; mortgages; leases; notes or
         obligations; oil and gas payments; oil and gas contracts and other
         securities; instruments; commodities; or property within or outside
         the State of Texas; and to hold cash uninvested at any time and in any
         amount.  The Trustee may make or hold investments of any part of the





                                     -103-

<PAGE>   111

         Trust Fund in common or undivided interest with other persons or
         entities; and

                 (f)      To vote, either in person or by proxy, with or
         without power of substitution, any stocks, bonds or other securities
         held by it; to exercise any options appurtenant to any stocks, bonds
         or other securities for the conversion thereof into other stocks,
         bonds or securities; to exercise any rights to subscribe for
         additional stocks, bonds or other securities and to make any and all
         necessary payments thereof subject to Section 13.14 with respect to
         Employer Stock; and

                 (g)      To collect the principal and income of the Trust as
         the same may become due and payable and to give binding receipt
         therefor; and

                 (h)      To institute, join in, maintain, defend, compromise,
         submit to arbitration or settle any litigation, claim, obligation or
         controversy in favor of or against the Trust Fund, all in the name of
         the Trustee and without the joinder of any Participant; and

                 (i)      From time to time transfer to a common or pooled
         trust fund maintained by any corporate Trustee hereunder, all or such
         part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable and such part
         or all of the   Trust Fund so transferred shall be subject to all
         the terms and provisions of the common or pooled trust fund which
         contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust
         assets with trust assets of other employees' profit sharing and pension
         plans.  The Trustee may, from time to time, withdraw from such common
         or pooled trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee
         may deem advisable; and

                 (j)      To partition any property or interest held as part of
         the Trust Fund and to pay or receive such money or property necessary
         or advisable to equalize differences; to make any distribution from
         the Trust Fund in cash or in kind, or both (including an undivided
         inter est in any property) or in any other manner (including composing
         shares differently) and to value any property belonging to the Trust
         Fund, which valuation at all times shall be binding upon the Signatory
         Company and all Participants; and

                 (k)      To loan or borrow money in any manner (including
         joint and several obligations) with or without security, upon such
         terms as the Trustee may deem advisable regardless of the duration of
         the Trust created by this instrument and to mortgage (including the
         making of purchase money mortgages), pledge or in any other manner
         encumber all or any part of the Trust Fund as the 





                                     -104-

<PAGE>   112

         Trustee may deem advisable.  However, this subparagraph shall not
         apply to purchases of Qualifying Employer Securities or Employer
         Stock; and

                 (l)      Subject to periodic review and approval by the
         Committee, to select, employ and reasonably compensate such lawyers,
         brokers, banks, investment counsel or other agents or employees and to
         delegate to them such of the duties, rights and powers of the Trustee
         (including the power to vote shares of stock) as the Trustee deems
         advisable in administering the Trust Fund; and

                 (m)      To appoint any person or corporation in any state of
         the United States to act as ancillary Trustee with respect to any
         portion of the Trust Fund.  Any ancillary Trustee shall have such
         rights, powers, duties and discretions as are delegated to it by the
         Trustee but shall exercise the same, subject to such limitations or
         further directions of the Trustee as shall be specified in the
         instrument evidencing its appointment.  Any ancillary Trustee shall be
         accountable solely to the Trustee and shall be entitled to reasonable 
         compensation; and

                 (n)      To exercise all the rights, powers, options and
         privileges now or hereafter granted to trustees under the Texas Trust
         Code, except such as conflict with the terms of this instrument.  So
         far as possible, no subsequent legislation or regulation shall limit
         the rights, powers or privileges granted in this Plan or in the Texas
         Trust Code, as it now exists.  The Trustee shall have, hold, manage,
         control, use, invest and reinvest, disburse and dispose of the Trust
         Fund as if the Trustee were the owner thereof in fee simple instead of
         in trust, subject only to such limitations as are contained herein or
         such of the laws of the State of Texas as cannot be waived.  The
         instrument shall always be construed in favor of the validity of any
         act or omission of the Trustee; and

                 (o)      To deposit the assets of the Trust with itself or its
         successors as a bank and/or its bank holding affiliate.
         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Trustee may cause
         all or any part of the monies or other assets of the Trust, without
         limitation as to amounts, to be commingled with the monies and assets
         of similar trusts created by others by causing such monies and assets
         to be invested as a part of any one or more of the trust funds created
         by the Trustee, and monies or other assets of this Trust so added to
         any of such trust funds at any time shall be subject to all of the
         provisions of the governing instruments of any said trust funds; and





                                     -105-

<PAGE>   113

                 (p)      To purchase life insurance contracts on the lives of
         Participants, subject to the following restrictions:

                          (1)     In the event ordinary life insurance
                 contracts are purchased on the lives of Participants, the
                 aggregate premiums for such life insurance for each
                 Participant shall be less than one-half (1/2) of the Signatory
                 Company's Employer Contributions allocated to the credit of
                 the Participant at any particular time.  Upon retirement of a
                 Participant, the Trustee shall either distribute the life
                 insurance contracts to that Participant or convert the entire
                 value of the life insurance on the Participant on or before
                 retirement so as to provide periodic income for the Retired
                 Participant;

                          (2)     In the event term life insurance contracts
                 are purchased on the lives of Participants, the Trustee shall
                 expend for premiums for each Participant no more than
                 twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate of the Signatory
                 Company's Employer Contributions allocated to the credit of
                 that Participant at any particular time; and

                          (3)     All insurance policies shall be held by the
                 Trustee, and all right, title and interest therein shall be
                 vested in the Trustee until disposed of by the Trustee as
                 herein provided.  At any time and from time to time, each
                 insured Participant shall have the unrestricted right to
                 designate the Beneficiary to receive the death proceeds of the
                 policy or policies on his life, and the Trustee as directed by
                 the Committee shall cause such Beneficiary designation to be
                 made effective.  If the Participant is married, the
                 Participant's spouse shall be the Beneficiary unless pursuant
                 to Article VI, Section 6.2 of the Plan the spouse consents to
                 the designation of another Beneficiary.

         14.4    Prohibited Transactions.  Except as elsewhere permitted in the
Act:

                 (a)      The Trustee shall not cause the Plan to engage in a
         transaction if it knows, or should know, that such transaction
         constitutes a direct or indirect:

                          (1)     Sale, exchange or leasing of any property 
                 between the Plan and a party in interest;





                                     -106-

<PAGE>   114

                          (2)     Lending of money or other extension of credit
                 between the Plan and a party in interest, except for exempt
                 and authorized transactions;

                          (3)     Furnishing of goods, services or facilities 
                 between the Plan and a party in interest;

                          (4)     Transfer to, or use by or for the benefit of,
                 a party in interest of any assets of the Plan; or

                          (5)     Acquisition on behalf of the Plan of any
                 Employer Stock or Employer Real Property in violation of
                 Section 407(a) of said Act.

                 (b)      The Trustee who has authority or discretion to
         control or manage the assets of a Plan shall not permit the Plan to
         acquire or hold any Employer Stock or Employer Real Property if it
         knows, or should know, that holding such security or real property
         violates Section 407(a) of said Act.

                 (c)      The Trustee shall not:

                          (1)     Deal with the assets of the Plan in its own 
                 interest or for its own account;

                          (2)     In his individual capacity or any other
                 capacity act in any transaction involving the Plan on behalf
                 of a party (or represent a party) whose interests are adverse
                 to the interests of the Plan or the interests of its
                 Participants or Beneficiaries; or

                          (3)     Receive any consideration for its own
                 personal account from any party dealing with the Plan in
                 connection with a transaction involving the assets of the
                 Plan.

                 (d)      A transfer of real or personal property by a party in
         interest to the Plan shall be treated as a sale or exchange if the
         property is subject to a mortgage or similar lien which the Plan
         assumes or if it is subject to a mortgage or similar lien which a
         party in interest placed on the property within the ten-year period
         ending on the date of the transfer.

                 (e)      Except as otherwise permitted in the Act:

                          (1)     The Plan shall not acquire or hold:

                                  (A)      Any Employer Stock which is not a 
                          Qualifying Employer Security, or





                                     -107-

<PAGE>   115

                                  (B)      Any Employer Real Property which is
                          not Qualifying Employer Real Property.

                 (f)      For purposes of determining the time at which a Plan
         acquires Employer Real Property for purposes of this section, such
         property shall be deemed to be acquired by the Plan on the date
         on which the Plan acquires the property or on the date on which the
         lease to the Signatory Company (or Affiliated Company) is entered into,
         whichever is later.

                 (g)      The Trustee shall not acquire any collectibles.  For
         purposes for this subsection, "collectibles" means any work of art,
         any rug or antique, any metal or gem, any stamp or coin, any alcoholic
         beverage, or any other tangible personal property specified by the
         Secretary of Labor or Secretary of the Treasury.

         14.5    Investment of Contributions.  Each Participant shall have the
right to elect, in writing on a form provided by the Committee, to have the
After-Tax Employee Contributions, Deferral Contributions, Employer Matching
Contributions and Employer Contributions which are allocated to his Account
invested in such classes of investments as are selected by the Committee and
offered for Participants' investment on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.
Such classes of investments shall be selected from time to time by the
Committee.  The Participant may elect any combination of investments in these
Funds in minimum increments prescribed by the Committee.  In the absence of an
election by a Participant, such Participant's Account shall be invested in the
fixed income fund  or its equivalent, which is offered in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 14.5.

         A Participant may change the investment of his present Account and the
investment of future contributions to be made on his behalf by giving written
notice to the Committee (on the prescribed form).  Only one change may be made
each Plan quarter except to the extent 





                                     -108-

<PAGE>   116

otherwise determined by the Committee.  Investment election changes must be in
the minimum increments prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective on the
Entry Date coincident with or next following thirty (30) days after the election
change is received by the Committee.

         The investment of Trust Funds in Qualifying Employer Securities shall
not exceed either (a) on an aggregate basis, for the Plan and Trust as a whole,
the Trust Funds attributable to the Participant Accounts relating to Employer
Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions, or (b) on an individual
Participant Account basis (the Qualifying Employer Securities attributable to
each Participant's Account) shall not exceed the amounts allocated to each such
Participant's Account attributable to Employer Contributions and Employer
Matching Contributions.  The preceding sentence shall be applied in a manner
that is intended to comply with the applicable rulings and releases of the
Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the exemption from
registration for Qualifying Employer Securities held by the Plan and Trust.

                                  ARTICLE XV.

                            No Loans to Participants

            Loans to Participants are not permitted under the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE XVI.

                           Amendment and Termination

         16.1    Amendment - General.  The Company shall have the sole right to
amend this Plan.  In the event of any such amendment, each other Signatory
Company shall be deemed to have consented to the 





                                     -109-

<PAGE>   117

amendment unless it notifies the Company, in writing, that it refuses to ratify
the amendment.  In the event that a Signatory Company refuses to ratify to any
such amendment, such refusal to ratify shall constitute a withdrawal from this
Plan by such Signatory Company.  Upon the delivery by the Company to the Trustee
of a certified copy of the resolution authorizing an amendment to this Plan,
this Plan shall be deemed to have been so amended and all Participants and other
persons claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound thereby; provided, that
no amendment:

                 (a)      Shall have the effect of vesting in any Signatory
         Company any interest in any property held subject to the terms of the
         Trust; or

                 (b)      Shall (except as permitted by law) cause or permit
         any property held subject to the terms of the Trust to be diverted to
         purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the present or future
         Participants and Beneficiaries; or

                 (c)      Shall substantially increase the duties or
         liabilities of the Trustee without its written consent; or

                 (d)      Shall (except as permitted by law) reduce benefits of
         a Participant.

For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of (1)
eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type
subsidy, or (2) eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to
benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as
reducing benefits.  In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding
sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies (either
before or after the amendment) the preamendment conditions for the subsidy.  In
general, a retirement-type subsidy is a subsidy that continues after
retirement, but does not include a qualified disability 





                                     -110-

<PAGE>   118

benefit, a medical benefit, a social security supplement, a death benefit
(including life insurance), or a plant shutdown benefit (that does not continue
after retirement age).  Furthermore, no amendment to the plan shall have the
effect of decreasing a Participant's vested Account balance determined without
regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted
or becomes effective.

         16.2    Amendments Necessary to Comply with Intentions of Signatory
Companies.  It is the intention of each Signatory Company that its Employer
Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions to this Plan be deductible
under the applicable provisions of the Code, that such Employer Matching
Contributions and Employer Contributions not be subject to withholding under
the Code or the Federal Insurance Contributions Act; and that such Employer
Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions not be subject to the Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, as part of the "regular rate".  The
Company shall make such amendments to this Plan as may be necessary to carry out
these intentions.  All amendments to this Plan which may be required for the
purpose of realizing the intentions above stated may be made retroactively.

         16.3    Termination with Respect to Signatory Company Without
Establishment of a Successor Plan.  A termination of this Plan by any Signatory
Company, as provided below in this Section 16.3, without establishment of a
successor plan, shall constitute a termination only with respect to such
Signatory Company and such termination shall not constitute a termination of
this Plan with respect to any other Signatory Company.  This Plan shall
terminate 





                                     -111-

<PAGE>   119

as to a Signatory Company upon the happening of any of the following events:

                 (a)      The approval of the Committee of a written request by
         such Signatory Company to terminate the Plan, effective as of the last
         day of the Plan Year in which such consent is issued; or

                 (b)      Twenty-one (21) years following the death of the last
         surviving original Participant living at the time this Plan was
         adopted by the Signatory Company; provided, however, that this Section
         16.3(c) shall be effective only in the event that the Rule Against
         Perpetuities is applicable to the Trust established under this Plan.

Upon termination of this Plan by any Signatory Company without establishment of
a successor plan, the Committee and the Trust will continue until the Plan
benefit of each Participant has been distributed.  Plan benefits shall be
computed and, if necessary, the Trust Fund shall be partially or totally
converted to a liquid posture to permit an efficient and equitable distribution.
The Signatory Company will give written notice to the District Director of the
Internal Revenue Service of the fact that the Signatory Company has terminated
or partially terminated the Plan.

         Distributions made on account of Plan termination shall be in
accordance with the provisions of Article IX of the Plan and in compliance with
any applicable requirements of the Code or other statutory or regulatory
agency.

         16.4    Continuation of Plan and Trust by Successor.  This Trust shall
not be considered terminated upon the dissolution or liquidation of a Signatory
Company in the event that a successor to the Signatory Company, by operation of
law or by the acquisition of its business interests, shall elect to continue
this Plan and Trust as provided in Article XVII.





                                     -112-

<PAGE>   120
                                 ARTICLE XVII.

                        Continuance of Plan by Successor

         17.1    Adoption of Plan by Successor.  In the event of the
consolidation or merger of any Signatory Company or the sale by any Signatory
Company of its assets, the resulting successor person or persons corporation
may continue the Plan by direction from such person, (if not a corporation); or
(if a corporation) by adopting the same by resolution of its board of directors
and by executing a proper supplemental trust agreement with the Trustee.  If,
within ninety (90) days from the effective date of such consolidation, merger
or sale of assets, such successor neither adopts this Plan as provided herein
nor adopts a successor plan for the benefit of the employees of the Signatory
Company, then the Plan automatically shall be terminated and the Trust Fund
shall be distributed exclusively to the Participants or their Beneficiaries in
the manner provided in Article XVI, Section 16.3.

                                 ARTICLE XVIII.

                   Merger of Plan or Transfer of Plan Assets

         18.1    Transfer, Consolidation or Merger with Another Plan.  In the
event of (1) a merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan or (2) a
transfer of assets and liabilities of the Plan to any other plan, each
Participant of the Plan will (if the Plan then terminated) be entitled to
receive a benefit immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer
which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to
receive immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan
had then been terminated).





                                     -113-

<PAGE>   121

                                  ARTICLE XIX.

                    Adoption of Plan by a Signatory Company

         19.1    Method of Adoption.  Any Affiliated Company may with the
approval of the Company, adopt this Plan for its Employees.  Such adoption
shall be effectuated by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Affiliated
Company, with a copy of the approved executed resolutions to the Company and
the Committee.

         19.2    Withdrawal from the Plan.  Subject to the consent of the
Company, any Signatory Company may at any time withdraw from or discontinue its
participation in this Plan either by failure to consent to an amendment as
provided in Article XVI, Section 16.1 or by giving written notice of such
withdrawal to the Trustee and may cause to be segregated from the Trust Fund
that part of the assets held in the Trust Fund for the Accounts of the
Participants employed by such Signatory Company at the date of such
discontinuance.  A withdrawal, whether or not voluntary, from this Plan by a
Signatory Company shall not of itself constitute a termination of the Plan with
respect to such Signatory Company.  A Signatory Company which withdraws,
voluntarily or involuntarily, from this Plan may, as soon as may be practicable,
adopt a comparable employee benefit plan and trust which shall qualify under
Section 401(a) of the Code.  The withdrawing Signatory Company shall then file
with the Trustee a written instrument evidencing its discontinuance in this Plan
and shall likewise file with the Trustee a certification by the Committee
authorizing the segregation from the Trust Fund of the assets attributable to
the Participants employed by such Signatory Company.  In the event of





                                     -114-

<PAGE>   122

segregation as hereinabove provided, the Trustee shall deliver to the successor
Trustee such part of the Trust Fund as may be determined by the Committee to
constitute the appropriate share of the Trust Fund then held with respect to the
Participants employed by such Signatory Company.  Such former Signatory Company
will thereafter exercise with respect to such Plan and Trust all of the rights
and powers which may be reserved to such Signatory Company under the terms of
the written instruments providing for such segregation as aforesaid. Such
segregating Signatory Company shall likewise file with the successor Trustee
such other written instruments as may be necessary in order to make effective
the continuance as a separate trust (as though such Signatory Company were the
sole creator thereof) of the assets so segregated in accordance with the
provisions of this Plan or in accordance with such other plan as may be mutually
agreed upon between such Signatory Company and a successor Trustee.

                                  ARTICLE XX.

                       Recovery of Employer Contributions

         20.1    Initial Approval By Internal Revenue Service.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan and Trust, it is specifically understood that
this Plan and Trust is adopted and executed by the Signatory Company upon the
condition precedent that the Plan and Trust shall be approved and qualified by
the Internal Revenue Service as meeting the requirements of the Code and the
regulations and rulings issued thereunder so that the Signatory Company will be
permitted to deduct for federal income tax purposes the amount of the Deferral
Contributions, Employer Contributions 





                                     -115-

<PAGE>   123

(if any) and its Employer Matching Contributions (if any) to the Trust under the
Plan, that such Deferral Contributions, Employer Contributions (if any) and
Employer Matching Contributions (if any) will not be taxable to the Participants
as income when made and that the Trust will be exempt from federal income tax. 
In the event the Internal Revenue Service shall rule that the Plan and Trust are
not so approved and qualified, all Contributions made to the Trust under the
Plan by a Signatory Company prior to the initial determination by the Internal
Revenue  Service as to the qualification of the Plan and Trust shall revert and
be repaid by the Trustee to the Signatory Company.  No Participant, Eligible
Employee, Employee or other person shall have any right to the Employer Matching
Contributions (if any) or Employer Contributions (if any).  However, After-Tax
Employee Contributions and Deferral Contributions allocated to each
Participant's Account shall be paid to such Participant.  If the Company shall
determine, however, in consultation with the Commissioner's representatives,
that such failure of qualification may be cured by steps that the Company deems
will be in the interest of it and its Employees, the Company may elect to amend
the Plan and Trust in order to achieve such qualification rather than cause the
reversion of the Contributions as herein provided.

         20.2    Conditioned on Deductibility.  All employer contributions of
any kind under this Plan are hereby expressly made conditional on being allowed
as a deduction to the Signatory Company for federal income tax purposes.





                                     -116-

<PAGE>   124

                                  ARTICLE XXI.

                                 Miscellaneous

         21.1    Plan is a Voluntary Undertaking by the Signatory Company.  The
adoption and maintenance of this Plan and Trust are strictly voluntary
undertakings on the part of the Signatory  Company and shall not be deemed to
be a contract between the Signatory Company and any Employee.  Nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained
in the employment of the Signatory Company, to interfere with the rights of the
Signatory Company to discharge any Employee at any time or to interfere with an
Employee's right to terminate his employment at any time.

         21.2    Benefit Provided Solely by the Trust Fund.  All benefits
payable under this Plan shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust and
the Signatory Company assumes no liability or responsibility therefor.

         21.3    Nonalienation.  No benefit payable or to become payable under
the Plan will, except as otherwise specifically provided by law, be subject in
any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell,
transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same by a Participant or
Beneficiary prior to distribution as herein provided shall be absolutely and
wholly void, whether such conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage, pledge or
encumbrance be intended to take place or become effective before or after the
expiration of the period herein fixed for the continuance of the said Trust
estate; nor will any benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to the
debts, contracts, 





                                     -117-

<PAGE>   125

liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled thereto.  The Trustee
shall never under any circumstances be required to recognize any conveyance,
transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge by a Participant or Beneficiary
hereunder of any part of the Trust estate or any interest therein and shall
never be required to pay any money or thing of value thereon or therefor, to any
creditor of a Participant or Beneficiary or upon any debt created by a
Participant or Beneficiary for any cause whatsoever.  This provision shall not
apply to a "qualified domestic relations order" defined in Section 414(p) of the
Code, and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by
the Committee under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The
Committee shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status
of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such
qualified orders.  Further, to the extent provided under a "qualified domestic
relations order," a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the 
spouse of a surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

         21.4    Applicable Law.  The provisions of this Plan shall be
construed, administered and enforced according to the Code, as amended, the
Act, and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the State of Texas.  All
contributions to and distributions from the Trust shall be deemed to take place
in the State of Texas.  The Trustee or Signatory Company may at any time
initiate any legal action or proceeding for the settlement of the accounts of
the Trustee, for the determination of any questions (including questions of
construction which may arise) or for instruction, and the 





                                     -118-

<PAGE>   126

only necessary parties to such action or proceeding shall be the Trustee and the
Signatory Company, except that any other person or persons may be included as
parties defendant at the elections of the Trustee and the Signatory Company.

         21.5    Construction.  Unless the context clearly indicates to the
contrary, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and the
singular shall include the plural.  The words "hereof," "herein," hereunder"
and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the
entire Plan and not to any particular provision or section.

         21.6    Reference to Code or Act Sections.  Reference to the
provisions of any particular Section of the Code or Act shall be deemed
reference to any Section of the Code or Act which may hereafter contain the
same or similar provisions.

         21.7    Binding Agreement.  This Plan shall be binding upon the
adopting Signatory Companies, the Trustee and their respective successors and
assigns, and upon the Participants, their Beneficiaries and their respective
heirs and legal representatives.

         21.8    No Joint Venture Implied.  The adoption of this Plan by any
Signatory Company shall not create a joint venture or partnership relationship
between it and any other party hereto, nor shall such action ever be construed
as having that effect.  Any rights, duties, liabilities or obligations assumed
hereunder by each participating Signatory Company or imposed upon it as a
result of the terms and provisions of this Plan, shall relate to and affect
such Signatory Company alone.





                                     -119-

<PAGE>   127

         21.9    Copies of Plan Available.  Copies of this Plan and any and all
amendments thereto shall be made available for inspection at all reasonable
times at the principal office of the Signatory Company to all Employees, and
any Employee may obtain a copy of them upon request and the payment of a
reasonable reproduction fee.

         21.10   Titles and Headings.  The titles to and headings of paragraphs
in this Plan are for convenience and reference only and, in the event of any
conflict, the text of this Plan and Trust, rather than such titles or headings,
shall control.

         21.11   Counterparts.  This Plan and all amendments thereto may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument
which may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

         21.12   Severability.  If any provision of this Plan and Trust shall
be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall
not affect the remaining provisions hereof, but each provision shall be fully
severable and the Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced as if said
illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

         21.13   Agent for Service of Legal Process.  The Secretary of the
Company is hereby designated as agent of the Plan for the service of legal
process.  Such designated agent may be changed from time to time by action of
the Board of Directors of the Company in writing, and such changes shall become
effective upon notification of the U.S. Secretary of Labor.





                                     -120-

<PAGE>   128

         21.14   Withholding; Reports.  The Plan Administrator shall withhold
Federal income tax from all distributions from the Trust Fund to any Payee (or,
alternatively direct the Trustee to do so by providing the Trustee with such
information as may be required under Treasury Regulations), unless such Payee
properly elects a direct rollover of the distribution in accordance with
Section 9.8.  For purposes of this Section 21.14, Payee means the Participant
or other individual or entity entitled to a distribution under this Plan.  The
manner and amount of withholding will be determined pursuant to Section 3405 of
the Code and the regulations thereunder.  The Payee shall be timely provided
with the following:  notice of the Payee's right to elect a direct rollover to
any distribution; notice of the method of making such election; and a statement
to advise the Payee that penalties may be incurred under the estimated tax
payment rules if the payments of the estimated tax are not adequate or if
sufficient tax is not withheld from the distribution.  Procedures with respect
to such notice requirements and the Payee's election shall be determined
pursuant to Section 3405 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.  The Plan
Administrator shall maintain records, and make returns and reports with respect
to distributions and withholding thereof, if any, as required under Section
6047(e) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.  In addition the Plan
Administrator shall make any reports required under Sections 402(f) and 6652(j)
pertaining to explanations to recipients of lump sum distributions from the
Plan.





                                     -121-

<PAGE>   129

         21.15   Single Plan.  The Plan shall be administered, accounted for
and otherwise treated as a single plan with respect to all the Signatory
Companies that adopt this Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Twentieth Amendment
and Restatement to be executed on the date set forth below, effective as set
forth above.

December __, 1993                      National Convenience
                                         Stores Incorporated



                                       By: /s/ V.H. VAN HORN
                                           V.H. Van Horn, President
/s/ A.J. GALLERANO
A.J. Gallerano, Secretary



STATE  OF  TEXAS                  )
                                  )
COUNTY OF HARRIS                  )

         This instrument was acknowledged before me on this the 16th day of
December, 1993 by V.H. Van Horn, the President of National Convenience Stores
Incorporated, a Delaware corporation as its act and deed.

               JANICE L. IVEY                   /s/ JANICE L. IVEY
(SEAL)  Notary Public, State of Texas           NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF TEXAS
        My Commission Expires 9-1-96 
                                                My Commission Expires:__________
                                                                                
                                            




                                     -122-

<PAGE>   130
                                   Appendix A




         The following provisions of the Plan are effective January 1, 1987:

                                 In Article I:

         Sections 1.3, 1.4, 1.15, 1.22, 1.26, 1.27, 1.28, 1.30 and 1.39.

                                 In Article II:

         Sections 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7.





                                     -123-

<PAGE>   131
         The foregoing Twentieth Amendment and Restatement of the National
Convenience Stores Incorporated Profit Sharing Plan and Trust is hereby
accepted and agreed to by:


___________________, 1994                 Merrill Lynch Trust Company
                                                of Texas


ATTEST:

____________________________             By: __________________________________
                                                               , Vice President
                                                              and Trust Officer



STATE  OF  TEXAS          )
                          )
COUNTY OF HARRIS          )

         This instrument was acknowledged before me on this the ______ day of
_________________, 1994 by _____________________________, the Vice President
and Trust Officer of Merrill Lynch Trust Company of Texas, a ________________ 
corporation as its act and deed.


                                            ___________________________________
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF TEXAS

                                            My Commission Expires: ____________





                                     -124-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.1.2

                           TWENTY-FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                         PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST
                            AS AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              W I T N E S S E T H

         National Convenience Stores Incorporated ("Company") and Cullen Center
Bank and Trust ("Trustee") entered into the Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
Agreements, effective July 1, 1968, creating the National Convenience Stores
Incorporated Profit Sharing Plan and Separate Trust Agreement.  The Plan and
Trust have been amended twenty (20) times with the Fourth Amendment
consolidating the Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, with the effective
date of the First and Second Amendments being July 1, 1968, the effective date
of the Third and Fourth and Fifth Amendments being July 1, 1976, the effective
date of the Sixth Amendment being July 1, 1977, the effective date of the
Seventh Amendment being July 1, 1978, the effective date of the Eighth and
Ninth Amendments being July 1, 1981, the effective date of the Tenth Amendment
being July 1, 1982, the effective date of the Eleventh Amendment, substituting
Texas Commerce Bank as Trustee, being January 1, 1985, the effective date of
the Twelfth Amendment being January 1, 1985, the effective date of Thirteenth
Amendment being January 1, 1985, the effective date of the Fourteenth Amendment
being July 1, 1985, the effective date of the Fifteenth Amendment being July 1,
1986, the effective date of the Sixteenth Amendment being July 1, 1987, the
effective date of the Seventeenth Amendment being generally July 1, 1987, and
the effective date of the Eighteenth Amendment being September 30, 1991, the
effective date of the Nineteenth Amendment being July 1, 1993, and the general
effective date of the Twentieth Amendment and Restatement (the "Plan and
Trust") being July 1, 1989.  Article XVI, Section 16.1 of the Plan and Trust
permits the Company to amend the Plan and Trust.  Effective as if the
amendments made below were originally included in the Twentieth Amendment and
Restatement, the Plan and Trust is hereby amended as follows:

                 1.       Section 1.3 is amended by adding at the end thereof
         the following new paragraph:

                          For the purpose of determining the Actual
                 Contribution Percentage of a Highly Compensated Eligible
                 Employee who is either a 5% owner or one of the ten (10)
                 Highly Compensated Eligible Employees paid the greatest amount
                 of compensation (as defined under Code Section 415) during the
                 Plan Year, and is thereby subject to the family aggregation
                 rules of Code Section
<PAGE>   2
                 414(q)(6), the Actual  Contribution Percentage for the
                 family group (which is treated as one Highly Compensated
                 Eligible Employee) is the Actual Contribution Percentage
                 determined by combining the contributions and compensation of
                 all eligible Family Members.  Except to the extent taken into
                 account in the preceding sentence, the contributions and
                 compensation of all Family Members are disregarded in
                 determining the Actual Contribution Percentages for the groups
                 of Highly Compensated Eligible Employees and Non-Highly
                 Eligible Compensated Employees.


                 2.       Section 1.15 is amended by deleting the second to
         last sentence therein and adding the following paragraph at the end
         thereof:

                          In addition to other applicable limitations set forth
                 in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the
                 Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years beginning on or after
                 January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of each employee
                 taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA
                 '93 annual compensation limit.  The OBRA '93 annual
                 compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted by the
                 Commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance
                 with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The
                 cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year
                 applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which
                 compensation is determined (determination period) beginning in
                 such calendar year.  If a determination period consists of
                 fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit
                 will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                 the number of months in the determination period, and the
                 denominator of which is 12.

                          For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994,
                 any reference in this Plan to the limitations under Section
                 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA '93 annual
                 compensation limit set forth in this provision.

                          If compensation for any prior determination period is
                 taken into account in determining an employee's benefits
                 accruing in the current Plan Year, the compensation for that
                 prior determination period is subject to the OBRA '93 annual
                 compensation limit in effect for that prior determination
                 period.  For this purpose, for determination periods beginning
                 before the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or
                 after January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit
                 is $150,000.





                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
                 3.       Section 1.47 is amended by inserting after the term "
         'Trustee' means" the following:

                          Merrill Lynch Trust Company of Texas.

                 4.       Section 3.5 is amended by inserting at the end
         thereof the following paragraph:

                          The amount of Excess Contribution to be
                 recharacterized under Section 3.5(2) above or distributed
                 under 3.5(1) above with respect to a Highly Compensated
                 Eligible Employee for a Plan Year, shall be reduced by any
                 Excess Deferral Contribution previously distributed to such
                 Employee under Section 3.7 below for the taxable year ending
                 with or within the Plan Year.

                 5.       Section 3.6 is amended -

                 a)       by adding after the end of the first sentence therein
                 the following new paragraph, with the second sentence therein
                 to thereafter begin as a new paragraph:

                                  For this purpose, an eligible employee is any
                          employee who is directly or indirectly eligible to
                          receive an allocation of matching contributions or to
                          make employee contributions and includes:  an
                          employee who would be a plan participant but for the
                          failure to make required contributions; an employee
                          whose right to make employee con-tributions or to
                          receive matching contributions has been suspended
                          because of an election (other than certain one-time
                          elections) not to participate; and an employee who
                          cannot make an employee contribution or receive a
                          matching contribution because section 415(c)(1) or
                          section 415(e) prevents the employee from receiving
                          additional annual additions.  In the case of an
                          eligible employee who makes no employee contributions
                          and who receives no matching contributions, the
                          contribution ratio that is to be included in
                          determining the Actual Contribution Percentage is
                          zero.  For a plan year, contributions will be taken
                          into account as follows:  An employee contribution is
                          to be taken into account if it is paid to the trust
                          during the plan year or paid to an agent of the plan
                          and transmitted to the trust within a reasonable
                          period after the end of the plan year.  An excess
                          contribution to a cash or deferred arrangement that
                          is recharacterized (but only if such
                          recharacterization is properly provided for under
                          Section 3.3(2) above) is to be taken into account in
                          the plan year in which the contribution would have
                          been received in cash by the employee had the





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
                          employee not elected to defer the amounts.  A
                          matching contribution taken into account for a plan
                          year only if it is (1) made on account of the
                          employee's elective or employee contributions for the
                          plan year, (2) allocated to the employee's account as
                          of a date within that year, and (3) paid to the trust
                          by the end of the 12th month following the close of
                          that year.  Qualified matching contributions which
                          are used to meet the requirements of Code Section
                          401(k)(3)(A) are not to be taken into account for
                          purposes of the ACP test of Code Section 401(m).  For
                          purposes of determining whether a plan satisfies the
                          actual contribution percentage test of Code Section
                          401(m), all employee and matching contributions that
                          are made under two or more plans that are aggregated
                          for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410(b)
                          (other than section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be
                          treated as made under a single plan and that if two
                          or more plans are permissively aggregated for
                          purposes of Code Section 401(m), the aggregated plans
                          must also satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410(b)
                          as though they were a single plan.

                 b)       by adding at the end thereof the following paragraph:

                                  The distribution (or forfeiture, if
                          applicable) of excess aggregate contributions will
                          include the income allocable thereto.  The income
                          allocable to the excess aggregate contributions
                          includes income for the plan year for which the
                          excess aggregate contributions were made and may
                          include income for the period between the end of the
                          plan year and the date of distribution (or
                          forfeiture).  The manner in which income allocable to
                          excess aggregate contributions is to be calculated
                          shall be made in accordance with Treas.  Reg. Section
                          1.401(m)-1(e)(3)(ii).

                 and,

                 c)       by deleting the last paragraph therein and
                 substituting therefor the following paragraph:

                                  Restriction on Multiple Use of Alternative
                          Limit.  In addition to the limits prescribed by this
                          Section 3.3 and Section 3.8 of this Article III, in
                          the event the limits in those sections have been both
                          satisfied under the 1.25 or (a) portion limit or
                          otherwise in a manner that would violate Section
                          401(m)(9)(A) of the Code, the provisions of Section
                          1.401(m)-2 of the Treasury Regulations shall be
                          applied and complied with in order to satisfy this
                          requirement.  This may result in corrective
                          distributions to certain Highly Compensated Eligible
                          Employees.  Any corrections or other adjustments made
                          to satisfy this requirement shall be determined by
                          the Committee in accordance with the Treasury
                          Regulations.  The corrective distribution shall be
                          first made by reducing the Actual Deferral





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                          Percentage and with respect to all Highly Compensated
                          Eligible Employees.

                 6.       Section 7.10 shall be amended by adding at the end
         thereof the following paragraph:

                          Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of Section
                 7.10(b), in the event of the complete termination of the Plan,
                 amounts of Accounts and benefits under this Plan due to be
                 distributed to missing Participants or Beneficiaries shall be
                 preserved and protected outside the Plan by purchase of an
                 annuity or other acceptable method including the establishment
                 of an individual retirement account or other bank or financial
                 institution interest bearing or fixed income account in the
                 name of or for the benefit of such missing Participant or
                 Beneficiary.

                 7.       Section 9.8 is amended by adding at the end thereof
         the following paragraph:

                          If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11)
                 and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may
                 commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
                 Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of Treasury Regulations is given,
                 provided that:

                                  (1)      the Committee clearly informs the
                          Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                          period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice
                          to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                          distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                          distribution option), and

                                  (2)      the Participant, after receiving the
                          notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

                 8.       The Plan and Trust as amended hereby shall be
         continued.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Twenty-First Amendment
to be executed in its name and on its behalf by the proper officers thereunto
duly authorized this 9th day of August 1994.

                                            NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                            INCORPORATED
ATTEST:





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                  By _________________________________
_____________________________        V. H. Van Horn, President
A. J. Gallerano, Secretary



         The foregoing Twenty-First Amendment of the National Convenience
Stores Incorporated Profit Sharing Plan and Trust is hereby accepted and agreed
to by:


                                  Merrill Lynch Trust Company of Texas




______________________, 1994      By:_________________________________
                                                  , Vice President
                                           and Trust Officer





                                      -6-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           OFFICERS' RETIREMENT PLAN


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions


         As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

         1.01 Actuarial Equivalent and Actuarially Equivalent shall mean
equality in value of the aggregate amounts of benefits to be paid a Participant
or a Beneficiary hereunder.  In computing the benefits payable to a Participant
or a Beneficiary, the mortality rate assumptions used shall be based on the
"1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table" and the interest rate assumption used
shall be 7.0% which rate shall be reviewed periodically and may be changed by
the Board of Directors.

         1.02     Basic Retirement Benefit shall mean a life annuity payable at
age 65, equal to 2% of Final Average Earnings multiplied by Credited Service.

         1.03     Beneficiary shall mean the person who, upon the death of a
Participant or a Retired Participant, is entitled to receive either of a
Participant's (i) Termination Benefit; or, (ii) Basic Retirement Benefit and
Deferred Compensation Account, if a Participant has elected to have the Basic
Retirement Benefit and Deferred Compensation Account paid either as a lump sum
or in three equal annual payments, as provided for in Article III, and dies
before all payments have been made.  A Participant may designate a Beneficiary
in a written notice delivered to the Company.  In the event no written
designation of beneficiary has been received by the Company prior to a
Participant's death, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to be Participant's
estate.

         1.04     Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of
National Convenience Stores Incorporated.

         1.05     Bonus Compensation shall mean the amount of bonus
compensation, if any, earned by a Participant in a Fiscal Year.

         1.06     Change in Control of the Company is deemed to have occurred
when individuals who are directors of the Company on the Effective Date cease
to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         1.07     Committee shall mean the committee appointed to administer
the Plan.

         1.08     Company shall mean National Convenience Stores Incorporated,
a Delaware corporation doing business under the laws of the State of Texas, or
any successor company thereto, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or
their successors.

         1.09     Credited Service as of any date shall mean the number of
years, and any fractions thereof, of continuous employment with the Company of
a Participant from the most recent hire date.  Credited Service shall include
leaves of absence granted by the Company for any period of not more than two
years.  The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may make an irrevocable
grant to any Officer of additional years of service which shall be used in
calculation of Credited
<PAGE>   2
Service.  The number of years which shall be utilized in calculation of
Credited Service shall never exceed thirty.

         1.10     Deferred Compensation Account shall mean the account credited
with Employer Credits and Elective Deferral Credits.  Earnings in the Deferred
Compensation Account shall be credited:  (i) from the dates that amounts are
posted to such account through the date the Deferred Compensation Account is
distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary; and, (ii) at a gross rate equal to
the actual investment return before expenses and taxes.  A Participant may
request a preferred investment of funds in his Deferred Compensation Account.

         1.11     Effective Date shall mean March 31, 1994.

         1.12     Elective Deferral Credits shall mean the amount of Bonus
Compensation, if any, a Participant may elect to defer.  A Participant may make
an Elective Deferral Credit by sending written notice to the Company, prior to
the beginning of the Fiscal Year in which the Bonus Compensation may be earned,
designating the portion of Bonus Compensation to be deferred.  Such amount will
be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account on the date Bonus Compensation
is first available to be paid to Participant had Participant not elected to
defer.  An Elective Deferral Credit shall continue until modified or revoked by
Participant's delivery of written notice to the Company; provided, however,
that any such revocation or modification shall be effective beginning with the
Fiscal Year next following the date of such notice.

         1.13     Employer Credits shall mean an amount equal to 15% of any
Bonus Compensation earned by a Participant which amount will be credited to the
Deferred Compensation Account on the date Bonus Compensation is paid or, if
deferred, is first available to be paid to Participant.

         1.14     Earnings shall mean the sum of:

          (i)     Amounts paid by the Company to a Participant for services
rendered, as reported on Participant's Federal income tax withholding statement
(Form W-2 or its subsequent equivalent), for each calendar year (ending during
a Plan Year) Participant is an employee of the Company, exclusive of Bonus
Compensation, reimbursements and other expense allowances, fringe benefits
(cash and noncash), moving expenses, welfare benefits, and all other
extraordinary compensation; and,

         (ii)     Amounts, if any, which would have been included in 1.14(i)
above for any calendar year if such amounts had not been deferred by a
Participant through a plan of deferred compensation under a salary reduction
agreement pursuant to Section 125 or Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 ("Code"), or any other applicable provision of the Code.

         1.15     Final Average Earnings shall mean a Participant's average
monthly Earnings during any three of the five calendar years immediately
preceding the date on which his employment terminates, which yields the highest
Final Average Earnings.

         1.16     Fiscal Year shall mean the fiscal year of the Company.

         1.17     Involuntary Termination shall mean the cessation by
Participant of employment with the Company, other than by reason of Voluntary
Termination, death, becoming Permanently and Totally Disabled or retirement
after age 65.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         1.18     Joint and 50% Spouse Annuity shall mean an annuity payable to
a Participant during his lifetime and 50% payable to his spouse, on the death
of Participant, during the lifetime of the spouse of Participant.

         1.19     Late Retirement Benefit shall mean a benefit provided
pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Plan.

         1.20     Normal Retirement Benefit shall mean a benefit provided
pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Plan.

         1.21     Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
coincident with or immediately following a Participant's sixty-fifth birthday.

         1.22     Participant shall mean any person eligible or selected
pursuant to Article II to participate in the Plan and who has elected to do so.

         1.23     Permanently and Totally Disabled shall have the same
definition as that contained in the Company's LTD plan.  In the absence of such
plan, it shall mean a mental or physical impairment which in the opinion of a
qualified doctor, selected by the Company, renders a Participant unable to
perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary functions and duties of such
Participant on a full time basis and which impairment will continue in the
opinion of such doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.

         1.24     Plan shall mean the National Convenience Stores Incorporated
Officers' Retirement Plan.

         1.25      Plan Year shall mean Fiscal Year.

         1.26     Retired Participant shall mean a Participant who has
qualified for and taken retirement from the Company.

         1.27     Trust shall mean the trust established pursuant to Section 
7.03 of the Plan.

         1.28     Voluntary Termination shall mean the voluntary cessation by a
Participant of employment with the Company, whether by reason of resignation or
otherwise, but excluding termination by reason of Involuntary Termination,
death, becoming Permanently and Totally Disabled or retirement after age 65.

         1.29     Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply.  Words in the
singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases
where they would so apply.


                                   ARTICLE II

                           Participation in the Plan


         2.01     Participation in the Plan shall be limited to management
personnel of the Company who have a significant impact upon the formulation of
policy for the Company and upon its profitability.  Those persons eligible to
participate in the Plan are: (i) the senior officers





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
of the Company which shall include, and are limited to, the President, Senior
Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Secretary and Treasurer ("Officer"); and,
(ii) any other key management employees of the Company who are approved by the
Board of Directors.

         2.02     Participation in the Plan shall commence as of the first day
of the month coincident with or immediately following the date a person is
either elected an Officer or is approved by the Board of Directors as provided
in 2.01(ii) above and such person elects to participate by execution of a form
provided by the Company.

         2.03     If a Participant becomes entitled to a benefit under Sections
3.01, 3.02 or 4.01 of the Plan, he shall not later be entitled to a benefit
under any other Section of the Plan unless such Participant is re-employed by
the Company either as an Officer or is approved by the Board of Directors as
provided in 2.01(ii) above.



                                  ARTICLE III

                           Normal Retirement Benefit


         3.01     If a Participant shall continue in the employ of the Company
until Normal Retirement Date, he may retire as of such date and be entitled to
receive a Normal Retirement Benefit which shall be the sum of: (i)       the
Basic Retirement Benefit payable monthly as a Joint and 50% Spouse Annuity for
a married Participant or as a life annuity for a single Participant, and (ii)
the Deferred Compensation Account payable as a lump sum.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may within 30 days of
commencement of participation in the Plan irrevocably elect, by written notice
delivered to the Company, to have the Basic Retirement Benefit and the Deferred
Compensation Account paid either as a lump sum or in three equal annual
installments.

         3.02     No provision of the Plan shall require the retirement of a
Participant at the Normal Retirement Date.  If a Participant retires after the
Normal Retirement Date, he shall be entitled to receive a Late Retirement
Benefit, the monthly amount of which shall be equal to the monthly benefit
calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 above, but
utilizing Participant's Final Average Earnings and Credited Service as of the
actual date of retirement.

         3.03     The benefit payments provided for in Sections 3.01 and 3.02
above shall commence as soon as practicable following retirement but in no
event later than 90 days after the date Participant retires.



                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Termination Benefit


         4.01     A Participant who ceases to be employed by the Company prior
to age 65 and is vested pursuant to Article V is entitled to a Termination
Benefit which shall be the sum of:  (i) the Actuarial Equivalent lump sum of
the Basic Retirement Benefit (utilizing Final Average





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
Earnings and Credited Service of Participant), and (ii) the vested portion of
the Deferred Compensation Account.

         4.02     The Termination Benefit shall be paid only in a lump sum and
as soon as practicable after termination, but in no event later than 90 days
after the termination date of such Participant.



                                   ARTICLE V

                                    Vesting


         5.01     A Participant shall be fully vested in the Basic Retirement
Benefit upon the earliest to occur of the following:

         (a)      Continuous employment with the Company until Normal
                   Retirement Date,
         (b)      December 15, 1998 or five years of Credited Service,
                   whichever is later,
         (c)      Involuntary Termination of a Participant with more than five
                   years of Credited Service, 
         (d)      Death, 
         (e)      Permanent and Total Disability, 
         (f)      Change in Control of the Company, or 
         (g)      Discontinuation of the Plan.

         5.02     A Participant shall be fully vested:  (i) in the Employer
Credits portion of the Deferred Compensation Account three years after the date
of each Employer Credit; (ii) immediately in the earnings in the Deferred
Compensation Account; and, (iii) immediately in the Elective Deferral Credits
portion of the Deferred Compensation Account.  Notwithstanding the provision of
5.02(i), the Deferred Compensation Account shall be fully vested upon the
earliest to occur of the following:

         (a)      Continuous employment with the Company until Normal
                   Retirement Date,
         (b)      Involuntary Termination of a Participant with more than five
                   years of Credited Service, 
         (c)      Death, 
         (d)      Permanent and Total Disability 
         (e)      Change in Control of the Company, or 
         (f)      Discontinuation of the Plan.

         5.03     The benefits provided in the Plan (other than the Elective
Deferral Credits portion of the Deferred Compensation Account) shall be
forfeited by a Participant if his employment with the Company is terminated as
a result of any act of dishonesty, fraud, theft or embezzlement in connection
with such employment and Participant is convicted of such crime in a court of
competent jurisdiction.



                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 The Committee





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

         6.01     The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan but may
delegate its responsibilities, other than its rights to designate any other key
management employee as a Participant and to discontinue or amend the Plan, to a
Committee appointed by it.  The Board of Directors may overrule any decision of
the Committee.  The Committee, or in the absence of a Committee the Board of
Directors, shall be the Plan Administrator.  The Company agrees to indemnify
and to hold harmless each person serving as Plan Administrator from all
liabilities and claims arising from the performance of his duties in accordance
with the terms of the Plan, unless such liability or expense results from gross
negligence or willful act or omission, or an act or omission performed in bad
faith.  The Committee shall keep a permanent record of its meetings and
actions.

         6.02     All members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve
at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  No compensation shall be paid to
members of the Committee.

         6.03     Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may
promulgate and adopt such rules, regulations and procedures for the transaction
of its business which it deems necessary for the proper administration of the
Plan.  The Committee shall rely upon the records of the Company, as certified
to it, with respect to factual matters relating to a Participant.  In the event
of a factual dispute, the Committee shall resolve such dispute by giving due
weight to the evidence available to it.  The Committee shall interpret the Plan
in the administration and application thereof.  All such determinations shall
be final, conclusive and binding, except to the extent that they are appealed
under the following procedure.  In the event that the claim of any person shall
be denied as to all or any part of any payment or benefit under this Plan, the
Committee shall provide to the claimant (i) the reason or reasons for the
denial; (ii) reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a description of additional material or information necessary for the
person to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary; and, (iv) an explanation of the Plan's claims
procedure.

         The claimant shall have 60 days after receipt of the above material to
appeal the claim denial by the Committee to the Board of Directors for review.
The claimant may (i) request a review upon written notice to the Board of
Directors; (ii) review pertinent documents; and, (iii) submit issues and
comments in writing.

         The Board of Directors shall render its decision not later than 60
days after receipt of a request for review by the claimant, unless special
circumstances require an extension of time, in which event a decision shall be
rendered as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after such
receipt.  The Board of Directors' decision shall be written and shall include
the reasons for its decision with reference to the Plan provisions on which the
decision is based.

         6.04     A Participant who is a member of the Board of Directors shall
disqualify himself from voting on any issue which pertains to his eligibility
for any benefit under the Plan or the amount of payment or any benefit for
which he is eligible.  Every decision and action of the Board of Directors
shall be binding.

         6.05     The Committee may employ such counsel, accountants, actuaries
and agents as it shall deem advisable.  The Company shall pay, or cause to be
paid, the compensation and other expenses of such counsel, accountants,
actuaries and agents incurred by the Committee in the administration of the
Plan.





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                  ARTICLE VII

                                    Funding


         7.01     The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be an 
unsecured promise to pay.

         7.02     The Plan shall not be construed so as to provide a
Participant, Retired Participant or surviving spouse or Beneficiary any greater
rights than those of an unsecured creditor of the Company.  At no time shall a
Participant, Retired Participant or surviving spouse or Beneficiary be deemed
to have any right, title, or interest in or to any specified asset or assets of
the Company.

         7.03     To fund the benefits payable pursuant to the Plan, the
Company shall establish an irrevocable trust for the benefit of the
Participants but which shall be subject to the general claims of the Company's
creditors.  The Company shall:  (i) make contributions to the Trust during each
Plan Year to fund the Basic Retirement Benefit on an actuarially sound basis;
(ii) fund the Trust with the Employer Credits on the date the Bonus
Compensation is paid or, if deferred, is first available to be paid to the
Participants; and, (iii) fund the Trust with the Elective Deferral Credits on
the date the Bonus Compensation is first available to be paid to the
Participants.  Immediately prior to a Change in Control of the Company, the
Company shall contribute to the Trust an amount which, with the existing
amounts in the Trust, shall be sufficient to pay each Participant, Retired
Participant or surviving spouse or Beneficiary, all benefits, calculated as of
the day prior to the Change in Control of the Company, which are due to each
such person under the terms and provisions of the Plan.  If the assets of the
Trust are insufficient to make any payments required under the Plan, the
Company shall make up such deficit from its assets.  Upon termination of the
Trust, if all benefits required to be paid pursuant to the Plan have been paid,
any assets which remain shall be paid to the Company.

         7.04     Pursuant to Section 1.10 above, a Participant may request a
preferred investment of funds in his Deferred Compensation Account; provided,
however, that the Company shall have no obligation to make investments or to
segregate assets according to a Participant's request.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      Reservation of Rights by the Company
                   and Limitations on Rights of Participants


         8.01     Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to provide a
Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to
interfere with the right of the Company to discharge a Participant, or any
other employee, at any time.

         8.02     The benefits provided by the Plan are granted by the Company
as a fringe benefit to the Participants and are not part of any salary
increase.  No Participant in the Plan has any option to take any current
payment or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided by the Plan.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
         8.03     None of the benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the
claims of creditors of Participants, Retired Participants or surviving spouses
or Beneficiaries, and shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or any
other legal process.  Neither a Participant, Retired Participant or surviving
spouse or Beneficiary may assign, sell, or otherwise encumber any beneficial
interest in the Plan, nor shall any such benefits be in any manner liable for
or subject to the deeds, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any
Participant, Retired Participant or surviving spouse or Beneficiary.

         8.04     The Company shall withhold from any benefit payments due
under the Plan all federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld
therefrom as determined by the Company in its sole, good faith judgment.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   Amendments


         The Board of Directors reserves the right to modify or amend, in whole
or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan, including the right to
make any such modifications or amendments effective retroactively, at any time
and from time-to-time, without the consent of Participants, Retired
Participants or surviving spouses, or Beneficiaries or any person or persons
claiming through them; provided, however, that no modification or amendment
shall be made which would have the effect, in any way, of diminishing,
limiting, modifying or restricting any right or benefit, which had accrued
through the effective date of such modification or amendment, to a Participant,
Retired Participant or surviving spouse or Beneficiary.



                                   ARTICLE X

                                Discontinuation


         The Board of Directors reserves the right to discontinue the Plan at
any time, without the consent of Participants, Retired Participants or
surviving spouses, or Beneficiaries or any person or persons claiming through
them; provided, however, that discontinuation of the Plan shall not have the
effect, in any way, of diminishing, limiting, modifying or restricting any
right or benefit, which had accrued through the effective date of such
discontinuation, to a Participant, Retired Participant or surviving spouse or
Beneficiary.



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 Miscellaneous


         11.01    Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed so as to
alter, abridge, or in any manner affect the rights and privileges of
Participants to participate in and be covered by any defined benefit, defined
contribution, savings, profit sharing, Section 401(k) of the Code, group





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
insurance, group disability, health or medical, bonus, or similar employee
plans which the Company may now or hereafter have.

         11.02    The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the
benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.  The term successors as
used herein shall include any corporate or business entity which shall, whether
by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially
all of the business or assets of the Company and successors of any such
corporation or other business entity.

         11.03    Any headings or subheadings in the Plan are inserted for
convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of any
provisions hereof.

         11.04    This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of 
the State of Texas.

         11.05    In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or
invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the
remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.

         11.06    Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or
sent by registered or certified mail, to the Secretary of the Company at 100
Waugh Drive, Houston, Texas 77007.  Such notice shall be deemed given as of the
date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the
receipt for registration or certification.





                                      -9-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.11
                                  TRUST UNDER
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           OFFICERS' RETIREMENT PLAN



         This agreement made this 30th day of June, 1994, by and between
National Convenience Stores Incorporated ("Company") and Bank One, Texas, N.A.
("Trustee") ("Trust Agreement").

         WHEREAS, Company has adopted the National Convenience Stores
Incorporated Officers' Retirement Plan ("Plan") which is attached hereto as
Appendix A; and,

         WHEREAS, Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the
terms of the Plan with respect to the individuals participating therein; and,

         WHEREAS, Company wishes to establish a trust ("Trust") and to
contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the
claims of Company's creditors in the event of Company's Insolvency, as herein
defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner
and at such times as specified in the Plan; and,

         WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall
constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan
as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred
compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees
for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;
and,

         WHEREAS, it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the
Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in meeting its
liabilities under the Plan,

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree
that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:



                                   SECTION 1
                             ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST


(a)      Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust $100.00 which shall
         become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and
         disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(b)      The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

(c)      The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the
         grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J,
         chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(d)      The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held
         separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used
         exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general
         creditors as herein set forth.  Plan participants and their
<PAGE>   2
         beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial
         ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created
         under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured
         contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries
         against Company.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the
         claims of Company's general creditors under federal and state law in
         the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

(e)      Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to
         time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with
         Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed
         of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.  Neither Trustee
         nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel
         such additional deposits.



                                   SECTION 2
             PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES


(a)      Company shall deliver to Trustee a schedule ("Payment Schedule") that
         indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and
         his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other
         instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so
         payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for
         or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment
         of such amounts.  Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall
         make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in
         accordance with such Payment Schedule.  The Trustee shall make
         provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or
         local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the
         payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay
         amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine
         that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Company.

(b)      The entitlement of a Plan participant or his beneficiaries to benefits
         under the Plan shall be determined by Company or such party as it
         shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall
         be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c)      Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or
         their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan.
         Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of
         benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to
         participants or their beneficiaries.  In addition, if the principal of
         the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make
         payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Company
         shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due.  Trustee
         shall notify Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
                                  SECTION 3
        TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY
                          WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT


(a)      Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their
         beneficiaries if the Company is Insolvent.  Company shall be
         considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i)
         Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company
         is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States
         Bankruptcy Code.

(b)      At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
         Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be
         subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and
         state law as set forth below:

         (1)     The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of
                 Company shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of
                 Company's Insolvency.  If a person claiming to be a creditor
                 of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has
                 become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is
                 Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall
                 discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their
                 beneficiaries.

         (2)     Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Company's Insolvency,
                 or has received notice from Company or a person claiming to be
                 a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall
                 have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent.  Trustee
                 may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company's
                 solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides
                 Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination
                 concerning Company's solvency.

         (3)     If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is
                 Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan
                 participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets
                 of the Trust for the benefit of Company's general creditors.
                 Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any
                 rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue
                 their rights as general creditors of Company with respect to
                 benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

         (4)     Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan
                 participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section
                 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined
                 that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c)      Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the
         payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and
         subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such
         discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due
         to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the
         Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount
         of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by
         Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such
         period of discontinuance.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
                                   SECTION 4
                              PAYMENTS TO COMPANY


Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after Trust has become irrevocable,
Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or
to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments of benefits
have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the
terms of the Plan.



                                   SECTION 5
                              INVESTMENT AUTHORITY


(a)      In no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or
         rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company, other than
         a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which
         Trustee invests.  All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall
         be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall
         in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants.

(b)      The Trustee shall have the power to invest and reinvest the Trust in
         accordance with the "Investment Guidelines" attached hereto as
         Appendix B, as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company or by
         the Committee appointed by it.



                                   SECTION 6
                             DISPOSITION OF INCOME


During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.



                                   SECTION 7
                             ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE


Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts,
disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such
specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and
Trustee.  Within sixty (60) days following the close of each calendar year and
within sixty (60) days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee
shall deliver to Company a written account of its administration of the Trust
during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year
to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments,
receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a
description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost
or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable
being shown





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the
Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation,
as the case may be.


                                   SECTION 8
                           RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE


(a)      Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under
         the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like
         capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
         enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however,
         that Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action
         taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company
         which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the
         Plan or this Trust and is given in writing by Company.  In the event
         of a dispute between Company and a party, Trustee may apply to a court
         of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b)      If Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection
         with this Trust, Company agrees to indemnify Trustee against Trustee's
         costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation,
         attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily
         liable for such payments.  If Company does not pay such costs,
         expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may
         obtain payment from the Trust.

(c)      Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for
         Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations
         hereunder.

(d)      Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors,
         financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in
         performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e)      Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on
         trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise
         herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an
         asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary
         of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct
         from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a
         successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any
         borrowing against such policy.

(f)      However, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(e) above, Trustee
         may loan to Company the proceeds of any borrowing against an insurance
         policy held as an asset of the Trust.

(g)      Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust
         Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that
         could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and
         dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2
         of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant
         to the Internal Revenue Code.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                   SECTION 9
                      COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE


Company shall pay all administrative and Trustee's fees and expenses.  If not
so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.



                                   SECTION 10
                       RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE


(a)      Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which
         shall be effective ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice
         unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise.

(b)      Trustee may be removed by Company on thirty (30) days notice or upon
         shorter notice accepted by Trustee.

(c)      Upon a Change of Control, as defined herein, Trustee may not be
         removed by Company for two (2) years.

(d)      If Trustee resigns or is removed within two (2) years of a Change of
         Control, as defined herein, Trustee shall select a successor Trustee
         in accordance with the provisions of Section 11(b) hereof prior to the
         effective date of Trustee's resignation or removal.

(e)      Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor
         Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor
         Trustee.  The transfer shall be completed within thirty (30) days
         after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless
         Company extends the time limit.

(f)      If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in
         accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of
         resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section.
         If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of
         competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for
         instructions.  All expenses of Trustee in connection with the
         proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.



                                   SECTION 11
                            APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR


(a)      If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 10(a) or
         (b) hereof, Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust
         department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers
         under state law, as a successor to replace Trustee upon resignation or
         removal.  The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing
         by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the
         former Trustee, including ownership rights in the trust assets.  The
         former Trustee shall execute any





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
         instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the
         successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b)      If Trustee resigns or is removed pursuant to the provisions of Section
         10(d) hereof and selects a successor Trustee, Trustee may appoint any
         third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may
         be granted corporate trustee powers under state law.  The appointment
         of a successor Trustee shall be effective when accepted in writing by
         the new Trustee.  The new Trustee shall have all the rights and powers
         of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in trust assets.
         The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or
         reasonably requested by the successor Trustee to evidence the
         transfer.

(c)      The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
         prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets,
         subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof.  The successor Trustee shall not
         be responsible for and Company shall indemnify and defend the
         successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any
         action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event,
         or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.



                                   SECTION 12
                            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION


(a)      This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed
         by Trustee and Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such
         amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the
         Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with
         Section 1(b) hereof.

(b)      The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan
         participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to
         benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Upon termination of the
         Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.

(c)      Section 1 through Section 14, inclusive, of this Trust Agreement may
         not be amended by Company for five (5) years following a Change of
         Control, as defined herein.



                                   SECTION 13
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

(a)      Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be
         ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without
         invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b)      Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under
         this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law
         or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to
         attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable
         process.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
(c)      This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
         with the laws of the State of Texas.

(d)      For purposes of this Trust, Change of Control shall mean  when the
         individuals who are Directors of the Company on the date this Trust
         Agreement is effective cease to constitute a majority of the Board of
         Directors of the Company.

(e)      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Company
         reserves the right to, and shall, fund this Trust pursuant to the
         terms and provisions of the Plan.



                                   SECTION 14
                                 EFFECTIVE DATE


The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be June 30, 1994.



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to
be executed in its name and on its behalf by its proper officers thereunto
authorized on this 30th day of June, 1994, effective as of the 30th day of
June, 1994.




                                          NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                           INCORPORATED
ATTEST:


_____________________________             By:_______________________________
Janice L. Ivey                                   Arnold Van Zanten 
Assistant Secretary                              Senior Vice President 
                                                   - Administration


                                          BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.



_____________________________             By:_______________________________
Trust Officer                                    Name
                                                 Title





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                                   APPENDIX A

      National Convenience Stores Incorporated Officers' Retirement Plan
<PAGE>   10
                                   APPENDIX B

                                  TRUST UNDER
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           OFFICERS' RETIREMENT PLAN

                             Investment Guidelines


                             Permitted Investments

1.       U.S. Treasury Obligations and Agencies (Guaranteed by the U.S.
         Government)

2.       Commercial Paper

3.       Corporate Notes

4.       Certificate of Deposit and Time Deposits

5.       Money Market Funds

6.       National Convenience Stores Incorporated securities only to the extent
         it is a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which
         the Trustee invests, as provided for in Section 5(a) of the Trust
         Agreement

7.       Mutual Funds

8.       Common Stock or Preferred Stock

                               Special Provisions

1.       Investments may only be made in U.S. domiciled banks, corporations and
         money market funds.

2.       Commercial paper may be purchased only if the issuer's commercial
         paper is rated A1 or better and its long term debt is rated A+ or
         better by Standard and Poor's.

3.       Corporate notes may be purchased only from corporations whose senior
         long term debt is rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.

4.       Certificates of deposit may be purchased only from banks whose senior
         long term debt is rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.

5.       Time deposits may be made only in banks whose senior long term debt is
         rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.





                                      B-1
<PAGE>   11
6.       All investments (except numbers 6, 7 and 8 of the Permitted
         Instruments above) must be scheduled to mature within two (2) years of
         the date of the investment.

7.       The weighted average maturity of all investments (except numbers 6, 7
         and 8 of the Permited Instruments above) may not exceed one (1) year.

8.       The maximum investment per issuer/obligor is 10% if the total
         portfolio exceeds $1,000,000.00; 25% if the total portfolio is less
         than or equal to $1,000,000.00 but greater than $100,000.00; 100% if
         the total portfolio is less than or equal to $100,000.00.

9.       Money market funds considered for investments must be subject to
         quality and maturity guidelines no less restrictive than those
         contained herein.

10.      Stock and mutual funds are to be of high to superior investment
         quality.


                          Trustee Discretionary Power

1.       The Trustee shall have, with respect to the Trust, the power in its
         discretion:

         (a)     To retain any property at any time received by it;

         (b)     To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or dispose of, and to
                 grant options for the purchase or exchange with respect to,
                 any property at any time held by it, by public or private sale
                 for cash or on credit or partly for cash and partly upon
                 credit;

         (c)     To participate in any plan of reorganization, consolidation,
                 merger, combination, liquidation, or other similar plan or
                 oppose any such plan or any action thereunder, or any
                 contract, purchase, sale, or other action by any person or
                 corporation;

         (d)     To deposit any property with any protective, reorganization or
                 similar committee, to delegate discretionary power to any such
                 committee and to pay and agree to pay part of the expenses and
                 compensation of any such committee and any assessments levied
                 with respect to any property so deposited;

         (e)     To exercise all conversion and subscription rights pertaining
                 to any property;

         (f)     To extend the time of payment of any obligation held in the
                 Trust;

         (g)     To enter into stand-by agreements for future investment,
                 either with or without a stand-by fee; and
 
         (h)     To invest and reinvest all or any specified portion of the
                 Trust through the medium of any common, collective or
                 commingled Trust which has been or may hereafter be
                 established and maintained by the Trustee.

2.       The Trustee shall have the power in its discretion:





                                      B-2
<PAGE>   12
         (a)     To exercise all voting rights with respect to the shares of
                 stock held in the Trust Fund and to grant proxies,
                 discretionary or otherwise;

         (b)     To cause any shares of stock to be registered and held in the
                 name of one or more of its nominees, or one or more nominees
                 of any system for the central handling of securities, without
                 increase or decrease of liability;

         (c)     To collect and receive any and all money and other property
                 due to the Trust and to give full discharge therefor;

         (d)     Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of the Trust Agreement,
                 to settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims,
                 debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Trust; to
                 commence or defend suits or legal proceedings to protect any
                 interest of the Trust; and to represent the Trust in all suits
                 or legal proceedings in any courtor before any other body or
                 tribunal;

         (e)     To organize under the laws of any state a corporation for the
                 purpose of acquiring and holding title to any property which
                 it is authorized to acquire under the Trust Agreement and to
                 exercise with respect thereto any or all of the powers set
                 forth in the Trust Agreement;

         (f)     Generally to do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized,
                 which the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the
                 protection of the Trust.





                                      B-3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12




                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions


         As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

         1.01    Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of
National Convenience Stores Incorporated.

         1.02    Change in Control of the Company is deemed to have occurred
when individuals who are Directors on the Effective Date cease to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors.

         1.03    Committee shall mean the committee appointed to administer the
Plan.

         1.04    Company shall mean National Convenience Stores Incorporated, a
Delaware corporation doing business under the laws of the State of Texas, or
any successor company thereto, or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries or
their successors.

         1.05    Director shall mean any person serving on the Board of
Directors.

         1.06    Director Service as of any date shall mean the number of
completed months of service as a non-employee Director and shall include
non-continuous periods of service and service prior to the Effective Date.

         1.07    Effective Date shall mean March 31, 1994.

         1.08    Fee shall mean the annual retainer paid to a Director as
compensation for service on the Board of Directors, but shall exclude amounts
paid for expense reimbursement.

         1.09    Guarantee Period shall have the same meaning as Director
Service.

         1.10    Participant shall mean any person eligible, pursuant to
Article II, to participate in the Plan.

         1.11    Plan shall mean the National Convenience Stores Incorporated
Directors' Retirement Plan.

         1.12    Plan Year shall mean fiscal year of the Company.

         1.13    Regular Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
coincident with or immediately following a Participant's seventieth birthday.

         1.14    Retirement shall meant the cessation by a Director of service
on the Board of Directors for any reason except death or as provided in Section
3.03 of the Plan.
<PAGE>   2
         1.15    Retirement Benefit shall mean 66-2/3% of the Fee.

         1.16    Trust shall mean the trust established pursuant to Section
6.03 of the Plan.

         1.17    Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply.  Words in the
singular shall be read and construed as though used in the plural in all cases
where they would so apply.


                                   ARTICLE II

                           Participation in the Plan


         2.01    Participation in the Plan shall be limited to:  (i) any person
who, on the Effective Date, is a Director and who is not an employee of the
Company; and, (ii) any person elected to the Board of Directors subsequent to
the Effective Date and who is not an employee of the Company.

         2.02    Participation in the Plan shall commence as of the first day
of the month coincident with or immediately following the date a person is
elected a Director.


                                  ARTICLE III

                               Retirement Benefit


         3.01    A Director shall be entitled to receive a Retirement Benefit
commencing on the first day of the month next following the later of Retirement
or Regular Retirement Date.  The Retirement Benefit shall be paid to a
Participant in equal monthly installments on the first day of each month.  The
Retirement Benefit shall be payable until the expiration of the Guarantee
Period or until the death of the Director, whichever occurs first; provided,
however, that if a Director is married at the time of death and dies prior to
the expiration of the Guarantee Period, 50% of the Retirement Benefit shall be
paid to his spouse until the expiration of the Guarantee Period or the death of
the spouse, whichever occurs first.

         3.02    Except as provided for in Article IV, benefits will not
commence prior to the Regular Retirement Date.

         3.03    The benefits provided in the Plan shall be forfeited by a
Director if his service on the Board of Directors is terminated as a result of
any act of dishonesty, fraud, theft or embezzlement in connection with such
service as a Director and if the Director is convicted of such crime in a court
of competent jurisdiction.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
                                   ARTICLE IV

                         Payment Upon Director's Death


         Upon the death of a Director prior to Retirement, the surviving
spouse, if any, shall be entitled to receive a death benefit (i) equal to 50%
of the Retirement Benefit which the Director would have received had Retirement
occurred on the date of death and (ii) paid on the first day of the month next
following the date of death and on the first day of each month thereafter until
the expiration of the Guarantee Period or the death of the spouse, whichever
occurs first.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                 The Committee


         5.01    The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan but may
delegate its responsibilities, other than its right to discontinue or amend the
Plan, to a Committee appointed by it.  The Board of Directors may overrule any
decision of the Committee.  The Committee, or in the absence of a Committee the
Board of Directors, shall be the Plan Administrator.  The Company agrees to
indemnify and to hold harmless each person serving as Plan Administrator from
all liabilities and claims arising from the performance of his duties in
accordance with the terms of the Plan, unless such liability or expense results
from gross negligence or willful act or omission, or an act or omission
performed in bad faith.  The Committee shall keep a permanent record of its
meetings and actions.

         5.02    All members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve
at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  No compensation shall be paid to
members of the Committee.

         5.03    Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may
promulgate and adopt such rules, regulations and procedures for the transaction
of its business which it deems necessary for the proper administration of the
Plan.  The Committee shall rely upon the records of the Company, as certified
to it, with respect to factual matters relating to a Participant.  In the event
of a factual dispute, the Committee shall resolve such dispute by giving due
weight to the evidence available to it.  The Committee shall interpret the Plan
in the administration and application thereof.  All such determinations shall
be final, conclusive and binding, except to the extent that they are appealed
under the following procedure.  In the event that the claim of any person shall
be denied as to all or any part of any payment or benefit under this Plan, the
Committee shall provide to the claimant (i) the reason or reasons for the
denial; (ii) reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a description of additional material or information necessary for the
person to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary; and, (iv) an explanation of the Plan's claims
procedure.

         The claimant shall have 60 days after receipt of the above material to
appeal the claim denial by the Committee to the Board of Directors for review.
The claimant may (i) request a





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
review upon written notice to the Board of Directors; (ii) review pertinent
documents; and, (iii) submit issues and comments in writing.

         The Board of Directors shall render its decision not later than 60
days after receipt of a request for review by the claimant, unless special
circumstances require an extension of time, in which event a decision shall be
rendered as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after such
receipt.  The Board of Directors' decision shall be written and shall include
the reasons for its decision with reference to the Plan provisions on which the
decision is based.

         5.04    A Participant shall disqualify himself from voting on any
issue which pertains to his eligibility for any benefit under the Plan or the
amount of payment or any benefit for which he is eligible.  Every decision and
action of the Board of Directors shall be binding.

         5.05    The Committee may employ such counsel, accountants, actuaries
and agents as it shall deem advisable.  The Company shall pay, or cause to be
paid, the compensation and other expenses of such counsel, accountants,
actuaries and agents incurred by the Committee in the administration of the
Plan.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    Funding


         6.01    The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be an unsecured
promise to pay.

         6.02    The Plan shall not be construed so as to provide a Participant
or surviving spouse any greater rights than those of an unsecured creditor of
the Company.  At no time shall a Participant or surviving spouse be deemed to
have any right, title, or interest in or to any specified asset or assets of
the Company.

         6.03    To fund the benefits payable pursuant to the Plan, the Company
shall establish an irrevocable trust for the benefit of the Participants but
which shall be subject to the general claims of the Company's creditors.  The
Company shall make contributions to the Trust during each Plan Year to fund the
Retirement Benefit on an actuarially sound basis.  Immediately prior to a
Change in Control of the Company, the Company shall contribute to the Trust an
amount which, with the existing amounts in the Trust, shall be sufficient to
pay each Participant or surviving spouse all benefits, calculated as of the day
prior to the Change in Control of the Company, which are due to each such
person under the terms and provisions of the Plan.  If the assets of the Trust
are insufficient to make any payments required under the Plan, the Company
shall make up such deficit from its assets.  Upon termination of the Trust, if
all benefits required to be paid pursuant to the Plan have been paid, any
assets which remain shall be paid to the Company.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
                                  ARTICLE VII

                      Reservation of Rights by the Company
                   and Limitations on Rights of Participants


         7.01    Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to provide a
Participant the right to be retained as a Director or to interfere with the
right of the stockholders of the Company, pursuant to the By-laws, to remove a
Director.

         7.02    The benefits provided by the Plan are granted by the Company
as a fringe benefit to the Participants.  No Participant in the Plan has any
option to take any current payment in lieu of the benefits provided by the
Plan.

         7.03    None of the benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the
claims of creditors of Participants or surviving spouses, and shall not be
subject to attachment, garnishment, or any other legal process.  Neither a
Participant nor surviving spouse may assign, sell, or otherwise encumber any
beneficial interest in the Plan, nor shall any such benefits be in any manner
liable for or subject to the deeds, contracts, liabilities, engagements or
torts of any Participant or surviving spouse.

         7.04    The Company shall withhold from any benefit payments due under
the Plan all federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld therefrom as
determined by the Company in its sole, good faith judgment.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   Amendments


         The Board of Directors reserves the right to modify or amend, in whole
or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan, including the right to
make any such modifications or amendments effective retroactively, at any time
and from time-to-time, without the consent of Participants or surviving spouses
or any person or persons claiming through them; provided, however, that no
modification or amendment shall be made which would have the effect, in any
way, of diminishing, limiting, modifying or restricting any right or benefit,
which had accrued through the effective date of such modification or amendment,
to a Participant or surviving spouse.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                   ARTICLE IX

                                Discontinuation


         The Board of Directors reserves the right to discontinue the Plan at
any time, without the consent of Participants or surviving spouses or any
person or persons claiming through them; provided, however, that
discontinuation of the Plan shall not have the effect, in any way, of
diminishing, limiting, modifying or restricting any right or benefit, which had
accrued through the effective date of such discontinuation, to a Participant or
surviving spouse.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                 Miscellaneous


         10.01   The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit
of the Company and its successors and assigns.  The term successors as used
herein shall include any corporate or business entity which shall, whether by
merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all
of the business or assets of the Company and successors of any such corporation
or other business entity.

         10.02   Any headings or subheadings in the Plan are inserted for
convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in the construction of any
provisions hereof.

         10.03   This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Texas.

         10.04   In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or
invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the
remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.

         10.05   Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or
sent by registered or certified mail, to the Secretary of the Company at 100
Waugh Drive, Houston, Texas 77007.  Such notice shall be deemed given as of the
date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the
receipt for registration or certification.

(Note:  following included only on executed original to sent to Bank One)

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, National Convenience Stores Incorporated has
caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its
proper officers thereunto authorized on this 31st day of March, 1994, effective
as of the 31st day of March, 1994.



                                     NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES






                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

                                       INCORPORATED
ATTEST:


______________________________       By:_____________________________________
Janice L. Ivey                            Arnold Van Zanten
Assistant Secretary                       Senior Vice President - Administration




                                     -7-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.13




                                  TRUST UNDER
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN



         This agreement made this 30th day of June, 1994, by and between
National Convenience Stores Incorporated ("Company") and Bank One, Texas, N.A.
("Trustee") ("Trust Agreement").

         WHEREAS, Company has adopted the National Convenience Stores
Incorporated Directors' Retirement Plan ("Plan") which is attached hereto as
Appendix A; and,

         WHEREAS, Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the
terms of the Plan with respect to the individuals participating therein; and,

         WHEREAS, Company wishes to establish a trust ("Trust") and to
contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the
claims of Company's creditors in the event of Company's Insolvency, as herein
defined, until paid to Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner
and at such times as specified in the Plan; and,

         WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall
constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan
as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred
compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees
for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974;
and,

         WHEREAS, it is the intention of Company to make contributions to the
Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in meeting its
liabilities under the Plan,

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree
that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:


                                   SECTION 1
                             ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST


(a)      Company hereby deposits with Trustee in trust $100.00 which shall
         become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and
         disposed of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(b)      The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

(c)      The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which Company is the
         grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, Part I, Subchapter J,
         Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
         amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(d)      The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held
         separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used
         exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general
         creditors as herein set forth.  Plan participants and their
<PAGE>   2
         beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial
         ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust.  Any rights created
         under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured
         contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries
         against Company.  Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the
         claims of Company's general creditors under federal and state law in
         the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) herein.

(e)      Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to
         time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with
         Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed
         of by Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.  Neither Trustee
         nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel
         such additional deposits.



                                   SECTION 2
             PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES


(a)      Company shall deliver to Trustee a schedule ("Payment Schedule") that
         indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan participant (and
         his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other
         instructions acceptable to Trustee for determining the amounts so
         payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for
         or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment
         of such amounts.  Except as otherwise provided herein, Trustee shall
         make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in
         accordance with such Payment Schedule.  The Trustee shall make
         provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or
         local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the
         payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall pay
         amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine
         that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by Company.

(b)      The entitlement of a Plan participant or his beneficiaries to benefits
         under the Plan shall be determined by Company or such party as it
         shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall
         be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c)      Company may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or
         their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan.
         Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make payment of
         benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to
         participants or their beneficiaries.  In addition, if the principal of
         the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make
         payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, Company
         shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due.  Trustee
         shall notify Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient.




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3
                                   SECTION 3
         TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY
                           WHEN COMPANY IS INSOLVENT


(a)      Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their
         beneficiaries if the Company is insolvent.  Company shall be
         considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i)
         Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company
         is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States
         Bankruptcy Code.

(b)      At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
         Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be
         subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and
         state law as set forth below:

         (1)     The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of
                 Company shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of
                 Company's Insolvency.  If a person claiming to be a creditor
                 of Company alleges in writing to Trustee that Company has
                 become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Company is
                 Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall
                 discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their
                 beneficiaries.

         (2)     Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Company's Insolvency,
                 or has received notice from Company or a person claiming to be
                 a creditor alleging that Company is Insolvent, Trustee shall
                 have no duty to inquire whether Company is Insolvent.  Trustee
                 may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Company's
                 solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides
                 Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination
                 concerning Company's solvency.

         (3)     If at any time Trustee has determined that Company is
                 Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan
                 participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets
                 of the Trust for the benefit of Company's general creditors.
                 Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any
                 rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue
                 their rights as general creditors of Company with respect to
                 benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

         (4)     Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan
                 participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section
                 2 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined
                 that Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c)      Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the
         payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and
         subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such
         discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due
         to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the
         Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount
         of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by
         Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such
         period of discontinuance.





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
                                   SECTION 4
                              PAYMENTS TO COMPANY


Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after Trust has become irrevocable,
Company shall have no right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or
to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payments of benefits
have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the
terms of the Plan.


                                   SECTION 5
                              INVESTMENT AUTHORITY


(a)      In no event may Trustee invest in securities (including stock or
         rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by Company, other than
         a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which
         Trustee invests.  All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall
         be exercised by Trustee or the person designated by Trustee, and shall
         in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants.

(b)      The Trustee shall have the power to invest and reinvest the Trust in
         accordance with the "Investment Guidelines" attached hereto as
         Appendix B, as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company or by
         the Committee appointed by it.


                                   SECTION 6
                             DISPOSITION OF INCOME


During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.


                                   SECTION 7
                             ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE


Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts,
disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such
specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between Company and
Trustee.  Within sixty (60) days following the close of each calendar year and
within sixty (60) days after the removal or resignation of Trustee, Trustee
shall deliver to Company a written account of its administration of the Trust
during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year
to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments,
receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a
description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost
or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable
being shown





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the
Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation,
as the case may be.


                                   SECTION 8
                           RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE


(a)      Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under
         the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like
         capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
         enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however,
         that Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action
         taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by Company
         which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the
         Plan or this Trust and is given in writing by Company.  In the event
         of a dispute between Company and a party, Trustee may apply to a court
         of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b)      If Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection
         with this Trust, Company agrees to indemnify Trustee against Trustee's
         costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation,
         attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily
         liable for such payments.  If Company does not pay such costs,
         expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, Trustee may
         obtain payment from the Trust.

(c)      Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for
         Company generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations
         hereunder.

(d)      Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors,
         financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in
         performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e)      Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on
         trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise
         herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an
         asset of the Trust, Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary
         of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct
         from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a
         successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any
         borrowing against such policy.

(f)      However, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(e) above, Trustee
         may loan to Company the proceeds of any borrowing against an insurance
         policy held as an asset of the Trust.

(g)      Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to this Trust
         Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that
         could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and
         dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2
         of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant
         to the Internal Revenue Code.





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                   SECTION 9
                      COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE


Company shall pay all administrative and Trustee's fees and expenses.  If not
so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.


                                   SECTION 10
                       RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE


(a)      Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to Company, which
         shall be effective ninety (90) days after receipt of such notice
         unless Company and Trustee agree otherwise.

(b)      Trustee may be removed by Company on thirty (30) days notice or upon
         shorter notice accepted by Trustee.

(c)      Upon a Change of Control, as defined herein, Trustee may not be
         removed by Company for two (2) years.

(d)      If Trustee resigns or is removed within two (2) years of a Change of
         Control, as defined herein, Trustee shall select a successor Trustee
         in accordance with the provisions of Section 11(b) hereof prior to the
         effective date of Trustee's resignation or removal.

(e)      Upon resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of a successor
         Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor
         Trustee.  The transfer shall be completed within thirty (30) days
         after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless
         Company extends the time limit.

(f)      If Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in
         accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of
         resignation or removal under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section.
         If no such appointment has been made, Trustee may apply to a court of
         competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for
         instructions.  All expenses of Trustee in connection with the
         proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.


                                   SECTION 11
                            APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR


(a)      If Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 10(a) or
         (b) hereof, Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust
         department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers
         under state law, as a successor to replace Trustee upon resignation or
         removal.  The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing
         by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the
         former Trustee, including ownership rights in the trust assets.  The
         former Trustee shall execute any





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
         instrument necessary or reasonably requested by Company or the
         successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b)      If Trustee resigns or is removed pursuant to the provisions of Section
         10(d) hereof and selects a successor Trustee, Trustee may appoint any
         third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may
         be granted corporate trustee powers under state law.  The appointment
         of a successor Trustee shall be effective when accepted in writing by
         the new Trustee.  The new Trustee shall have all the rights and powers
         of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in trust assets.
         The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or
         reasonably requested by the successor Trustee to evidence the
         transfer.

(c)      The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
         prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets,
         subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof.  The successor Trustee shall not
         be responsible for and Company shall indemnify and defend the
         successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any
         action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event,
         or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.


                                   SECTION 12
                            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION


(a)      This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed
         by Trustee and Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such
         amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the
         Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with
         Section 1(b) hereof.

(b)      The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan
         participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to
         benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Upon termination of the
         Trust any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.

(c)      Section 1 through Section 14, inclusive, of this Trust Agreement may
         not be amended by Company for five (5) years following a Change of
         Control, as defined herein.


                                   SECTION 13
                                 MISCELLANEOUS


(a)      Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be
         ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without
         invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b)      Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under
         this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law
         or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to
         attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable
         process.





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
(c)      This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
         with the laws of the State of Texas.

(d)      For purposes of this Trust, Change of Control shall mean  when the
         individuals who are Directors of the Company on the date this Trust
         Agreement is effective cease to constitute a majority of the Board of
         Directors of the Company.

(e)      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Company
         reserves the right to, and shall, fund this Trust pursuant to the
         terms and provisions of the Plan.


                                   SECTION 14
                                 EFFECTIVE DATE


The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be June 30, 1994.



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to
be executed in its name and on its behalf by its proper officers thereunto
authorized on this 30th day of June, 1994, effective as of the 30th day of
June, 1994.



                                   NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                     INCORPORATED
ATTEST:


____________________________       BY:____________________________________
JANICE L. IVEY                          ARNOLD VAN ZANTEN
ASSISTANT SECRETARY                     SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT - ADMINISTRATION


                                   BANK ONE, TEXAS, N.A.



____________________________       BY:____________________________________
TRUST OFFICER                           NAME
                                        TITLE





                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9





                                   APPENDIX A

      National Convenience Stores Incorporated Directors' Retirement Plan
















<PAGE>   10





                                   APPENDIX B

                                  TRUST UNDER
                    NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED
                           DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN

                             INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

                             Permitted Instruments

1.       U.S. Treasury Obligations and Agencies (Guaranteed by the U.S.
         Goverment

2.       Commercial Paper

3.       Corporate Notes

4.       Certificate of Deposit and Time Deposits

5.       Money Market Funds

6.       National Convenience Stores Incorporated securities only to the extent
         it is a de minimis amount held in common investment vehicles in which
         the Trustee invests, as provided for in Section 5(a) of the Trust
         Agreement

7.       Mutual Funds

8.       Common Stock or Preferred Stock


                               Special Provisions


1.       Investments may only be made in U.S. domiciled banks, corporations and
         money market funds.

2.       Commercial paper may be purchased only if the issuer's commercial
         paper is rated A1 or better and its long term debt is rated A+ or
         better by Standard and Poor's.

3.       Corporate notes may be purchased only from corporations whose senior
         long term debt is rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.

4.       Certificates of deposit may be purchased only from banks whose senior
         long term debt is rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.
<PAGE>   11
5.       Time deposits may be made only in banks whose senior long term debt is
         rated AA or better by Standard and Poor's.

6.       All investments (except numbers 6, 7 and 8 of the Permitted
         Instruments above) must be scheduled to mature within two (2) years of
         the date of the investment.

7.       The weighted average maturity of all investments (except numbers 6, 7
         and 8 of the Permited Instruments above) may not exceed one (1) year.

8.       The maximum investment per issuer/obligor is 10% if the total
         portfolio exceeds $1,000,000.00; 25% if the total portfolio is less
         than or equal to $1,000,000.00 but greater than $100,000.00; 100% if
         the total portfolio is less than or equal to $100,000.00.

9.       Money market funds considered for investments must be subject to
         quality and maturity guidelines no less restrictive than those
         contained herein.

10.      Stock and mutual funds are to be of high to superior investment
         quality.


                          Trustee Discretionary Power


1.       The Trustee shall have, with respect to the Trust, the power in its
         discretion:

         (a)     To retain any property at any time received by it;

         (b)     To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or dispose of, and to
                 grant options for the purchase or exchange with respect to,
                 any property at any time held by it, by public or private sale
                 for cash or on credit or partly for cash and partly upon
                 credit;

         (c)     To participate in any plan of reorganization, consolidation,
                 merger, combination, liquidation, or other similar plan or
                 oppose any such plan or any action thereunder, or any
                 contract, purchase, sale, or other action by any person or
                 corporation;

         (d)     To deposit any property with any protective, reorganization or
                 similar committee, to delegate discretionary power to any such
                 committee and to pay and agree to pay part of the expenses and
                 compensation of any such





                                      B-2
<PAGE>   12
                 committee and any assessments levied with respect to any
                 property so deposited;

         (e)     To exercise all conversion and subscription rights pertaining
                 to any property;

         (f)     To extend the time of payment of any obligation held in the
                 Trust;

         (g)     To enter into stand-by agreements for future investment,
                 either with or without a stand-by fee; and

         (h)     To invest and reinvest all or any specified portion of the
                 Trust through the medium of any common, collective or
                 commingled Trust which has been or may hereafter be
                 established and maintained by the Trustee.

2.       The Trustee shall have the power in its discretion:

         (a)     To exercise all voting rights with respect to the shares of
                 stock held in the Trust Fund and to grant proxies,
                 discretionary or otherwise;

         (b)     To cause any shares of stock to be registered and held in the
                 name of one or more of its nominees, or one or more nominees
                 of any system for the central handling of securities, without
                 increase or decrease of liability;

         (c)     To collect and receive any and all money and other property
                 due to the Trust and to give full discharge therefor;

         (d)     Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of the Trust Agreement,
                 to settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims,
                 debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Trust; to
                 commence or defend suits or legal proceedings to protect any
                 interest of the Trust; and to represent the Trust in all suits
                 or legal proceedings in any court or before any other body or
                 tribunal;

         (e)     To organize under the laws of any state a corporation for the
                 purpose of acquiring and holding title to any property which
                 it is authorized to acquire under the Trust Agreement and to
                 exercise with respect thereto any or all of the powers set
                 forth in the Trust Agreement;

         (f)     Generally to do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized,
                 which the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the
                 protection of the Trust.




                                      B-3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.14

                                 EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT


         THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), is made by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation ("Company"), and V. H.
VAN HORN ("Van Horn").

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to engage the personal services of Van
Horn as President and Chief Executive Officer, and

         WHEREAS, Van Horn desires to be employed by the Company as President
and Chief Executive Officer;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Van Horn do covenant and agree as
follows:

         (1)     Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to employ Van Horn, and
Van Horn hereby agrees to accept employment with the Company at Houston, Texas,
subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  Van Horn shall not be
required to relocate or move his home from Houston, Texas.

         (2)     Duties.  Van Horn is presently President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company.  While it is recognized that only the Board of
Directors of the Company, as it is constituted from time to time, may elect the
President and Chief Executive Officer, nevertheless, it is the intent of the
Company and Van Horn that Van Horn perform the duties of President and Chief
Executive Officer.

         (3)     Extent of Service.  Van Horn agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice, and
shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business
activity which would interfere or prevent Van Horn from carrying out his duties
under this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Van Horn
from investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require any
services on the part of Van Horn in the operation of the affairs of any company
in which such investments are made.

         (4)     Term.  The term of employment shall begin on July 1, 1994 and
end on June 30, 1999.

         (5)     Compensation.  As compensation for his services to the Company
during the term of this Agreement, Van Horn shall receive salary, bonus and
fringe benefits as follows:

         (a)     Salary.  The Company shall pay to Van Horn a minimum salary of
                 not less than Four Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars
                 ($420,000.00) per year.  Any earnings over this minimum in one
                 year will not be applied to the minimum due in any subsequent
                 year.  Such salary shall be paid in periodic installments as
                 the Company and Van Horn shall agree.

         (b)     Bonus.  The Company shall provide Van Horn each year a bonus
                 opportunity which shall be based on the performance of the
                 Company.  The bonus opportunity for Van Horn shall never be
                 less than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) per
                 annum.
<PAGE>   2
         (c)     Additional Compensation.  As further compensation, Van Horn
                 shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses, profit
                 sharing plans, stock option agreements, or any other fringe
                 benefits offered to other employees and officers of the
                 Company.

         (6)     Working Facilities.  Van Horn shall be furnished such offices,
administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and services
as are suitable to his position and adequate for the performance of his duties.

         (7)     Expenses.  Van Horn is authorized to incur reasonable expenses
in promotion of the business of the Company, including expenses for
entertainment, travel and other items.  The Company will reimburse Van Horn for
all such valid expenses upon the presentation by Van Horn, from time to time,
of an itemized account of said expenditures.

         (8)     Termination.

         (a)     If, during the time of this Agreement, Van Horn breaches his
                 duties as set forth in Paragraph 3 by gross or willful neglect
                 of such duties and responsibilities, the Company may, after
                 thirty (30) days' notice in writing to Van Horn, terminate
                 this Agreement for cause, and thereupon the Company shall be
                 obligated to pay Van Horn only his compensation or pro rata
                 part thereof which has accrued up to the date of termination.

         (b)     If, prior to the termination of this Agreement by its own
                 terms, Van Horn should be removed as President and Chief
                 Executive Officer of the Company or otherwise relieved of his
                 responsibilities under this Agreement by the Company acting
                 without cause as provided in subparagraph 8(a) above, then at
                 the election of Van Horn, this Agreement shall be deemed
                 terminated as of the date thereof, and Van Horn shall
                 thereafter have no further obligation to the Company.

         (c)     In the event of termination under subparagraph 8(b) above, Van
                 Horn shall continue to receive compensation until the
                 expiration of the term of this Agreement, as follows:

                 (i)      The salary provided under subparagraph 5(a); and,

                 (ii)     Van Horn shall receive a bonus each year during the
                          remaining term of the Agreement each of which shall
                          be equal to the average amount of the bonuses paid to
                          Van Horn during the Company's fiscal year 1993 and
                          fiscal year 1994.

         9.      Assignment.  The rights and obligations of the Company under
this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the
successors and assigns of the Company.  Since this contract is a contract for
personal services, Van Horn may not assign this contract in whole or in any
part.





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         10.     Entire Agreement.  The Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement between the Company and Van Horn and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the
subject matter hereof and thereof.

         11.     Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Texas.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
this 25th day of July, 1994, but effective from and after the 1st day of July,
1994.

                                             NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                              INCORPORATED
ATTEST:



___________________________________          ________________________________
Janice L. Ivey                               A. J. Gallerano
Assistant Secretary                          Senior Vice President


                                             V. H. VAN HORN



                                             ________________________________ 
                                             V. H. Van Horn





                                      -3-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  (the "Agreement") is executed effective as
of May 18, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and A. J.
GALLERANO ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S


         A.      The Company filed a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code on December 9, 1991 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court"), Case No. 91-49819-H2-11 (the
"Case").  The company filed its Fourth Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
"Plan") in the Case, which Plan has been confirmed by the Court pursuant to an
Order confirming the Plan (the "Order") entered in the Case on February 25,
1993.

         B.      The Company is in the convenience store business and operates
stores in Texas, California and Georgia.

         C.      Executive is recognized as having experience in the management
and operation of companies that are in the convenience store business.

         D.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company wishes to assure
itself of the services of Executive upon the conditions hereinafter provided,
and Executive desires to enter into this employment arrangement with the
Company.

         E.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company and Executive have
agreed that as of the Effective Date this Agreement replaces any other
employment agreements with Executive.


                              W I T N E S S E T H


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     EMPLOYMENT, REPORTING, TERM AND DUTIES

         1.1     Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of
Executive to serve as, and Executive
<PAGE>   2
agrees to diligently and competently serve as and perform the functions of,
Senior Vice President - General Counsel and Secretary (the "Office") of the
Company for the term and for the compensation and benefits stated herein.

         1.2     Term.  The term of employment under this Agreement shall
commence on the Effective Date  and shall continue for a term of (3) three
years thereafter (the "Term").

         1.3     Major Responsibilities;  Authority.  Executive shall have the
responsibilities and authority usually associated with the Office of
corporations having assets similar in nature and value to the assets of the
Company and business similar to the business of the Company, and such other
duties as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine from time to
time.  The Company agrees that, except for removal with Cause (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the removal of Executive from the position of the Office
during the Term of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this
Agreement.

         1.4     Extent of Service.  Executive agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice and shall
not, during the Term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business activity
which would interfere or prevent Executive from carrying out his duties under
this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Executive from
investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require services on the
part of Executive in the operation of the affairs of any company in which such
investments are made.

         1.5     Location.  Executive shall not be required to move from
Executive's home in Houston, Texas.



                                   ARTICLE II
                         COMPENSATION AND RELATED ITEMS

         2.1     Compensation.  As compensation and consideration for the
services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement and for the
performance by Executive of the usual obligations of such employment, the
Company agrees to pay Executive, and Executive agrees to accept, the following
compensation and benefits during the Term hereof:

                 a.       Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of
         $182,000 payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal
         withholding of state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.
         Any earnings over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the
         minimum salary for any subsequent years.  If this Agreement terminates
         on a date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be
         paid a pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio
         that the number of days of employment bears to the total number of
         days in such month.

                 b.       Additional Compensation.  As further compensation,
         Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses,
         profit sharing plans, stock option agreements, vacation, retirement
         benefits, medical and dental insurance and individual or group life





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         insurance as are normally and customarily provided by the Company now
         or in the future to its employees of similar experience and position.

         2.2     Expenses.  The Company agrees that, during the Term of this
Agreement, Executive shall be allowed reasonable and necessary business
expenses in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder within
guidelines established by the Board of Directors.  Executive may incur
reasonable and necessary expenses for food, travel, lodging, entertainment and
other items in the promotion of Company's business within such guidelines
("Business Expenses").  Company will reimburse Executive for all Business
Expenses incurred by Executive upon Executive's presentation to the Company of
an itemized account thereof, together with receipts, vouchers, or other
supporting documentation.  After termination or expiration of this Agreement,
however such termination or expiration may come about, Executive shall have
ninety (90) days to submit Business Expenses incurred during the Term hereof to
the Company for reimbursement.

         2.3     Working Facilities.  Executive shall be furnished with
offices, administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and
services as are suitable to Executive's position and adequate for the
performance of Executive's duties.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  EXCULPATION

         Company agrees that Executive will not be liable for any losses,
expenses, costs or damages caused by or resulting from the recommendations,
suggestions, actions, errors, omissions or mistakes (collectively, the
"Management") of Executive undertaken or proposed by Executive if Executive
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TERMINATION AND SEVERANCE

         4.1     Termination of Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided
herein, this Agreement and the employment, compensation and benefit
arrangements hereunder shall be terminated upon the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events:

                 a.       Thirty (30) days after written notice of termination
         is given by either party to the other; or

                 b.       Executive's death or, at the Company's option, upon
         Executive's becoming Disabled (hereinafter defined); or

                 c.       The third (3) anniversary of the Effective Date.

         Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company or by the
Company to Executive under Section 4.1(a) above shall specify whether such
termination is made with or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
without Cause (as defined below) and, if not specified, shall be deemed to be
without Cause.  Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company
within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control (as defined below) shall be
deemed to be with Cause ("Cause-Change in Control").

         4.2     Severance Upon Termination.  As to a termination pursuant to
Section 4.1(a) hereof, if Executive terminates this Agreement without Cause, or
the Company terminates this Agreement with Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any severance payment upon termination of this Agreement.  If
Executive terminates this Agreement with Cause-Change in Control, the Company
shall pay to Executive within ten (10) days after termination a severance
payment equal to one (1) week's salary for each year of employment of Executive
including any year(s) of employment prior to the Effective Date plus all
accrued benefits including vacation compensation.  If Executive terminates this
Agreement with Cause (other than Cause-Change in Control) or the Company
terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive
within ten (10) days after termination a severance payment equal to the full
amount of compensation which would have otherwise been paid to such Executive
for the remaining portion of the Term.

         4.3     Cause.  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a
termination of this Agreement by Executive, the term "Cause" means (i) the
breach of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Executive to the
Company specifically identifying such breach, or (ii) the occurrence of any
"Change in Control."  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a termination
of this Agreement by the Company, the term "Cause" means (i) willful misconduct
by Executive, (ii) the gross neglect by Executive of his duties as an employee,
officer or director of the Company which continues for more than thirty (30)
days after written notice from the Company to Executive specifically
identifying the gross negligence of Executive and directing Executive to
discontinue same, (iii) the commission by Executive of a crime constituting a
felony or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act, other than an act taken
in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's employment, which is
directly detrimental to the Company and which act exposes the Company to
material liability.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
means when the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior
to the Effective Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         4.4     Return of Materials; Confidential Information.  In the event
of any termination of this Agreement, with or without Cause, Executive shall
promptly deliver to the Company all lists, books, records, literature, products
and any other materials owned or provided by the Company in connection with
Executive's employment hereunder.  Executive shall not at any time during or
after the Term hereof use for himself or others, or divulge to others, any
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data of the Company obtained
by Executive as a result of his employment unless authorized by a majority of
the full Board of Directors.

         4.5     Death and Disability.  If this Agreement is terminated by the
death of Executive pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Company shall pay all
accrued salary and benefits through the date of death to Executive's estate
within thirty (30) days after the date of death.  If this Agreement is
terminated upon Executive's becoming Disabled pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the
Company shall pay to Executive seventy-five percent (75%) of all unaccrued
annual salary and benefits over the remaining Term less the actual amount of
any benefits paid to Executive during





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such period from any disability insurance policy maintained by the Company for
Executive.  As used herein, "Disabled" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment which in the opinion of a qualified doctor selected by the Company
renders Executive unable to perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary
functions and duties of Executive on a full-time basis in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, which inability will continue in the opinion of such
doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the State of
Delaware.

         5.2     Assignability.  This Agreement is a personal services
agreement which, except as provided in this Agreement, may not be assigned or
transferred by Executive or the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
Executive and the Company, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

         5.3     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company and supersedes
any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect
to the employment of Executive by the Company.  Except as may be otherwise
provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
subsequent written agreement executed by both parties hereto.

         5.4     Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one Agreement.

         5.5     Notices.  Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be
deemed delivered upon deposit in the United States mails, registered or
certified mail, addressed to the party to whom directed at the addresses set
forth below or at such other addresses as may be substituted therefor by notice
given hereunder.  Notice given by any other means must be in writing and shall
be deemed delivered only upon actual receipt.

                 If to the Company:

                 National Convenience Stores
                 100 Waugh Drive
                 Houston, Texas   77007
                 Attn:  President

                 If to Executive:

                 A. J. Gallerano
                 13515 St. Mary's Lane
                 Houston, Texas  77079





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                        INCORPORATED


                                        By:___________________________ 
                                               V. H. Van Horn 
                                               President


                                        EXECUTIVE


                                        ______________________________ 
                                               A. J. Gallerano





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                       AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective
as of August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and A.
J. GALLERANO ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993.

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend such Employment
Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENT

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $191,100
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
amendments to the Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement shall
be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.
<PAGE>   8
         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1994 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.


                                     NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
                                      INCORPORATED



                                     By:________________________________
                                             Arnold Van Zanten
                                             Senior Vice President



                                     ___________________________________
                                             A. J. Gallerano





                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the"Agreement") is executed effective as of
May 18, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES
INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ARNOLD VAN ZANTEN
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S


         A.      The Company filed a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code on December 9, 1991 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court"), Case No. 91-49819-H2-11 (the
"Case").  The company filed its Fourth Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
"Plan") in the Case, which Plan has been confirmed by the Court pursuant to an
Order confirming the Plan (the "Order") entered in the Case on February 25,
1993.

         B.      The Company is in the convenience store business and operates
stores in Texas, California and Georgia.

         C.      Executive is recognized as having experience in the management
and operation of companies that are in the convenience store business.

         D.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company wishes to assure
itself of the services of Executive upon the conditions hereinafter provided,
and Executive desires to enter into this employment arrangement with the
Company.

         E.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company and Executive have
agreed that as of the Effective Date this Agreement replaces any other
employment agreements with Executive.


                              W I T N E S S E T H


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     EMPLOYMENT, REPORTING, TERM AND DUTIES

         1.1     Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of
Executive to serve as, and Executive
<PAGE>   2
agrees to diligently and competently serve as and perform the functions of,
Senior Vice President - Administration (the "Office") of the Company for the
term and for the compensation and benefits stated herein.

         1.2     Term.  The term of employment under this Agreement shall
commence on the Effective Date  and shall continue for a term of (3) three
years thereafter (the "Term").

         1.3     Major Responsibilities;  Authority.  Executive shall have the
responsibilities and authority usually associated with the Office of
corporations having assets similar in nature and value to the assets of the
Company and business similar to the business of the Company, and such other
duties as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine from time to
time.  The Company agrees that, except for removal with Cause (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the removal of Executive from the position of the Office
during the Term of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this
Agreement.

         1.4     Extent of Service.  Executive agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice and shall
not, during the Term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business activity
which would interfere or prevent Executive from carrying out his duties under
this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Executive from
investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require services on the
part of Executive in the operation of the affairs of any company in which such
investments are made.

         1.5     Location.  Executive shall not be required to move from
Executive's home in Montgomery County, Texas.



                                   ARTICLE II
                         COMPENSATION AND RELATED ITEMS

         2.1     Compensation.  As compensation and consideration for the
services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement and for the
performance by Executive of the usual obligations of such employment, the
Company agrees to pay Executive, and Executive agrees to accept, the following
compensation and benefits during the Term hereof:

                 a.       Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of
         $155,000 payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal
         withholding of state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.
         Any earnings over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the
         minimum salary for any subsequent years.  If this Agreement terminates
         on a date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be
         paid a pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio
         that the number of days of employment bears to the total number of
         days in such month.

                 b.       Additional Compensation.  As further compensation,
         Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses,
         profit sharing plans, stock option agreements, vacation, retirement
         benefits, medical and dental insurance and individual or group life





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         insurance as are normally and customarily provided by the Company now
         or in the future to its employees of similar experience and position.

         2.2     Expenses.  The Company agrees that, during the Term of this
Agreement, Executive shall be allowed reasonable and necessary business
expenses in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder within
guidelines established by the Board of Directors.  Executive may incur
reasonable and necessary expenses for food, travel, lodging, entertainment and
other items in the promotion of Company's business within such guidelines
("Business Expenses").  Company will reimburse Executive for all Business
Expenses incurred by Executive upon Executive's presentation to the Company of
an itemized account thereof, together with receipts, vouchers, or other
supporting documentation.  After termination or expiration of this Agreement,
however such termination or expiration may come about, Executive shall have
ninety (90) days to submit Business Expenses incurred during the Term hereof to
the Company for reimbursement.

         2.3     Working Facilities.  Executive shall be furnished with
offices, administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and
services as are suitable to Executive's position and adequate for the
performance of Executive's duties.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  EXCULPATION

         Company agrees that Executive will not be liable for any losses,
expenses, costs or damages caused by or resulting from the recommendations,
suggestions, actions, errors, omissions or mistakes (collectively, the
"Management") of Executive undertaken or proposed by Executive if Executive
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TERMINATION AND SEVERANCE

         4.1     Termination of Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided
herein, this Agreement and the employment, compensation and benefit
arrangements hereunder shall be terminated upon the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events:

                 a.       Thirty (30) days after written notice of termination
         is given by either party to the other; or

                 b.       Executive's death or, at the Company's option, upon
         Executive's becoming Disabled (hereinafter defined); or

                 c.       The third (3) anniversary of the Effective Date.

         Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company or by the
Company to Executive under Section 4.1(a) above shall specify whether such
termination is made with or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
without Cause (as defined below) and, if not specified, shall be deemed to be
without Cause.  Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company
within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control (as defined below) shall be
deemed to be with Cause ("Cause-Change in Control").

         4.2     Severance Upon Termination.  As to a termination pursuant to
Section 4.1(a) hereof, if Executive terminates this Agreement without Cause, or
the Company terminates this Agreement with Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any severance payment upon termination of this Agreement.  If
Executive terminates this Agreement with Cause-Change in Control, the Company
shall pay to Executive within ten (10) days after termination a severance
payment equal to one (1) week's salary for each year of employment of Executive
including any year(s) of employment prior to the Effective Date plus all
accrued benefits including vacation compensation.  If Executive terminates this
Agreement with Cause (other than Cause-Change in Control) or the Company
terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive
within ten (10) days after termination a severance payment equal to the full
amount of compensation which would have otherwise been paid to such Executive
for the remaining portion of the Term.

         4.3     Cause.  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a
termination of this Agreement by Executive, the term "Cause" means (i) the
breach of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Executive to the
Company specifically identifying such breach, or (ii) the occurrence of any
"Change in Control."  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a termination
of this Agreement by the Company, the term "Cause" means (i) willful misconduct
by Executive, (ii) the gross neglect by Executive of his duties as an employee,
officer or director of the Company which continues for more than thirty (30)
days after written notice from the Company to Executive specifically
identifying the gross negligence of Executive and directing Executive to
discontinue same, (iii) the commission by Executive of a crime constituting a
felony or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act, other than an act taken
in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's employment, which is
directly detrimental to the Company and which act exposes the Company to
material liability.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
means when the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior
to the Effective Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         4.4     Return of Materials; Confidential Information.  In the event
of any termination of this Agreement, with or without Cause, Executive shall
promptly deliver to the Company all lists, books, records, literature, products
and any other materials owned or provided by the Company in connection with
Executive's employment hereunder.  Executive shall not at any time during or
after the Term hereof use for himself or others, or divulge to others, any
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data of the Company obtained
by Executive as a result of his employment unless authorized by a majority of
the full Board of Directors.

         4.5     Death and Disability.  If this Agreement is terminated by the
death of Executive pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Company shall pay all
accrued salary and benefits through the date of death to Executive's estate
within thirty (30) days after the date of death.  If this Agreement is
terminated upon Executive's becoming Disabled pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the
Company shall pay to Executive seventy-five percent (75%) of all unaccrued
annual salary and benefits over the remaining Term less the actual amount of
any benefits paid to Executive during





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such period from any disability insurance policy maintained by the Company for
Executive.  As used herein, "Disabled" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment which in the opinion of a qualified doctor selected by the Company
renders Executive unable to perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary
functions and duties of Executive on a full-time basis in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, which inability will continue in the opinion of such
doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the State of
Delaware.

         5.2     Assignability.  This Agreement is a personal services
agreement which, except as provided in this Agreement, may not be assigned or
transferred by Executive or the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
Executive and the Company, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

         5.3     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company and supersedes
any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect
to the employment of Executive by the Company.  Except as may be otherwise
provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
subsequent written agreement executed by both parties hereto.

         5.4     Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one Agreement.

         5.5     Notices.  Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be
deemed delivered upon deposit in the United States mails, registered or
certified mail, addressed to the party to whom directed at the addresses set
forth below or at such other addresses as may be substituted therefor by notice
given hereunder.  Notice given by any other means must be in writing and shall
be deemed delivered only upon actual receipt.

                 If to the Company:

                 National Convenience Stores
                 100 Waugh Drive
                 Houston, Texas   77007
                 Attn:  General Counsel

                 If to Executive:
                 Arnold Van Zanten
                 37 Cascade Springs Place
                 The Woodlands, Texas  77381





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES    
                                        INCORPORATED                   
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                        By:___________________________ 
                                               A. J. Gallerano Senior  
                                               Vice President          
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                        EXECUTIVE                      
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                        ______________________________ 
                                               Arnold Van Zanten       
                                                                       




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                        

                       AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective
as of August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
ARNOLD VAN ZANTEN ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993.

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend such Employment
Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENT

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $162,750
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
amendments to the Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement shall
be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.
<PAGE>   8
         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1994 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES    
                                         INCORPORATED                   
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                        By:___________________________ 
                                               A. J. Gallerano Senior  
                                               Vice President          
                                                                       
                                                                       

                                                                       
                                                                       
                                        ______________________________ 
                                               Arnold Van Zanten       
                                                                       




                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  (the "Agreement") is executed effective as
of May 18, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and C. R. WORTHAM
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S


         A.      The Company filed a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code on December 9, 1991 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court"), Case No. 91-49819-H2-11 (the
"Case").  The company filed its Fourth Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
"Plan") in the Case, which Plan has been confirmed by the Court pursuant to an
Order confirming the Plan (the "Order") entered in the Case on February 25,
1993.

         B.      The Company is in the convenience store business and operates
stores in Texas, California and Georgia.

         C.      Executive is recognized as having experience in the management
and operation of companies that are in the convenience store business.

         D.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company wishes to assure
itself of the services of Executive upon the conditions hereinafter provided,
and Executive desires to enter into this employment arrangement with the
Company.

         E.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company and Executive have
agreed that as of the Effective Date this Agreement replaces any other
employment agreements with Executive.


                              W I T N E S S E T H


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     EMPLOYMENT, REPORTING, TERM AND DUTIES

         1.1     Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of
Executive to serve as, and Executive
<PAGE>   2
agrees to diligently and competently serve as and perform the functions of,
Senior Vice President - Real Estate/Gasoline (the "Office") of the Company for
the term and for the compensation and benefits stated herein.

         1.2     Term.  The term of employment under this Agreement shall
commence on the Effective Date  and shall continue for a term of (3) three
years thereafter (the "Term").

         1.3     Major Responsibilities;  Authority.  Executive shall have the
responsibilities and authority usually associated with the Office of
corporations having assets similar in nature and value to the assets of the
Company and business similar to the business of the Company, and such other
duties as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine from time to
time.  The Company agrees that, except for removal with Cause (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the removal of Executive from the position of the Office
during the Term of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this
Agreement.

         1.4     Extent of Service.  Executive agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice and shall
not, during the Term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business activity
which would interfere or prevent Executive from carrying out his duties under
this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Executive from
investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require services on the
part of Executive in the operation of the affairs of any company in which such
investments are made.

         1.5     Location.  Executive shall not be required to move from
Executive's home in Montgomery County. Texas.



                                   ARTICLE II
                         COMPENSATION AND RELATED ITEMS

         2.1     Compensation.  As compensation and consideration for the
services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement and for the
performance by Executive of the usual obligations of such employment, the
Company agrees to pay Executive, and Executive agrees to accept, the following
compensation and benefits during the Term hereof:

                 a.       Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of
         $175,000 payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal
         withholding of state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.
         Any earnings over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the
         minimum salary for any subsequent years.  If this Agreement terminates
         on a date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be
         paid a pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio
         that the number of days of employment bears to the total number of
         days in such month.

                 b.       Additional Compensation.  As further compensation,
         Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses,
         profit sharing plans, stock option agreements, vacation, retirement
         benefits, medical and dental insurance and individual or group life





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         insurance as are normally and customarily provided by the Company now
         or in the future to its employees of similar experience and position.

         2.2     Expenses.  The Company agrees that, during the Term of this
Agreement, Executive shall be allowed reasonable and necessary business
expenses in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder within
guidelines established by the Board of Directors.  Executive may incur
reasonable and necessary expenses for food, travel, lodging, entertainment and
other items in the promotion of Company's business within such guidelines
("Business Expenses").  Company will reimburse Executive for all Business
Expenses incurred by Executive upon Executive's presentation to the Company of
an itemized account thereof, together with receipts, vouchers, or other
supporting documentation.  After termination or expiration of this Agreement,
however such termination or expiration may come about, Executive shall have
ninety (90) days to submit Business Expenses incurred during the Term hereof to
the Company for reimbursement.

         2.3     Working Facilities.  Executive shall be furnished with
offices, administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and
services as are suitable to Executive's position and adequate for the
performance of Executive's duties.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  EXCULPATION

         Company agrees that Executive will not be liable for any losses,
expenses, costs or damages caused by or resulting from the recommendations,
suggestions, actions, errors, omissions or mistakes (collectively, the
"Management") of Executive undertaken or proposed by Executive if Executive
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TERMINATION AND SEVERANCE

         4.1     Termination of Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided
herein, this Agreement and the employment, compensation and benefit
arrangements hereunder shall be terminated upon the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events:

                 a.       Thirty (30) days after written notice of termination
         is given by either party to the other; or

                 b.       Executive's death or, at the Company's option, upon
         Executive's becoming Disabled (hereinafter defined); or

                 c.       The third (3) anniversary of the Effective Date.

         Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company or by the
Company to Executive under Section 4.1(a) above shall specify whether such
termination is made with or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
without Cause (as defined below) and, if not specified, shall be deemed to be
without Cause.  Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company
within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control (as defined below) shall be
deemed to be with Cause ("Cause-Change in Control").

         4.2     Severance Upon Termination.  As to a termination pursuant to
Section 4.1(a) hereof, if Executive terminates this Agreement without Cause, or
the Company terminates this Agreement with Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any severance payment upon termination of this Agreement.  If
Executive terminates this Agreement with Cause-Change in Control, the Company
shall pay to Executive within ten (10) days after termination a severance
payment equal to one (1) week's salary for each year of employment of Executive
including any year(s) of employment prior to the Effective Date plus all
accrued benefits including vacation compensation.  If Executive terminates this
Agreement with Cause (other than Cause-Change in Control) or the Company
terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive
within ten (10) days after termination a severance payment equal to the full
amount of compensation which would have otherwise been paid to such Executive
for the remaining portion of the Term.

         4.3     Cause.  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a
termination of this Agreement by Executive, the term "Cause" means (i) the
breach of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Executive to the
Company specifically identifying such breach, or (ii) the occurrence of any
"Change in Control."  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a termination
of this Agreement by the Company, the term "Cause" means (i) willful misconduct
by Executive, (ii) the gross neglect by Executive of his duties as an employee,
officer or director of the Company which continues for more than thirty (30)
days after written notice from the Company to Executive specifically
identifying the gross negligence of Executive and directing Executive to
discontinue same, (iii) the commission by Executive of a crime constituting a
felony or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act, other than an act taken
in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's employment, which is
directly detrimental to the Company and which act exposes the Company to
material liability.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
means when the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior
to the Effective Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         4.4     Return of Materials; Confidential Information.  In the event
of any termination of this Agreement, with or without Cause, Executive shall
promptly deliver to the Company all lists, books, records, literature, products
and any other materials owned or provided by the Company in connection with
Executive's employment hereunder.  Executive shall not at any time during or
after the Term hereof use for himself or others, or divulge to others, any
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data of the Company obtained
by Executive as a result of his employment unless authorized by a majority of
the full Board of Directors.

         4.5     Death and Disability.  If this Agreement is terminated by the
death of Executive pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Company shall pay all
accrued salary and benefits through the date of death to Executive's estate
within thirty (30) days after the date of death.  If this Agreement is
terminated upon Executive's becoming Disabled pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the
Company shall pay to Executive seventy-five percent (75%) of all unaccrued
annual salary and benefits over the remaining Term less the actual amount of
any benefits paid to Executive during





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such period from any disability insurance policy maintained by the Company for
Executive.  As used herein, "Disabled" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment which in the opinion of a qualified doctor selected by the Company
renders Executive unable to perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary
functions and duties of Executive on a full-time basis in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, which inability will continue in the opinion of such
doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the State of
Delaware.

         5.2     Assignability.  This Agreement is a personal services
agreement which, except as provided in this Agreement, may not be assigned or
transferred by Executive or the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
Executive and the Company, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

         5.3     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company and supersedes
any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect
to the employment of Executive by the Company.  Except as may be otherwise
provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
subsequent written agreement executed by both parties hereto.

         5.4     Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one Agreement.

         5.5     Notices.  Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be
deemed delivered upon deposit in the United States mails, registered or
certified mail, addressed to the party to whom directed at the addresses set
forth below or at such other addresses as may be substituted therefor by notice
given hereunder.  Notice given by any other means must be in writing and shall
be deemed delivered only upon actual receipt.

                 If to the Company:

                 National Convenience Stores
                 100 Waugh Drive
                 Houston, Texas   77007
                 Attn:  General Counsel

                 If to Executive:

                 C. R. Wortham
                 167 Rutledge Circle
                 Conroe, Texas  77302





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES     
                                        INCORPORATED                    
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                        By:___________________________  
                                               A. J. Gallerano          
                                               Senior Vice President    
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                        EXECUTIVE                       
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                        ______________________________  
                                               C. R. Wortham            
                                                                        




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                        

                       AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective
as of August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and C.
R. WORTHAM ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993.

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend such Employment
Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENT

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $183,750
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
amendments to the Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement shall
be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.
<PAGE>   8
         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1994 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES     
                                        INCORPORATED                    
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                        By:___________________________  
                                               A. J. Gallerano          
                                               Senior Vice President    
                                                                        
                                                                        

                                                                        
                                                                        
                                        ______________________________  
                                               C. R. Wortham            
                                                                        




                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  (the "Agreement") is executed effective as
of May 18, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and BRIAN FONTANA
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S


         A.      The Company filed a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code on December 9, 1991 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court"), Case No. 91-49819-H2-11 (the
"Case").  The company filed its Fourth Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
"Plan") in the Case, which Plan has been confirmed by the Court pursuant to an
Order confirming the Plan (the "Order") entered in the Case on February 25,
1993.

         B.      The Company is in the convenience store business and operates
stores in Texas, California and Georgia.

         C.      Executive is recognized as having experience in the management
and operation of companies that are in the convenience store business.

         D.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company wishes to assure
itself of the services of Executive upon the conditions hereinafter provided,
and Executive desires to enter into this employment arrangement with the
Company.

         E.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company and Executive have
agreed that as of the Effective Date this Agreement replaces any other
employment agreements with Executive.


                              W I T N E S S E T H


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     EMPLOYMENT, REPORTING, TERM AND DUTIES

         1.1     Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of
Executive to serve as, and Executive
<PAGE>   2
agrees to diligently and competently serve as and perform the functions of,
Treasurer (the "Office") of the Company for the term and for the compensation
and benefits stated herein.

         1.2     Term.  The term of employment under this Agreement shall
commence on the Effective Date  and shall continue for a term of (3) three
years thereafter (the "Term").

         1.3     Major Responsibilities;  Authority.  Executive shall have the
responsibilities and authority usually associated with the Office of
corporations having assets similar in nature and value to the assets of the
Company and business similar to the business of the Company, and such other
duties as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine from time to
time.  The Company agrees that, except for removal with Cause (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the removal of Executive from the position of the Office
during the Term of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this
Agreement.

         1.4     Extent of Service.  Executive agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice and shall
not, during the Term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business activity
which would interfere or prevent Executive from carrying out his duties under
this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Executive from
investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require services on the
part of Executive in the operation of the affairs of any company in which such
investments are made.

         1.5     Location.  Executive shall not be required to move from
Executive's home in Houston, Texas.



                                   ARTICLE II
                         COMPENSATION AND RELATED ITEMS

         2.1     Compensation.  As compensation and consideration for the
services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement and for the
performance by Executive of the usual obligations of such employment, the
Company agrees to pay Executive, and Executive agrees to accept, the following
compensation and benefits during the Term hereof:

                 a.       Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of
         $90,000 payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal
         withholding of state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.
         Any earnings over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the
         minimum salary for any subsequent years.  If this Agreement terminates
         on a date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be
         paid a pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio
         that the number of days of employment bears to the total number of
         days in such month.

                 b.       Additional Compensation.  As further compensation,
         Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses,
         profit sharing plans, stock option agreements, vacation, retirement
         benefits, medical and dental insurance and individual or group life





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         insurance as are normally and customarily provided by the Company now
         or in the future to its employees of similar experience and position.

         2.2     Expenses.  The Company agrees that, during the Term of this
Agreement, Executive shall be allowed reasonable and necessary business
expenses in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder within
guidelines established by the Board of Directors.  Executive may incur
reasonable and necessary expenses for food, travel, lodging, entertainment and
other items in the promotion of Company's business within such guidelines
("Business Expenses").  Company will reimburse Executive for all Business
Expenses incurred by Executive upon Executive's presentation to the Company of
an itemized account thereof, together with receipts, vouchers, or other
supporting documentation.  After termination or expiration of this Agreement,
however such termination or expiration may come about, Executive shall have
ninety (90) days to submit Business Expenses incurred during the Term hereof to
the Company for reimbursement.

         2.3     Working Facilities.  Executive shall be furnished with
offices, administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and
services as are suitable to Executive's position and adequate for the
performance of Executive's duties.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  EXCULPATION

         Company agrees that Executive will not be liable for any losses,
expenses, costs or damages caused by or resulting from the recommendations,
suggestions, actions, errors, omissions or mistakes (collectively, the
"Management") of Executive undertaken or proposed by Executive if Executive
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TERMINATION AND SEVERANCE

         4.1     Termination of Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided
herein, this Agreement and the employment, compensation and benefit
arrangements hereunder shall be terminated upon the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events:

                 a.       Thirty (30) days after written notice of termination
         is given by either party to the other; or

                 b.       Executive's death or, at the Company's option, upon
         Executive's becoming Disabled (hereinafter defined); or

                 c.       The third (3) anniversary of the Effective Date.

         Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company or by the
Company to Executive under Section 4.1(a) above shall specify whether such
termination is made with or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
without Cause (as defined below) and, if not specified, shall be deemed to be
without Cause.  Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company
within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control (as defined below) shall be
deemed to be with Cause ("Cause-Change in Control").

         4.2     Severance Upon Termination.  As to a termination pursuant to
Section 4.1(a) hereof, if Executive terminates this Agreement without Cause, or
the Company terminates this Agreement with Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any severance payment upon termination of this Agreement.  If
Executive terminates this Agreement with Cause-Change in Control, the Company
shall pay to Executive within ten (10) days after termination a severance
payment equal to one (1) week's salary for each year of employment of Executive
including any year(s) of employment prior to the Effective Date plus all
accrued benefits including vacation compensation.  If Executive terminates this
Agreement with Cause (other than Cause-Change in Control) or the Company
terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive
within ten (10) days after termination a severance payment equal to the full
amount of compensation which would have otherwise been paid to such Executive
for the remaining portion of the Term.

         4.3     Cause.  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a
termination of this Agreement by Executive, the term "Cause" means (i) the
breach of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Executive to the
Company specifically identifying such breach, or (ii) the occurrence of any
"Change in Control."  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a termination
of this Agreement by the Company, the term "Cause" means (i) willful misconduct
by Executive, (ii) the gross neglect by Executive of his duties as an employee,
officer or director of the Company which continues for more than thirty (30)
days after written notice from the Company to Executive specifically
identifying the gross negligence of Executive and directing Executive to
discontinue same, (iii) the commission by Executive of a crime constituting a
felony or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act, other than an act taken
in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's employment, which isc
directly detrimental to the Company and which act exposes the Company to
material liability.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
means when the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior
to the Effective Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         4.4     Return of Materials; Confidential Information.  In the event
of any termination of this Agreement, with or without Cause, Executive shall
promptly deliver to the Company all lists, books, records, literature, products
and any other materials owned or provided by the Company in connection with
Executive's employment hereunder.  Executive shall not at any time during or
after the Term hereof use for himself or others, or divulge to others, any
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data of the Company obtained
by Executive as a result of his employment unless authorized by a majority of
the full Board of Directors.

         4.5     Death and Disability.  If this Agreement is terminated by the
death of Executive pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Company shall pay all
accrued salary and benefits through the date of death to Executive's estate
within thirty (30) days after the date of death.  If this Agreement is
terminated upon Executive's becoming Disabled pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the
Company shall pay to Executive seventy-five percent (75%) of all unaccrued
annual salary and benefits over the remaining Term less the actual amount of
any benefits paid to Executive during





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such period from any disability insurance policy maintained by the Company for
Executive.  As used herein, "Disabled" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment which in the opinion of a qualified doctor selected by the Company
renders Executive unable to perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary
functions and duties of Executive on a full-time basis in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, which inability will continue in the opinion of such
doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the State of
Delaware.

         5.2     Assignability.  This Agreement is a personal services
agreement which, except as provided in this Agreement, may not be assigned or
transferred by Executive or the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
Executive and the Company, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

         5.3     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company and supersedes
any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect
to the employment of Executive by the Company.  Except as may be otherwise
provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
subsequent written agreement executed by both parties hereto.

         5.4     Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one Agreement.

         5.5     Notices.  Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be
deemed delivered upon deposit in the United States mails, registered or
certified mail, addressed to the party to whom directed at the addresses set
forth below or at such other addresses as may be substituted therefor by notice
given hereunder.  Notice given by any other means must be in writing and shall
be deemed delivered only upon actual receipt.

                 If to the Company:

                 National Convenience Stores
                 100 Waugh Drive
                 Houston, Texas   77007
                 Attn:  General Counsel

                 If to Executive:

                 Brian Fontana
                 5119 Patrick Henry
                 Houston, Texas  77401





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                        INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                              A. J. Gallerano                  
                                              Senior Vice President            
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        EXECUTIVE                              
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ______________________________         
                                              Brian Fontana                    
                                                                               
                                                                               



                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                       AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective
as of July 19, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and BRIAN FONTANA
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993.

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend such Employment
Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 1.1 is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "1.1 Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of Executive to
serve as, and Executive agrees to diligently and competently serve as and
perform the functions of, Vice President and Treasurer (the "Office") of the
Company for the term and for the compensation and benefits stated herein."

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $105,000
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
<PAGE>   8
amendments to the Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement shall
be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.

         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1993 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                         INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                              A. J. Gallerano                  
                                              Senior Vice President            
                                                                               
                                                                               


                                        ______________________________         
                                              Brian Fontana                    
                                                                               
                                                                               


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9
                    SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement") is
effective as of December 1, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between
NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and BRIAN FONTANA ("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993, and an Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of
July 19, 1993 (collectively hereinafter "Amended Employment Agreement").

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend the Amended
Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 1.1 is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "1.1 Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of Executive to
serve as, and Executive agrees to diligently and competently serve as and
perform the functions of, Vice President - Chief Financial Officer (the
"Office") of the Company for the term and for the compensation and benefits
stated herein."

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $125,000
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and
<PAGE>   10
(e) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with
respect to amendments to the Amended Employment Agreement.  The headings in
this Agreement shall be accorded no significance in interpreting this
Agreement.

         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of December 1993 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                         INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                              A. J. Gallerano               
                                              Senior Vice President            
                                                                            
                                                                               

                                                                               
                                                                            
                                        ______________________________         
                                              Brian Fontana                    
                                                                               
                                                                               


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   11
                    THIRD AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is
effective as of August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
BRIAN FONTANA "Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993; an Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of July
19, 1993; and a Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December
1, 1993 (collectively hereinafter "Amended Employment Agreement").

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend the Amended
Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENT

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $131,250
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
amendments to the Amended Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement
shall be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.
<PAGE>   12
         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1994 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                         INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                              A. J. Gallerano                  
                                              Senior Vice President            
                                                                               
                                                                               

                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ______________________________         
                                              Brian Fontana                    
                                                                               
                                                                               


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  (the "Agreement") is executed effective as
of May 18, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and DAVID WISHARD
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S


         A.      The Company filed a case under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code on December 9, 1991 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the "Court"), Case No. 91-49819-H2-11 (the
"Case").  The company filed its Fourth Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the
"Plan") in the Case, which Plan has been confirmed by the Court pursuant to an
Order confirming the Plan (the "Order") entered in the Case on February 25,
1993.

         B.      The Company is in the convenience store business and operates
stores in Texas, California and Georgia.

         C.      Executive is recognized as having experience in the management
and operation of companies that are in the convenience store business.

         D.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company wishes to assure
itself of the services of Executive upon the conditions hereinafter provided,
and Executive desires to enter into this employment arrangement with the
Company.

         E.      As contemplated in the Plan, the Company and Executive have
agreed that as of the Effective Date this Agreement replaces any other
employment agreements with Executive.


                              W I T N E S S E T H


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I
                     EMPLOYMENT, REPORTING, TERM AND DUTIES

         1.1     Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of
Executive to serve as, and Executive
<PAGE>   2
agrees to diligently and competently serve as and perform the functions of,
Director - Stores (the "Office") of the Company for the term and for the
compensation and benefits stated herein.

         1.2     Term.  The term of employment under this Agreement shall
commence on the Effective Date  and shall continue for a term of (3) three
years thereafter (the "Term").

         1.3     Major Responsibilities;  Authority.  Executive shall have the
responsibilities and authority usually associated with the Office of
corporations having assets similar in nature and value to the assets of the
Company and business similar to the business of the Company, and such other
duties as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine from time to
time.  The Company agrees that, except for removal with Cause (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the removal of Executive from the position of the Office
during the Term of this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this
Agreement.

         1.4     Extent of Service.  Executive agrees to devote his time and
energies to the business of the Company consistent with past practice and shall
not, during the Term of this Agreement, be engaged in any business activity
which would interfere or prevent Executive from carrying out his duties under
this Agreement; but this shall not be construed as preventing Executive from
investing his assets in such form or manner as will not require services on the
part of Executive in the operation of the affairs of any company in which such
investments are made.

         1.5     Location.  Executive shall not be required to move from
Executive's home in Houston, Texas.



                                   ARTICLE II
                         COMPENSATION AND RELATED ITEMS

         2.1     Compensation.  As compensation and consideration for the
services to be rendered by Executive under this Agreement and for the
performance by Executive of the usual obligations of such employment, the
Company agrees to pay Executive, and Executive agrees to accept, the following
compensation and benefits during the Term hereof:

                 a.       Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of
         $120,000 payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal
         withholding of state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.
         Any earnings over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the
         minimum salary for any subsequent years.  If this Agreement terminates
         on a date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be
         paid a pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio
         that the number of days of employment bears to the total number of
         days in such month.

                 b.       Additional Compensation.  As further compensation,
         Executive shall be entitled to participate in any other bonuses,
         profit sharing plans, stock option agreements, vacation, retirement
         benefits, medical and dental insurance and individual or group life





                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
         insurance as are normally and customarily provided by the Company now
         or in the future to its employees of similar experience and position.

         2.2     Expenses.  The Company agrees that, during the Term of this
Agreement, Executive shall be allowed reasonable and necessary business
expenses in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder within
guidelines established by the Board of Directors.  Executive may incur
reasonable and necessary expenses for food, travel, lodging, entertainment and
other items in the promotion of Company's business within such guidelines
("Business Expenses").  Company will reimburse Executive for all Business
Expenses incurred by Executive upon Executive's presentation to the Company of
an itemized account thereof, together with receipts, vouchers, or other
supporting documentation.  After termination or expiration of this Agreement,
however such termination or expiration may come about, Executive shall have
ninety (90) days to submit Business Expenses incurred during the Term hereof to
the Company for reimbursement.

         2.3     Working Facilities.  Executive shall be furnished with
offices, administrative staff, stenographic help and such other facilities and
services as are suitable to Executive's position and adequate for the
performance of Executive's duties.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  EXCULPATION

         Company agrees that Executive will not be liable for any losses,
expenses, costs or damages caused by or resulting from the recommendations,
suggestions, actions, errors, omissions or mistakes (collectively, the
"Management") of Executive undertaken or proposed by Executive if Executive
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           TERMINATION AND SEVERANCE

         4.1     Termination of Agreement.  Except as may otherwise be provided
herein, this Agreement and the employment, compensation and benefit
arrangements hereunder shall be terminated upon the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events:

                 a.       Thirty (30) days after written notice of termination
         is given by either party to the other; or

                 b.       Executive's death or, at the Company's option, upon
         Executive's becoming Disabled (hereinafter defined); or

                 c.       The third (3) anniversary of the Effective Date.

         Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company or by the
Company to Executive under Section 4.1(a) above shall specify whether such
termination is made with or





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
without Cause (as defined below) and, if not specified, shall be deemed to be
without Cause.  Any notice of termination given by Executive to the Company
within ninety (90) days after a Change in Control (as defined below) shall be
deemed to be with Cause ("Cause-Change in Control").

         4.2     Severance Upon Termination.  As to a termination pursuant to
Section 4.1(a) hereof, if Executive terminates this Agreement without Cause, or
the Company terminates this Agreement with Cause, Executive shall not be
entitled to any severance payment upon termination of this Agreement.  If
Executive terminates this Agreement with Cause-Change in Control, the Company
shall pay to Executive within ten (10) days after termination a severance
payment equal to one (1) week's salary for each year of employment of Executive
including any year(s) of employment prior to the Effective Date plus all
accrued benefits including vacation compensation.  If Executive terminates this
Agreement with Cause (other than Cause-Change in Control) or the Company
terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive
within ten (10) days after termination a severance payment equal to the full
amount of compensation which would have otherwise been paid to such Executive
for the remaining portion of the Term.

         4.3     Cause.  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a
termination of this Agreement by Executive, the term "Cause" means (i) the
breach of any material provision of this Agreement by the Company which is not
cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Executive to the
Company specifically identifying such breach, or (ii) the occurrence of any
"Change in Control."  As used in this Agreement, with respect to a termination
of this Agreement by the Company, the term "Cause" means (i) willful misconduct
by Executive, (ii) the gross neglect by Executive of his duties as an employee,
officer or director of the Company which continues for more than thirty (30)
days after written notice from the Company to Executive specifically
identifying the gross negligence of Executive and directing Executive to
discontinue same, (iii) the commission by Executive of a crime constituting a
felony or (iv) the commission by Executive of an act, other than an act taken
in good faith within the course and scope of Executive's employment, which is
directly detrimental to the Company and which act exposes the Company to
material liability.  As used in this Agreement, the term "Change in Control"
means when the individuals who were directors of the Company immediately prior
to the Effective Date cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors.

         4.4     Return of Materials; Confidential Information.  In the event
of any termination of this Agreement, with or without Cause, Executive shall
promptly deliver to the Company all lists, books, records, literature, products
and any other materials owned or provided by the Company in connection with
Executive's employment hereunder.  Executive shall not at any time during or
after the Term hereof use for himself or others, or divulge to others, any
secret or confidential information, knowledge or data of the Company obtained
by Executive as a result of his employment unless authorized by a majority of
the full Board of Directors.

         4.5     Death and Disability.  If this Agreement is terminated by the
death of Executive pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Company shall pay all
accrued salary and benefits through the date of death to Executive's estate
within thirty (30) days after the date of death.  If this Agreement is
terminated upon Executive's becoming Disabled pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the
Company shall pay to Executive seventy-five percent (75%) of all unaccrued
annual salary and benefits over the remaining Term less the actual amount of
any benefits paid to Executive during





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
such period from any disability insurance policy maintained by the Company for
Executive.  As used herein, "Disabled" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment which in the opinion of a qualified doctor selected by the Company
renders Executive unable to perform with reasonable diligence the ordinary
functions and duties of Executive on a full-time basis in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, which inability will continue in the opinion of such
doctor for a period of not less than 180 days.


                                   ARTICLE V
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the State of
Delaware.

         5.2     Assignability.  This Agreement is a personal services
agreement which, except as provided in this Agreement, may not be assigned or
transferred by Executive or the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
Executive and the Company, their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

         5.3     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement and understanding between Executive and the Company and supersedes
any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect
to the employment of Executive by the Company.  Except as may be otherwise
provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by
subsequent written agreement executed by both parties hereto.

         5.4     Multiple Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one Agreement.

         5.5     Notices.  Any notice provided for in this Agreement shall be
deemed delivered upon deposit in the United States mails, registered or
certified mail, addressed to the party to whom directed at the addresses set
forth below or at such other addresses as may be substituted therefor by notice
given hereunder.  Notice given by any other means must be in writing and shall
be deemed delivered only upon actual receipt.

                 If to the Company:

                 National Convenience Stores
                 100 Waugh Drive
                 Houston, Texas   77007
                 Attn:  General Counsel

                 If to Executive:

                 David Wishard
                 4946 Bayou Vista
                 Houston, Texas  77091





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.


                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                        INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                               A. J. Gallerano                 
                                               Senior Vice President           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        EXECUTIVE                              
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ______________________________         
                                               David Wishard                   
                                                                               
                                                                               



                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                       AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is effective
as of July 19, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL CONVENIENCE
STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and DAVID WISHARD
("Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993.

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend such Employment
Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENTS

         Section 1.1 is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "1.1 Employment.  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, the Company hereby employs and engages the services of Executive to
serve as, and Executive agrees to diligently and competently serve as and
perform the functions of, Vice President - Stores (the "Office") of the Company
for the term and for the compensation and benefits stated herein."

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $150,000
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
<PAGE>   8
amendments to the Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement shall
be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.

         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1993 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                         INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                               A. J. Gallerano                 
                                               Senior Vice President           
                                                                               
                                                                               
 
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ______________________________         
                                               David Wishard                   
                                                                               
                                                                               
                              


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   9
                    SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the Agreement") is
effective as of August 1, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between NATIONAL
CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and M.
DAVID WISHARD "Executive").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A.      The Company and Executive executed an Employment Agreement
dated as of May 18, 1993, and an Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of
July 19, 1993 (collectively hereinafter "Amended Employment Agreement").

         B.      The Company and Executive have agreed to amend the Amended
Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants
and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   AMENDMENT

         Section 2.1(a) is hereby replaced and amended to read as follows:

         "       a.  Salary.  A minimum annual salary in the amount of $157,500
         payable in equal weekly payments, subject to normal withholding of
         state and federal income, unemployment and FICA taxes.  Any earnings
         over this minimum in one year shall not be applied to the minimum
         salary for any subsequent years. If this Agreement terminates on a
         date other than the last day of any month, Executive shall be paid a
         pro rata portion of such salary for such month in the ratio that the
         number of days of employment bears to the total number of days in such
         month."

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         This Agreement (a) shall bind and benefit the Company and Executive
and their respective successors and permitted assigns; (b) may be modified or
amended only by a writing signed by each party; (c) shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United
States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts and (e) embodies
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to
amendments to the Amended Employment Agreement.  The headings in this Agreement
shall be accorded no significance in interpreting this Agreement.
<PAGE>   10
         This Agreement is executed on the ______ day of September 1994 and is
effective from and after the Effective Date.

                                        NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES            
                                         INCORPORATED                           
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        By:___________________________         
                                               A. J. Gallerano                 
                                               Senior Vice President           
                                                                               
                                                                               

                                                                               
                                                                               
                                        ______________________________         
                                               David Wishard                   
                                                                               
                                                                               


                                      -2-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 11


           NATIONAL CONVENIENCE STORES INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Reorganized Company         
                                                                                  -----------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Period from Inception
                                                                                   Year Ended           (March 1, 1993) to
                                                                                  June 30, 1994          June 30, 1993 (1)
                                                                                  -------------       ---------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                      <C>
Primary Earnings Per Share
- - --------------------------

Net Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $6,835,000               $4,389,000
 Interest expense adjustment assuming conversion
  of stock options, net of tax  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            200,000                   72,000
                                                                                    ----------               ----------
Net earnings applicable to common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $7,035,000               $4,461,000
                                                                                    ==========               ==========

Average Common Shares and Common Share Equivalents:
 Average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,015,000                6,000,000
 Dilutive effect of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            540,000                  574,000
                                                                                    ----------               ----------
Average number of common shares and common share
  equivalents outstanding for primary
  calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,555,000                6,574,000
                                                                                    ==========               ==========

Primary Earnings Per Common Share and
  Common Share Equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $     1.07               $     0.68
                                                                                    ==========               ==========

Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share
- - --------------------------------

Net Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,835,000               $4,389,000
 Interest expense adjustment assuming conversion
  of stock options, net of tax  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            200,000                   72,000
                                                                                    ----------               ----------
Net earnings applicable to common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $7,035,000               $4,461,000
                                                                                    ==========               ==========

Average Common Shares and Common Share Equivalents:
 Average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,015,000                6,000,000
 Dilutive effect of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            540,000                  581,000
                                                                                    ----------               ----------
Average number of common shares and common share
  equivalents outstanding for fully diluted
  calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6,555,000                6,581,000
                                                                                    ==========               ==========

Fully Diluted Earnings Per Common Share and                                                                   
  Common Share Equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         $     1.07               $     0.68
                                                                                    ==========               ==========
</TABLE>


(1) Represents earnings per share calculations of the reorganized company since
March 1, 1993.  Earnings per share calculations for the predecessor company are
not presented because they are not meaningful as a result of the confirmation
of the Plan of Reorganization and adoption of fresh-start reporting effective
March 1, 1993 (See Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
incorporated by reference in Item 8 herein).

Pursuant to Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15, "Earnings Per Share",
earnings per share have been calculated using a combination of the "if
converted" method and the "Treasury Stock" method due to requirements under the
Company's debt instruments that limit the purchase of treasury stock and
require remaining proceeds from the sale of stock to be applied toward the
retirement of the debt.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 13


National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(amounts in thousands, except per share data, store data and ratios)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Reorganized Company                       Predecessor Company
                                                 --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Period from |              
                                                                  Inception  |   Eight       
                                                                  (March 1,  |   Months      
                                                   YEAR ENDED      1993) to  |   Ended                Year Ended June 30,
                                                     JUNE 30,      June 30,  | February 28,   -------------------------------------
                                                      1994          1993     |    1993          1992         1991        1990
                                                 --------------------------- |-----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           | <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Operations (1) (2):                                                          |              
 Sales ........................................  $   880,524   $   297,985   | $   580,867   $   958,519   $ 1,073,958  $ 1,062,183
 Earnings (loss) before extraordinary                                        |              
  gain (3) (4) (6) ............................        6,835         4,389   |       6,796      (185,438)      (10,465)      (1,624)
 Net earnings (loss)(5) (7) ...................        6,835         4,389   |      68,289      (185,438)      (10,465)       4,963
                                                                             |              
Common Stock Per Share Data (8):                                             |              
 Earnings before extraordinary gain ...........        $1.07         $0.68   |           *             *             *            *
 Net earnings .................................         1.07          0.68   |           *             *             *            *
 Cash dividends ...............................         --            --     |           *             *             *            *
                                                                             |              
Balance Sheet Data (2):                                                      |              
 Total assets .................................  $   299,522   $   298,428   |           *   $   268,501   $   364,329  $   398,844
 Current assets ...............................       90,992        90,511   |           *        84,879        85,640       88,629
 Current liabilities ..........................       81,714        78,768   |           *        61,825        86,186       87,192
 Capitalization:                                                             |              
  Long-term debt ..............................      106,976       131,559   |           *          --         191,633      204,916
  Liabilities subject to compromise ...........         --            --     |           *       301,241          --           --
  Stockholders' equity (deficit) ..............       74,748        67,262   |           *      (115,925)       70,098       81,918
  Debt to equity ratio ........................         1.43          1.96   |           *             *          2.73         2.50
                                                                             |              
For The Period(1) (2)                                                        |              
Store Data:                                                                  |              
 Average sales per store ......................  $ 1,230,000   $   414,000   | $   792,000   $ 1,052,000   $ 1,016,000  $   958,000
 Average gross profit per store ...............      310,000       105,000   |     207,000       253,000       253,000      264,000
 EBITDA per store (9) .........................       49,187        21,886   |      45,798        10,101        19,190       42,626
 Stores open at beginning of period ...........          719           721   |         778           988         1,090        1,142
 Stores added .................................           88          --     |        --               2             1            4
 Stores closed or sold ........................          (98)           (2)  |         (57)         (212)         (103)         (56)
                                                 --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------
 Stores open at end of period .................          709           719   |         721           778           988        1,090
 Stores selling gasoline at end of period .....          638           622   |         624           653           809          881
</TABLE>                                       

*   not meaningful or applicable.

(1) As a result of emerging from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization and
    adopting fresh-start reporting, the selected financial data for the
    reorganized company is not prepared on a comparable basis to the information
    presented for the predecessor company (see Note 9 of the Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements).

(2) The selected financial data reflects various acquisitions and divestitures
    of convenience stores and related assets (see Note 2 of the Notes to 
    Consolidated Financial Statements).

(3) The 1994 results include a $3.0 million ($1.8 million, or $0.28 per share,
    on an after-tax basis) gain on sale of assets recorded in conjunction with
    the April 1994 Circle K transaction (see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements). Additionally, the 1994 results include $2.0 million
    ($1.2 million, or $0.19 per share, on an after-tax basis) in consulting fees
    and other expenses related to the program to enhance and redefine the
    Company's focus on customer service and effectiveness through the
    installation of integrated state-of-the-art sales and inventory management
    systems.

(4) The period ending February 28, 1993 results include a $6.6 million special
    charge related to an increase in environmental remediation reserves and a
    credit of $0.4 million for Fresh-Start Adjustments recorded upon the
    Company's emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization in March 1993,
    which incorporate the effects of the adoption by the Company of Statement of
    Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (see Notes 5, 9 and 10 of the Notes
    to Consolidated Financial Statements).

(5) The $61.5 million Extraordinary Gain in fiscal 1993 recorded by the
    predecessor company is a result of the forgiveness of debt upon the
    emergence from Chapter 11 bankrupty reoganization (see Note 9 of the Notes
    to Consolidated Financial Statements).


(6) The 1992 results include $168.1 million of Restructuring and Other Special
    Charges (see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

(7) The extraordinary gain in fiscal 1990 is a result of the predecessor
    company's preferred stock-for-debt exchange offer that was consummated in
    March 1990.

(8) Represents per share data of the reorganized company since March 1, 1993.
    Earnings per share and common stock dividends for the predecessor company
    are not presented because they are not meaningful as a result of the
    confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization (see Note 9 of the Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements).

(9) Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization,
    reorganization items and non-recurring items ("EBITDA"). EBITDA is presented
    here to provide additional information about the Company's ability to meet
    its future debt service, capital expenditure and working capital
    requirements and should not be construed as a substitute for earnings from
    operations or a better indicator of liquidity than cash flow from 
    operating activities.




                                      13
<PAGE>   2

National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Fresh-Start Reporting - The Company emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
reorganization in March 1993 as a result of the confirmation of the Company's
Revised Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan of
Reorganization"). Reference is made to Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for a complete description of the terms of the Plan of
Reorganization. In connection with the confirmation of the Plan of
Reorganization, effective March 1, 1993, the Company adopted "fresh-start
reporting" in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants' Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting by Entities in
Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code". Accordingly, since March 1, 1993, the
Company's financial statements have been prepared as if it is a new reporting
entity.

        As a result of adopting fresh-start reporting, the financial information
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994 and the four months ended June 30, 1993
is not prepared on a comparable basis to the information for the eight months
ended February 28, 1993 or the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992. However, except
as described below, the Company believes that the impact of the fresh-start
reporting adjustments, while material, is identifiable, and that combining the
four months ended June 30, 1993 with the eight months ended February 28, 1993
provides a useful basis for comparison to the current period, as well as fiscal
1992. Therefore, the following discussion assumes the periods in fiscal 1993 are
combined.

        Summary of Results of Operations - The Company reported net earnings
(loss) of $6.8 million, or $1.07 per share, $72.7 million and $(185.4) million
for the fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

        The fiscal 1994 net earnings include, (i) a $3.0 million ($1.8 million,
or $0.28 per share, on an after-tax basis) gain on sale of assets recorded in
conjunction with the April 1994 Circle K transaction and (ii) $2.0 million ($1.2
million, or $0.19 per share, on an after-tax basis) in consulting fees and other
expenses related to the program to enhance and redefine the Company's focus on
customer service and effectiveness through the installation of integrated
state-of-the-art sales and inventory management systems. The fiscal 1993 net
earnings include a $61.5 million extraordinary gain related to the forgiveness
of debt and a $6.6 million special charge for additional environmental
remediation costs (see Notes 9 and 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements). The fiscal 1992 net loss included a $168.1 million charge for
Restructuring and Other Special Charges (see Note 10 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements).




                                      14
<PAGE>   3

        The following table sets forth the percentage of certain items in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations to sales for the years ended June 30,
1994, 1993 and 1992:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Percentage of Sales
                                                                          ------------------------------------
                                                                                  Year Ended June 30,
                                                                          ------------------------------------
                                                                          1994           1993*           1992
                                                                          ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>            <C>
Sales ..............................................................      100.0%          100.0%         100.0%
Cost of sales ......................................................       74.8            74.2           76.0
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Gross profit .......................................................       25.2            25.8           24.0
Operating expenses .................................................       19.3            18.5           21.4
General and administrative expenses ................................        3.8             3.6            4.0
Interest expense ...................................................        1.2              .5            1.2
Interest income ....................................................        (.1)            --             --
Gain on sale of assets .............................................        (.3)            --             --
Restructuring and other special charges ............................        --               .7           17.5
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) before reorganization expenses, fresh-start         
     adjustments, income taxes and extraordinary gain ..............        1.3             2.5          (20.1)
                                                                                                              
Reorganization expenses, net .......................................        --               .9             .3
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) before fresh-start adjustments, income taxes and    
     extraordinary gain ............................................        1.3             1.6          (20.4)
                                                                    
Fresh-start adjustments ............................................        --              --             --
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary gain .........        1.3             1.6          (20.4)
                                                                    
Income tax expense (benefit) .......................................         .5              .3           (1.1)
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain ..........................         .8             1.3          (19.3)
                                                                    
Extraordinary gain .................................................        --              7.0            --
                                                                          ------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) ................................................         .8%            8.3%         (19.3)%
                                                                          ====================================
</TABLE>                                                            

*   Reflects the combining of the four months ended June 30, 1993 (reorganized
    company) and the eight months ended February 28, 1993 (predecessor company).

        The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Selected
Financial Data and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Sales and Gross Profits -- In fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992 the
Company's merchandise sales accounted for 58%, 58% and 60%, respectively, of the
Company's total sales. Additionally, gasoline sales accounted for 42%, 42% and
40%, respectively, of the Company's total sales. Merchandise gross profits
accounted for 79%, 80% and 82%, respectively, and gasoline gross profits
accounted for 21%, 20% and 18%, respectively, of the Company's total gross
profits. The following table sets forth selected information regarding the
results of the Company's operations during fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992:




                                      15
<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Year      Four Months   |   Eight Months        Year Ended June 30,
                                                  Ended         Ended      |      Ended            -------------------
                                                 June 30,      June 30,    |   February 28,     (Combined)
                                                   1994          1993      |      1993             1993             1992
                                                ---------------------------|---------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>       |     <C>            <C>              <C>
Merchandise sales (millions) ...............    $  512.1         $172.8    |     $333.6         $  506.4         $  570.4
Merchandise gross profit margin ............        34.2%          35.4%   |       35.8%            35.7%            33.1%
Merchandise gross profit (millions) ........    $  175.1         $ 61.2    |     $119.4         $  180.6         $  189.0
                                                                           |
Gasoline sales (millions) ..................    $  368.4         $125.2    |     $247.3         $  372.5         $  388.1
Gasoline gross profit margin ...............        12.6%          11.3%   |       13.1%            12.5%            10.6%
Gasoline gross profit (millions) ...........    $   46.6         $ 14.1    |     $ 32.4         $   46.5         $   41.2
                                                                           |
Total sales (millions) .....................    $  880.5         $298.0    |     $580.9         $  878.9         $  958.5
Average gross profit margin ................        25.2%          25.3%   |       26.1%            25.8%            24.0%
Total gross profit (millions) ..............    $  221.7         $ 75.3    |     $151.8         $  227.1         $  230.2
                                                                           |
Average number of stores ...................         716            720    |        734              729              911
                                                                           |
Average sales per store (thousands):                                       |
 Merchandise ...............................    $  715.2         $240.0    |     $454.5         $  694.6         $  626.1
 Gasoline ..................................       514.5          173.9    |      336.9            511.0            426.0
                                                ---------------------------|---------------------------------------------
     Total .................................    $1,229.7         $413.9    |     $791.4         $1,205.6         $1,052.1
                                                ===========================|=============================================
Gasoline gallons sold (millions) ...........       372.4          119.4    |      231.8            351.2            367.9
                                                                           |
Average gasoline gallons sold per average                                  |
  gas store (thousands) ....................       597.8          192.8    |      369.1            561.9            491.2
</TABLE>                                    


Merchandise sales increased $5.7 million, or 1%, in fiscal 1994, as compared 
with fiscal 1993. On a same-store basis, merchandise sales increased 3% in 
fiscal 1994 as compared with the prior year, primarily due to increased Texas
Lottery commission revenues and money order sales, as well as the positive
impact on sales of value pricing promotions on such items as fountain drinks,
select premium beers and refrigerated juices.

        Merchandise gross profits decreased $5.5 million, or 3%, in fiscal 1994
as compared with fiscal 1993 while gross profit margins decreased 1.5 percentage
points. The decrease in gross profits and gross profit margins is primarily due
to the effects of certain value pricing promotions coupled with a $2.7 million
reduction, in fiscal 1994, in supplier discounts and rebates. These decreases
were partially offset by $3.1 million and $1.0 million increases in Texas
Lottery commission revenues and money order sales, respectively, combined with
the increased gross profits and gross profit margins of cigarettes in fiscal
1994 as compared to fiscal 1993.

        Merchandise sales decreased $64.0 million, or 11%, in fiscal 1993, as
compared with fiscal 1992, primarily due to a 20% decline in the average number
of operating stores caused by the completion of the strategic review of store
operations. On a same-store basis, merchandise sales increased 5% in fiscal 1993
as compared with fiscal 1992, primarily due to the introduction of the Company's
private label of cigarettes, modifications of the Company's value pricing
strategy on cigarettes and Texas Lottery commission revenues. In addition, the
fiscal 1992 merchandise sales were negatively impacted by inventory stockouts
the Company experienced during the first thirty days after its Chapter 11
filing.

        Merchandise gross profits decreased $8.4 million, or 4%, in fiscal 1993
as compared to fiscal 1992. Decreased sales from the closing of unprofitable
stores contributed $22.8 million to the decline in gross profits, but was
partially offset by higher merchandise margins which contributed $14.4 million.
Merchandise gross profit margins increased 2.6 percentage points from 33.1% in
fiscal 1992 to 35.7% in fiscal 1993. The increase in the gross profit margins
was primarily attributable to the fiscal 1992 profit margins being negatively
affected by a significant reduction in vendor rebates due to the Chapter 11
filing. Further contributing to the improvement in the gross profit margins were
increased Texas Lottery commis-





                                      16
<PAGE>   5

sion revenues of $5.5 million for fiscal 1993, as compared to fiscal 1992, 
and the aforementioned modifications of the Company's value pricing strategy 
on cigarettes.

        Gasoline sales decreased $4.1 million, or 1%, in fiscal 1994 as compared
with the prior year period primarily due to a 7% decrease in the average retail
selling price of gasoline during fiscal year 1994. This decrease was offset by a
6% increase in gasoline sales volumes. Volumes on a same-store sales basis
increased 9% from the same period last year as a result of the continued
emphasis and strategy to grow gasoline volume sales.
     
        Gasoline gross profits of $46.6 million were consistent with the prior
year level of $46.5 million. Gasoline gross profit margins decreased to 12.5
cents per gallon for fiscal 1994 from 13.2 cents per gallon in fiscal 1993. The
Company attributes the decrease primarily to the California market realizing
lower margins in the current fiscal year as a result of the prior year's
temporary cost advantage derived from the state's implementation of regulations
increasing the oxygen content of gasoline, combined with the competitive
pressures in the Texas markets in the current year. This decrease in margins was
partially offset by lower gasoline costs favorably affecting gasoline margins in
the first five months of fiscal 1994. 

        Gasoline sales decreased $15.6 million, or 4%, for fiscal 1993 as
compared with the same period in fiscal 1992 due primarily to a 5% decrease in
gasoline sales volumes, partially offset by a 1% increase in the average retail
selling price of gasoline. The gasoline sales volumes decrease resulted
primarily from the reduction in the average number of stores in operation.
Volumes on a same-store sales basis increased 5% from the same period in fiscal
1992 as a result of the Company's adoption of a volume growth strategy in March
1992. Also contributing to the same-store gasoline sales volumes increase were
the negative effects the inventory stockouts had on fiscal 1992 sales volumes
as a result of the Chapter 11 filing. 

        Higher gasoline gross profit margins contributed $7.2 million to the
$5.3 million increase in gasoline gross profits for fiscal 1993 as compared to
fiscal 1992, and were offset by a $1.9 million decrease from gasoline sales.
The improvement in gasoline gross profit margins was caused by several sudden
declines in the cost of gasoline in the wholesale market that were not fully
matched at the retail pricing level. Gasoline gross profit margins on a volume
basis averaged 13.2 cents per gallon for fiscal 1993 (the highest annual
average in the Company's history) as compared with 11.2 cents per gallon for
fiscal 1992.

        An analysis of merchandise sales, gasoline sales and gasoline sales
volumes follows (amounts in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR         Four Months  |  Eight Months       Year Ended June 30,
                                           ENDED           Ended      |     Ended        ------------------------
                                          JUNE 30,        June 30,    |   February 28,   (Combined)
                                            1994            1993      |      1993           1993             1992
                                          ----------------------------|------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>         |    <C>             <C>             <C>
Merchandise Sales:                                                    |
     Same-stores (a) ...............      $447.7          $149.5      |    $286.5          $436.0          $416.5
     New stores (b) ................        10.8             0.3      |       0.5             0.8             0.2
     Stores closed or sold (b) .....        53.6            23.0      |      46.6            69.6           153.7
                                          ----------------------------|------------------------------------------
                                          $512.1          $172.8      |    $333.6          $506.4          $570.4
                                          ============================|==========================================
                                                                      |
Gasoline Sales:                                                       |
     Same-stores (a) ...............      $307.4          $102.7      |    $198.3          $301.0          $287.6
     New stores (b) ................         9.5             0.3      |       0.5             0.8             0.2
     Stores closed or sold (b) .....        51.5            22.2      |      48.5            70.7           100.3
                                          ----------------------------|------------------------------------------
                                          $368.4          $125.2      |    $247.3          $372.5          $388.1
                                          ============================|==========================================
                                                                      |
Gasoline Gallons:                                                     |
     Same-stores (a) ...............       309.8            97.7      |     185.6           283.3           269.2
     New stores (b) ................         9.3             0.3      |       0.5             0.8             0.2
     Stores closed or sold (b) .....        53.3            21.4      |      45.7            67.1            98.5
                                          ----------------------------|------------------------------------------
                                           372.4           119.4      |     231.8           351.2           367.9
                                          ============================|==========================================
</TABLE>                            

(a) Represents the 622 stores (554 stores selling gasoline) which opened prior
    to July 1, 1991, and continued to operate through June 30, 1994.

(b) Includes the 88 stores acquired (New stores) and the 80 stores divested
    (Stores closed or sold) in the April 29, 1994 transaction with The Circle K 
    Corporation (see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).



                                      17
<PAGE>   6

        Operating Expenses - Operating expenses increased $7.4 million, or 5%,
in fiscal 1994, as compared to fiscal 1993, primarily due to an increase in
repairs and maintenance, insurance, labor and utilities expenses. Repairs and
maintenance increased $2.7 million primarily due to the resumption of normal
repairs and maintenance activities which in certain cases included repairs for
projects determined to be non-critical and therefore, postponed while the
Company was in Chapter 11 reorganization. Insurance expense increased $2.1
million as a result of changes in the terms and provisions of existing insurance
policies. Labor costs increased $1.6 million due to a more tenured work force
and additional staffing at the store level. Utilities increased $1.0 million
primarily due to rate increases for electricity, garbage and telephone services
in the Company's key Texas market areas. These increases were partially offset
by lower than anticipated property tax rates. Operating expenses as a percentage
of total sales increased to 19.3% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994 from
18.5% for the same period of fiscal 1993 for the above-mentioned reasons. To
improve customer service, the Company added 600 full-time employees during the
first quarter of fiscal 1995, thereby increasing total employees to
approximately 5,300. Accordingly, the Company anticipates an increase in labor
costs by $1.0 million to $1.2 million for the quarter ending September 30, 1994.

        Operating expenses decreased $43.0 million, or 21%, in fiscal 1993, as
compared to fiscal 1992, primarily due to a decrease in labor, rent and other
store operating costs attributable to the completion of the store closure and
lease rejection programs that began in December 1991 with the Chapter 11 filing.
Rent expense was also reduced in fiscal 1993 due to the partial implementation
of lower renegotiated store and equipment rents. In addition, insurance expense
decreased in fiscal year 1993 as a result of the decreased store base and the
full implementation of the Company's private job related injuries program in
Texas in lieu of the state managed workers' compensation program. Depreciation
expense also decreased due to the reduced store base and the write-down of
certain assets in December 1991. Further contributing to the decline in
operating expenses were certain cost cutting measures implemented by the Company
during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1992 with respect to the reorganization of
the Company's Corporate Kitchen operations, which included the elimination of
the truck distribution fleet and the closing of distribution centers located in
Dallas and San Antonio, Texas. Operating expenses as a percentage of total sales
decreased from 21.4% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992 to 18.5% for the
same period of fiscal 1993 for the above-mentioned reasons.

        General and Administrative Expenses - General and Administrative
expenses for the year ended June 30, 1994 increased $2.4 million, or 8%, from
the comparable period in fiscal 1993. This increase is primarily due to (i) the
reinstatement of employee benefits effective July 1, 1993, (ii) consulting fees
and other expenses of $2.0 million, incurred in the current year period,
associated with the program to enhance and redefine the Company's focus on
customer service and employee effectiveness and (iii) increased amortization
expenses. These increases were partially offset by a reduction of $2.3 million
in certain reorganization liabilities. The Company expects to incur
approximately $1.9 million of consulting expenses in the first six months of
fiscal 1995 associated with the aforementioned program to enhance and redefine
the Company's focus.
     
        General and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 1993
decreased $6.4 million, or 17%, from the comparable period in fiscal 1992,
primarily due to a decrease in administrative labor expense attributable to
field management and corporate staff reductions and the Company's suspension of
stock allocations to employees in its Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP")
effective with the Chapter 11 filing. In addition, rent expense decreased in
fiscal 1993 as the Company negotiated a new lease agreement on its corporate
office building on terms substantially more favorable to the Company.

        Restructuring and Other Special Charges - As further discussed in Note
10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company recorded
$168.1 million of Restructuring and Other Special Charges at December 31, 1991,
related to store closings, other assets affected by the Chapter 11 filing,
insurance and environmental matters. An additional $6.6 million special charge
was recorded in February 1993 related to an increase in environmental
remediation liabilities.

        Interest Expense - Interest expense increased $5.8 million in fiscal
1994 as compared to the same period of the prior year, primarily due to the
resumption of interest accruals and payments on all indebtedness upon emergence
from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization. Prior to March 9, 1993 (the
"Effective Date"), the Company recorded interest





                                      18
<PAGE>   7

expense only for those pre-petition debt instruments which were fully secured,
and for all debtor-in-possession financing.

        Interest expense decreased $6.7 million in fiscal 1993, as compared to
fiscal 1992, primarily due to the suspension of interest accruals on unsecured
and undersecured pre-petition indebtedness concurrent with the December 9, 1991
Chapter 11 filing (the "Petition Date"). Subsequent to December 9, 1991, the
Company recorded interest expense only for those pre-petition debt instruments
which were fully secured, and for all debtor-in-possession financing. As of the
Effective Date the Company resumed recording interest expense as incurred. Such
interest expense was less than that recorded prior to the Chapter 11 filing due
to lower outstanding debt balances and lower interest rates resulting from the
adoption of the Plan of Reorganization.

        Interest Income - Interest income for the year ended June 30, 1994
increased $0.8 million from the prior year period. This increase was primarily
due to the increase in cash available for investment purposes in fiscal 1994 as
compared to 1993. In addition, the Company's short-term investments yielded a
higher rate of return in fiscal 1994.

        Gain on Sale of Assets - During 1994, the Company completed a
transaction whereby the Company, (i) exchanged its 53 operating convenience
stores in Southern California, together with related inventories and equipment,
for 88 operating convenience stores of The Circle K Corporation in the
Dallas/Fort Worth and Houston, Texas areas, together with related inventories
and equipment and, (ii) sold its 27 operating convenience stores in Atlanta,
Georgia, together with related inventories and equipment, for cash consideration
of $9,150,000. The Company recorded a pretax gain of $3.0 million in conjunction
with this transaction.

        Reorganization Expenses, net - Reorganization expenses include those
costs and income items which were incurred by the Company solely as a result of
operating under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. During the years ended June
30, 1993 and 1992, the Company incurred $8.1 million and $3.4 million,
respectively, of such costs which were primarily for professional fees the
Company was required to pay to attorneys, accountants and investment bankers
involved in the Chapter 11 proceeding. 

     Fresh-Start Adjustments - As a result of adopting fresh-start 
reporting, the Company made adjustments to record assets and 
liabilities at their fair market values as of March 1, 1993 and to record the 
adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 - "Accounting 
for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). The adjustments to record assets and
liabilities at their fair market values primarily include an increase in the
reserve for litigation costs in connection with the conclusion of the Chapter 11
reorganization offset by the elimination of a reserve as a result of the
proposed termination of the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan (see Note 10
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

        Income Taxes - The effective income tax rate of the reorganized company
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994 and the period from Inception (March 1,
1993) to June 30, 1993 differs from the federal statutory rate primarily because
of state income taxes and the inability to deduct for tax purposes the
amortization of Reorganization Value in Excess of Amounts Allocable to
Identifiable Assets, offset in fiscal 1994 by targeted jobs tax credits and the
cumulative increase in the net deferred tax asset resulting from an increase in
the statutory federal tax rate. The effective income tax rate of the predecessor
company for the eight months ended February 28, 1993 differs from the federal
statutory rate primarily because the previous method of accounting required the
use of prior year loss carryforwards to reduce the effective federal income tax
rate for financial reporting purposes. The effective income tax rate of the
predecessor company for fiscal 1992 differs from the federal statutory rate
primarily because the federal income tax benefit was recorded only to the extent
such benefit could be offset against deferred income taxes payable.

        Extraordinary Gain - On the Effective Date or thereafter as provided in
the Plan of Reorganization, the Company distributed cash, debt instruments,
Common Stock and warrants to purchase Common Stock in settlement of its
liabilities subject to compromise. The fair market value of the cash and
securities that were distributed was approximately $61.5 million less than the
pre-petition liabilities and was recorded as an extraordinary gain on the
forgiveness of debt (see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements).

        Inflation - The Company believes inflation has not had a material effect
on its results of operations in recent years. However, the Company has
experienced short-term fluctuations in its gasoline gross profit margins, both
positive and negative, as a result of changing market conditions for the supply
and demand of gasoline.

        Pro Forma Results of Operations for Fiscal 1993 - Management of the
Company has made pro forma calculations of





                                      19
<PAGE>   8
year-to-date operating results based on the assumption that the Plan of
Reorganization had become effective on July 1, 1992. Such calculations resulted
in pro forma unaudited net earnings of $8.8 million, or $1.35 per share, for the
twelve months ended June 30, 1993 (see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements).

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        Key balance sheet figures and ratios are presented in the table below
(all amounts, excluding ratios are in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                June 30,
                                                          ---------------------
                                                           1994          1993
                                                          ---------------------
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>
Cash (a) .........................................        $ 41.1         $ 46.0
Current assets ...................................        $ 91.0         $ 90.5
Current liabilities ..............................        $ 81.7         $ 78.8
Current ratio ....................................          1.11           1.15
Inventory turn ratios (annualized):
  Merchandise ....................................          10.8           11.7
  Gasoline .......................................          54.0           50.3
Long-term debt ...................................        $107.0         $131.6
Stockholders' equity .............................        $ 74.7         $ 67.3
Debt to equity ratio .............................          1.43           1.96
Common shares outstanding ........................           6.1            6.0
</TABLE>

(a) Includes $7.4 million and $6.3 million that has been reserved at the
    Company's option related to the remittance of tax and lottery collections at
    June 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively. June 30, 1994 also includes $6.2
    million which is currently held in escrow pending the resolution of mortgage
    related matters associated with the Circle K transaction completed April 
    29, 1994.

        Liquidity - Working capital totalled $9.3 million at June 30, 1994 and
$11.7 million at June 30, 1993. Cash and equivalents were $41.1 million and
$46.0 million at June 30, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

        Cash from operating activities totalled $25.3 million, $56.1 million and
$28.5 million for the years ended June 30, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
The decrease in fiscal year 1994 cash from operating activities versus fiscal
year 1993 is due primarily to the effect on cash flow from operating activities
of the Company being in reorganization prior to March 1, 1993, along with the
resumption of credit terms with the Company's trade vendors during fiscal year
1993. Operating earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation,
amortization, reorganization items and other non-recurring items ("EBITDA")
amounted to $35,218,000, $49,374,000 and $9,202,000 during the fiscal years
ended June 30, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. EBITDA is presented to provide
additional information about the Company's ability to meet its future debt
service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements and should not be
construed as a substitute for earnings from operations or a better indicator of
liquidity than cash flow from operating activities.

        During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994 the Company began the
implementation of a program to enhance and redefine the Company's focus on
customer service and employee effectiveness. This program is the result of an
extensive review by management and outside consultants. An integral component of
the program involves the upgrading of equipment and technology through the
installation of integrated state-of-the-art sales and inventory management
systems. These systems will significantly automate store operations by capturing
data on point-of-sale and scanning equipment. The Company will initiate the
program in its Dallas/Fort Worth stores and estimates that it will incur capital
expenditures of approximately $10.0 million in such market by mid fiscal 1995.
Additionally, the Company estimates that it will incur approximately $3.2
million in consulting expenses in conjunction with the program, $1.3 million of
which were incurred in fiscal 1994. These costs will be funded by cash generated
from operations, as well as cash on hand. As noted below, the Company's
long-term bank credit agreements were amended to allow an increase in the fiscal
year 1994 capital expenditures budget from $17.3 million to $25.0 million.

        On April 29, 1994, the Company completed the transaction whereby the
Company, (i) exchanged its 53 operating convenience stores in Southern
California, together with related inventories and equipment, for 88 operating
convenience stores of The Circle K Corporation in the Dallas/Fort Worth and
Houston, Texas areas, together with related inventories and equipment and, (ii)
sold its 27 operating convenience stores in Atlanta, Georgia, together with
related inventories and equipment, for cash consideration of $9,150,000. The
cash proceeds were used to fund transaction costs, capital expenditures and to
reduce long-term bank debt.

        As discussed in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, the Company established, in December 1991, restructuring liabilities
of $19.2 million for anticipated market divestitures and lease settlement
claims. The restructuring liabilities totalled $7.1 million at June 30, 1993.
The $12.1 million reduction in the restructuring liabilities

                                      20
<PAGE>   9

was due to, (i) the reclassification to Liabilities Subject to Compromise of the
$10.2 million liability for lease settlement claims and (ii) the effects of the
sale of the Company's stores in the San Francisco Bay area. Liabilities Subject
to Compromise were satisfied with cash and/or company stock in conjunction with
the Chapter 11 reorganization. In conjunction with the April 1994 Circle K
transaction involving the Georgia and remaining California operations, such
remaining liability balance was reduced to zero.

        In December 1991, the Company also recorded a special charge of $46.6
million related to an increase in insurance liabilities. The insurance
liabilities at June 30, 1992, 1993 and 1994 totalled $3.9 million, $9.8 million
and $17.5 million, respectively. During fiscal year 1993 the insurance liability
was increased for accruals of $14.4 million and decreased for cash payments of
$8.5 million. During fiscal 1994 the insurance liability was increased for
accruals of $17.1 million and decreased for cash payments of $9.4 million.

        See "Capital Resources" section below, as well as Notes 10 and 11 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding
the environmental liabilities.

        The Company has historically maintained a portfolio of surplus and
excess real estate properties in anticipation of expansion. During the period of
Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, the Company eliminated its new store
development program and sold 9 parcels of surplus real estate for $1.5 million,
net of closing costs, and sold surplus store equipment for an additional $4.7
million. In addition, in July 1992 the Company sold its 21 operating convenience
stores, together with related inventories and equipment, located in and around
the San Francisco Bay area for $3.1 million. Net proceeds from these sales were
used to partially fund the Company's cash requirements upon emerging from
Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization. Since emerging from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
reorganization, the Company has sold 27 additional parcels of surplus real
estate for $3.7 million, net of closing costs. Net proceeds from such sales, and
any sales in the future, are generally required to be applied against mortgage
or bank long-term debt. As of June 30, 1994, 47 parcels of surplus real estate
were held by the Company.

        Because substantially all of the Company's sales are for cash and total
inventories are converted to cash approximately once a month, the Company
considers its cash flows adequate to satisfy its daily working capital
requirements. However, in order to further enhance its liquidity, the Company
has a Revolving Credit Agreement which provides for the borrowing and/or
issuance of letters of credit in the aggregate of up to $8.0 million, increasing
to $11.0 million during the period from November 1 through May 1 of each year.
The Revolving Credit Agreement requires that, during each fiscal year, the
Company pay off all outstanding cash borrowings thereunder for a period of 30
consecutive days. The Company had no borrowings under this facility during
fiscal 1994. Letter of credit issuances cannot exceed $8.0 million and cash
borrowings are limited to the commitment limit less letters of credit
outstanding. The facility terminates on September 30, 1995. At June 30, 1994, no
letters of credit were outstanding under this facility.

        Capital Resources - The Company's debt instruments provide for repayment
generally over a 7 to 10 year period, except for the aforementioned Revolving
Credit Agreement which becomes due and payable September 30, 1995. Principal is
required to be paid quarterly and bears interest at a fixed percentage ranging
from 7.4% to 9.5%, a percentage above the prime rate of the lender or various
margins above the United States Treasury Securities rate or Eurodollar rates.
Management of the Company believes that a significant portion of the operating
cash flow will be dedicated to these payments during the next nine years.
     
        The Company's long-term bank debt agreements contain limits on the
amount of capital expenditures and environmental remediation expenses the
Company can incur. During the third quarter of fiscal 1994, the Company's
long-term bank debt agreements were amended to allow an increase in the fiscal
year 1994 capital expenditure budget from $17.3 million to $25.0 million. The
Company incurred capital expenditures of $21.9 million during fiscal 1994
compared to $11.7 million in fiscal 1993 and $3.6 million in fiscal 1992. During
1994, such expenditures were comprised primarily of $9.9 million of gasoline
dispensing equipment and installation of underground piping required to comply
with environmental laws (the "Stage II Vapor Recovery Equipment"). In addition,
the Company incurred $3.9 million on store remodels and eateries, $3.1 million
in store equipment replacement, $2.6 million upgrading security systems in the
stores, and $2.4 million on miscellaneous projects. The Company's long-term bank
debt agree-





                                      21
<PAGE>   10
ment limits fiscal 1995 capital expenditures/remediation to excess cash
flow, as defined, not to exceed $20.3 million. For fiscal 1995 the Company
anticipates it will incur capital expenditures/remediation as required by
environmental regulations, along with upgrading store security systems,
installation of state-of-the-art sales and inventory management systems, store
remodels, new store construction and equipment replacement which could total up
to $30.0 million. The Company is currently in negotiations to amend the
long-term bank debt agreements in order to facilitate such capital
expenditures/remediation noted above. The outcome of such negotiations cannot
be determined at this time. For fiscal 1996 the long-term bank debt agreements
limit capital/environmental remediation expenditures to excess cash flow, as
defined, not to exceed $24.0 million.

        Under the terms of certain of the Company's long-term bank debt
agreements, the Company cannot pay cash dividends on its Common Stock or
purchase any treasury stock.

        Below is a table illustrating primary financial ratios and coverage
tests ("Covenants") as of June 30, 1994 associated with the Company's long-term
bank debt instruments. (all amounts, excluding ratios are in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Covenant (as Defined)                                Required            Actual
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
Current Ratio (minimum) ......................            90%             111%
Total Borrowed Funds to Consolidated
 Net Worth (maximum) .........................           418%             327%
Total Liabilities to Consolidated
 Net Worth (maximum) .........................           360%             301%
Consolidated Net Worth (minimum) .............       $61,400          $74,748
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum) ............           230%             332%
Consolidated Fixed Charge
 Coverage Ratio (minimum) ....................           107%             129%
EBITDA (minimum) .............................       $27,300          $35,218
Capital expenditures (maximum) ...............       $25,000          $23,266
</TABLE>

        Covenants noted above are computed as defined per the Company's
long-term bank debt instrument agreements. At June 30, 1994, the Company was in
compliance with such Covenants.

        The Company's environmental remediation exposure is related primarily to
the clean up of contaminated soil caused by leaking underground gasoline storage
tanks and underground piping systems. The Company spent $1.3 million in fiscal
1994 on environmental remediation activities, compared to $1.3 million in fiscal
1993 and $1.7 million in fiscal 1992. The Company estimates that it will spend
$10.6 million on such expenditures through 1999. During the second quarter of
fiscal year 1992 the Company completed a comprehensive plan covering its
underground storage tanks in light of the expected funding shortfalls in the
various state reimbursement programs. As a result, the Company recorded an
increase to the environmental remediation liability of $16.8 million in the
second quarter of fiscal year 1992. Not included in this liability is
approximately $4.0 million of reimbursements from established state trust funds
which the Company believes to be probable of recovery. In connection with an
updated environmental remediation cost analysis, upon emerging from Chapter 11
bankruptcy reorganization the Company increased its liability for future
environmental remediation and tank removal costs by an additional $6.6 million
in February 1993. As of June 30, 1993, the remediation liability totalled $18.2
million, net of the aforementioned estimated $4.0 million of reimbursable costs.
At June 30, 1994, the remediation liability totalled $21.8 million; however,
this amount does not include the aforementioned estimated reimbursements. The
actual cost of remediating contaminated sites and removing tanks may be
substantially lower or higher than that reserved due to the difficulty in
estimating such costs and due to potential changes in the status of regulation
and state reimbursement programs. The Company does not believe that any such
amount below or in excess of that accrued is reasonably estimable.
     
        On March 15, 1994, the Company filed its federal income tax return for
the year ended June 30, 1993, which reflected net operating loss carryforwards
of $55.8 million plus tax credits of $7.1 million. The net operating losses
expire in varying amounts in fiscal years 2003 to 2007 and the tax credits
expire in fiscal years 2000 to 2009. These figures reflect the adjustments
required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code after an ownership change
in the Company's stock. Section 382 will also require the Company to reduce the
tax basis of its assets by approximately $40.0 million. An ownership change is
defined as occurring when, during any three year period, the Company's 5%
shareholders (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) increase their ownership
in the Company's stock by more than 50 percentage points. The Plan of
Reorganization resulted in an ownership change since substantially all of the
new stock was issued to the creditors of the Company.





                                      22
<PAGE>   11

        As of June 30, 1994, the net operating loss carryforward is estimated to
have been reduced to $29.5 million as a result of the application of the losses
to reduce taxable income for fiscal 1994. The Company expects the remaining net
operating losses, tax credits and other tax attributes to be available to offset
future income taxes, subject to applicable limits. However, should a second
ownership change occur within two years of the first ownership change, all the
remaining pre-confirmation net operating losses, tax credits and other tax
attributes would be eliminated. The Plan of Reorganization provided for the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 9, 1993 to contain
restrictions through June 30, 1996 on the transfer of stock to the reorganized
company's 5% stockholders (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) or those
that would become 5% stockholders as a result of the purported transfer.

        Risk and Uncertainties - During the year ended June 30, 1994, the sale
of gasoline products, tobacco products and alcoholic beverages comprised 42%,
14% and 13%, respectively, of total Company sales. Under the Clinton
Administration numerous proposals have recently been made that would result in
increased excise taxes on alcoholic beverages and tobacco products. Several of
these proposals have sought substantial increases on state and federal excise
taxes, as well as additional state taxes on tobacco products in particular.
While the Company cannot predict whether the remaining tax proposals will become
law, similar previous tax increases on such products have generally had a
negative impact on the sales and results of operations of the Company.
Additionally, numerous governmental entities are considering various regulations
related to the sale of tobacco products which, if implemented, could adversely
affect the sales and results of operations of the Company.
     
        The Company's environmental remediation exposure is related primarily to
the clean up of contaminated soil caused by leaking underground gasoline storage
tanks and underground piping systems. The Company is subject to additional
regulatory matters including environmental capital commitments and environmental
remediation, as further discussed in Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements. The actual cost of remediating contaminated sites and
removing tanks may be substantially lower or higher than the related accrued
liabilities.

        World gasoline markets have historically been subject to periods of
sudden and extreme volatility as a result of changing supply and demand
conditions for crude oil and gasoline. The Company's liquidity and gross profits
could be adversely affected in the future should such conditions occur, and such
adverse effects could be significant.

        The Clinton Administration and many members of the Congress have
proposed various legislative measures to change existing health care programs.
Due to the labor intensive nature of the convenience store business, any
legislation or regulation which increases the Company's labor costs could have a
significant adverse effect on the results of operations of the Company. As a
result of the significant amount of uncertainty surrounding any potential
changes in health care programs, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of
any of these proposals.





                                      23
<PAGE>   12

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries
Houston, Texas

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of National
Convenience Stores Incorporated and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of June 30,
1994 and 1993 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 1994
and for the period from inception (March 1, 1993) to June 30, 1993 (Reorganized
Company) and the eight months ended February 28, 1993 and the year ended June
30, 1992 (Predecessor Company). These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     
        As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, on
February 25, 1993, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the plan of
reorganization which became effective after the close of business on March 8,
1993. Accordingly, the accompanying Reorganized Company financial statements
have been prepared in conformity with American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, "Financial Reporting for Entities in
Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code," as a new entity with assets,
liabilities and a capital structure having carrying values not comparable with
prior periods.

        In our opinion, the Reorganized Company consolidated financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
the Company as of June 30, 1994 and 1993, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year ended June 30, 1994 and for the period from
inception (March 1, 1993) to June 30, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor Company
consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
eight months ended February 28, 1993 and the year ended June 30, 1992 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

     

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
August 9, 1994





                                      24
<PAGE>   13

National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Reorganized  Company         |      Predecessor Company
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                  Period from    |
                                                                                   Inception     |   Eight Months
                                                                 YEAR ENDED     (March 1, 1993)  |      Ended          Year Ended
                                                                   JUNE 30,        to June 30,   |   February 28,        June 30,
                                                                    1994              1993       |       1993              1992
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>             |  <C>               <C>
Sales ....................................................     $   880,524       $   297,985     |  $   580,867       $   958,519
Costs and Expenses:                                                                              |
    Cost of sales ........................................         658,845           222,639     |      429,019           728,322
    Operating expenses ...................................         169,947            54,193     |      108,326           205,516
    General and administrative expenses ..................          34,204            10,982     |       20,793            38,181
    Restructuring and other special charges (Note 10) ....            --                --       |        6,561           168,106
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                   862,996           287,814     |      564,699         1,140,125
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                                 |
Operating Income (Loss) ..................................          17,528            10,171     |       16,168          (181,606)
                                                                                                 |
Other Income (Expense):                                                                          |
    Interest expense (Note 4) ............................         (10,598)           (3,241)    |       (1,547)          (11,475)
    Interest income ......................................           1,220               328     |           50               153
    Gain on sale of assets (Note 2) ......................           2,965              --       |         --                --
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                                 |
Earnings (Loss) Before Reorganization Expenses,                                                  |
    Fresh-Start Adjustments, Income Taxes and                                                    |
    Extraordinary Gain ...................................          11,115             7,258     |       14,671          (192,928)
Reorganization Expenses, net .............................            --                --       |        8,124             3,361
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                                 |
Earnings (Loss) Before Fresh-Start Adjustments,                                                  |
    Income Taxes and Extraordinary Gain ..................          11,115             7,258     |        6,547          (196,289)
Fresh-Start Adjustments (Note 9) .........................            --                --       |          382              --
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                                 |
Earnings (Loss) Before Income Taxes and                                                          |
    Extraordinary Gain ...................................          11,115             7,258     |        6,929          (196,289)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Note 5) ....................           4,280             2,869     |          133           (10,851)
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
                                                                                                 |
Earnings (Loss) Before Extraordinary Gain ................           6,835             4,389     |        6,796          (185,438)
Extraordinary Gain (Note 9) ..............................            --                --       |       61,493              --
                                                               ----------------------------------|-------------------------------
Net Earnings (Loss) ......................................     $     6,835       $     4,389     |  $    68,289       $  (185,438)
                                                               ==================================|===============================
                                                                                                 |
Earnings Per Share .......................................     $      1.07       $      0.68     |
                                                               =============================     |
Weighted Average Common and Common                                                               |
    Equivalent Shares Outstanding ........................           6,555             6,581     |
                                                               =============================     |
</TABLE>                                                  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                      25
<PAGE>   14
National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         June 30,
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                 1994                  1993
                                                               -------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                    <C>
Assets                                                  
Current Assets:                                         
    Cash and equivalents, $13,557 and $6,254 reserved ...      $ 41,142               $ 46,032
    Accounts receivable, net ............................         5,449                  4,474
    Inventories .........................................        39,626                 37,308
    Prepaid expenses ....................................         4,775                  2,697
                                                               -------------------------------
        Total Current Assets ............................        90,992                 90,511
                                                         
Property and Equipment, net (Note 2) ....................       158,075                156,528
Reorganization Value in Excess of Amounts Allocable to   
    Identifiable Assets, net (Note 9) ...................        34,542                 39,587
Deferred Tax Asset, net (Note 5) ........................         6,071                  6,065
Other Assets, net (Note 11) .............................         9,842                  5,737
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                               $299,522               $298,428
                                                               ===============================
                                                         
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                     
Current Liabilities:                                     
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 3) ......      $ 69,611               $ 68,395
    Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4) ..........        12,103                 10,373
                                                               -------------------------------
        Total Current Liabilities .......................        81,714                 78,768
                                                         
Long-Term Debt (Note 4) .................................       106,976                131,559
Other Long-Term Liabilities (Notes 3 and 11) ............        36,084                 20,839
                                                         
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 11) ........          --                     --
                                                         
Stockholders' Equity (Note 6):                           
    Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 50,000,000   
      shares authorized; 6,050,069 and 6,000,000         
      shares issued and outstanding .....................            61                     60
    Additional paid-in capital ..........................        63,463                 62,813
    Retained earnings ...................................        11,224                  4,389
                                                               -------------------------------
        Total Stockholders' Equity ......................        74,748                 67,262
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                               $299,522               $298,428
                                                               ===============================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                      26
<PAGE>   15

National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
($ in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Additional      Retained
                                                     Preferred      Common       Paid-in       Earnings      Treasury      Notes
                                                       Stock         Stock       Capital       (Deficit)       Stock     Receivable
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
PREDECESSOR COMPANY:
 Balance at June 30, 1991 ......................    $     245     $  10,000     $ 108,542     $  (9,793)    $ (15,729)    $ (23,167)

  Net loss .....................................                                               (185,438)
  Cash dividends on Series E
    Preferred Stock ............................                                                   (588)
  Conversion of 9% Debentures to
    Common Stock (100 shares) ..................                          1             2
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balance at June 30, 1992 ....................          245        10,001       108,544      (195,819)      (15,729)      (23,167)

   Net earnings for the eight months
     ended February 28, 1993 ...................                                                 68,289
   Cancellation of stock of
     predecessor company .......................         (245)      (10,001)     (108,544)      127,530        15,729        23,167
   Issuance of reorganized
     company Common Stock ......................                         60        62,813
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REORGANIZED COMPANY:
   Balance at February 28, 1993 ................         --              60        62,813          --            --            --
     Net earnings for the period
       from Inception (March 1, 1993)
       to June 30, 1993 ........................                                                  4,389
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balance at June 30, 1993 ....................         --              60        62,813         4,389          --            --

    Net earnings ...............................                                                  6,835
    Common Stock issued for exercise
      of stock options (50,000 shares) .........                          1           524
      Income tax benefit related to
      stock options ............................                                      125
    Common Stock issued for exercise
      of warrants (69 shares) ..................                                        1
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Balance at June 30, 1994 ....................    $    --       $      61     $  63,463     $  11,224     $    --       $    --
                                                    ===============================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





                                      27
<PAGE>   16

National Convenience Stores Incorporated

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Reorganized  Company       |        Predecessor Company
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
                                                                              Period from    |
                                                                               Inception     |     Eight Months
                                                               Year Ended   (March 1, 1993)  |        Ended        Year Ended
                                                                June 30,       to June 30,   |     February 28,     June 30,
                                                                  1994            1993       |        1993            1992
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>          |     <C>             <C>       
Cash flows from operating activities:                                                        |                                
  Net earnings (loss) .......................................  $   6,835        $   4,389    |     $ 68,289        $(185,438)
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss)                                               |                                
    to net cash provided by operating activities:                                            |                                
     Depreciation and amortization ..........................     17,690            5,587    |       10,887           22,702  
     Deferred income taxes ..................................      3,578            2,374    |         --            (11,271) 
     Gain on sale of assets .................................     (2,965)            --      |         --               --    
     Fresh-start adjustments ................................       --               --      |         (382)            --    
     Extraordinary gain .....................................       --               --      |      (61,493)            --    
     Restructuring and other special charges ................       --               --      |        6,561          168,106  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net                                           |                                
   of sales of stores:                                                                       |                                 
     (Increase) decrease in accounts and notes                                               |                                
        receivable and prepaid expenses .....................     (2,549)            (111)   |          727               26  
     (Increase) decrease in inventories .....................     (2,713)          (2,621)   |        5,691            6,052  
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and                                             |                                
        accrued expenses ....................................      5,244           16,340    |         (396)          28,409  
     Increase (decrease) in income taxes ....................        214             (397)   |           38              175  
   Other, net ...............................................        (28)             495    |          157             (284) 
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities ..............     25,306           26,056    |       30,079           28,477  
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:                                                        |                                
     Capital expenditures ...................................    (21,942)          (8,671)   |       (3,016)          (3,557) 
     Proceeds from sale of assets ...........................     12,708            1,528    |        6,906            2,900  
     Other, net .............................................     (2,102)            (962)   |       (1,194)            (748) 
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ....    (11,336)          (8,105)   |        2,696           (1,405) 
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:                                                        |                                
     Principal payments on long-term debt ...................    (19,120)          (3,658)   |         --             (5,192) 
     Proceeds from exercise of warrants and options .........        526             --      |         --               --    
     Debt issue costs .......................................       --               --      |         (181)          (2,629) 
     Dividends paid .........................................       --               --      |         --               (882) 
     Cash settlement of liabilities subject to compromise ...       (266)         (36,584)   |         --               --    
     Other, net .............................................       --              3,005    |         --             (4,344) 
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
     Net cash used in financing activities ..................    (18,860)         (37,237)   |         (181)         (13,047) 
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents .............     (4,890)         (19,286)   |       32,594           14,025  
Cash and equivalents  -- beginning of period ................     46,032           65,318    |       32,724           18,699  
                                                               ---------------------------   |     --------------------------
                      -- end of period ......................  $  41,142        $  46,032    |     $ 65,318        $  32,724  
                                                               ==========================    |     =========================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                      28
<PAGE>   17
National Convenience Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(all tabular amounts expressed in thousands, except per share data)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of National Convenience Stores Incorporated and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company") with all significant intercompany
accounts and transactions eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in prior
years have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

        Basis of Presentation - As more fully described in Note 9 below, on
February 25, 1993, a court order was entered confirming the Company's Revised
Fourth Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan of
Reorganization") by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
of Texas, Houston Division (the "Bankruptcy Court"). As a result, the Company
adopted the recommended "fresh-start reporting" treatment for entities emerging
from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, as set forth in the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position 90-7,
"Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code"
("SOP 90-7"). For accounting purposes, the inception date for the reorganized
company is deemed to be March 1, 1993. Therefore, since March 1, 1993, the
Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if it is a new
reporting entity (the reorganized company); the term "predecessor company"
relates to the Company for all periods prior to March 1, 1993. Consequently, a
vertical black line has been placed to separate post-emergence operations from
those prior to March 1, 1993. Accordingly, the Consolidated Statements of
Operations, Cash Flows and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the periods from
Inception (March 1, 1993) to June 30, 1993 and the year ended June 30, 1994 of
the reorganized company are not comparable with those for the year ended June
30, 1992 and the eight months ended February 28, 1993 of the predecessor
company.

        In connection with the adoption of SOP 90-7, the Company was also
required to adopt the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109") as of March 1, 1993 (see
Note 5).

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosures - For
purposes of this statement, short-term investments which have an initial
maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. "Net cash
provided by operating activities" includes the following cash payments and
receipts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Reorganized          |             Predecessor 
                                                                               Company            |               Company 
                                                                  ------------------------------- |  -------------------------------
                                                                                    Period from   |
                                                                                     Inception    |       Eight
                                                                     Year            (March 1,    |       Months              Year 
                                                                    Ended             1993) to    |       Ended              Ended 
                                                                   June 30,           June 30,    |    February 28,        June 30, 
                                                                    1994                1993      |        1993               1992
                                                                  ------------------------------- |  -------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>          |      <C>               <C>
Cash paid (received) for:                                                                         |
 Interest expense .......................................         $ 10,525           $  3,073     |      $     85          $ 13,545
 Interest income ........................................           (1,145)              (328)    |          --                --
 Income taxes, net                                                                                |
   of refunds ...........................................              446                396     |            93               259
 Reorganization items:                                                                            |
  Professional fees .....................................            2,537              3,085     |         4,908               475
  Interest income .......................................             --                 --       |          (639)             (196)
  Other .................................................             --                    6     |           182                93
</TABLE>

        Reference is made to the analysis of the reorganized company's opening
balance sheet at March 1, 1993 (see Note 9) for a complete description of the
non-cash financing activities recorded upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
reorganization and the resultant adoption of fresh-start reporting.

        For the year ended June 30, 1992, non-cash investing and financing
activities were composed of the exercise by certain officers and directors of
the Company of their right to exchange $5.4 million of floating interest rate
subordinated debentures for the related promissory notes held by the predecessor
company. For financial reporting purposes, the promissory notes and debentures
were considered to offset and, therefore, the exchange had no effect on the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition, $2,000 of the
predecessor company's 9% Convertible Subordinated Debentures were converted into
100 shares of the predecessor company's common stock and draw downs of
outstanding pre-petition irrevocable letters of credit amounting to $9.2 million
were made primarily by the Company's insurance carriers for the payment of
pre-petition insurance claims.

        Cash and Equivalents - The cash balance is comprised of cash and cash
items in stores, in transit or in banks. The reserved cash balances at June 30,
1994 and 1993 of $13.6 million and $6.3 million, respectively, are composed of
cash accumulated in trust accounts at the Company's option for the payment of
payroll, sales and gasoline taxes and state lottery sales proceeds. Also
included in the reserved cash bal-





                                      29
<PAGE>   18
ance at June 30, 1994 is cash from the Circle K transaction that has been held 
in escrow pending substitution of collateral related matters, which is 
expected to be released by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 1995.

     Inventories - Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of
first-in, first-out cost or market, determined by the retail inventory method;
gasoline inventories are stated at average cost.

     Property and Equipment - In accordance with SOP 90-7, property and
equipment were restated at March 1, 1993 to approximate fair market value as of
the Effective Date (see Note 9). Subsequent additions have been recorded at
cost. Provision for depreciation and amortization is made on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease terms, if
shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas
renewals and betterments are capitalized.

     Reorganization Value in Excess of Amounts Allocable to Identifiable
Assets-Reorganization Value in Excess of Amounts Allocable to Identifiable
Assets ("Excess Reorganization Value") is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over 20 years. Amortization in amounts of $1.5 million and $0.5 million
were recorded for the year ended June 30, 1994 and the period from March 1, 1993
to June 30, 1993, respectively. In accordance with purchase accounting, any
downward revaluations of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance (see Note 5)
will result in a reassignment of a portion of Excess Reorganization Value to
Deferred Tax Assets, net.

     Income Taxes - In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting,
the Company adopted SFAS 109, as of March 1, 1993 (see Note 5). Under SFAS 109,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement
carrying value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by using enacted tax
rates that are applicable to the future years in which deferred tax assets or
liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Under SFAS 109, the effect
of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in
net earnings in the period in which the tax rate change was enacted. Income tax
expense of the predecessor company was recorded pursuant to the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 96, "Accounting for Income
Taxes" ("SFAS 96").

     Earnings Per Share - Earnings per share have been computed by dividing
the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the
period, increased by the effect of common stock equivalents from stock options
and warrants, when dilutive, into net earnings. Fully-diluted earnings per share
are not shown as the difference is either immaterial or antidilutive in all
periods presented.

     Earnings per share for the predecessor company are not presented since
such disclosure is not meaningful as a result of the confirmation of the Plan of
Reorganization.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 107, "Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Instruments",
requires disclosure of the fair value of certain financial instruments. Cash,
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reflected in
the financial statements at fair value consistent with the short-term maturity
of these instruments.

     When considering the current interest rates and the terms of the
Company's long-term debt instruments, management believes the fair value of its
long-term debt to be approximately $9.0 million less than the carrying value due
primarily to the favorable interest rates related to its long-term debt.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                June 30,
                                                       -------------------------
                                                         1994             1993
                                                       -------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>
Land .........................................         $ 40,470         $ 40,592
Buildings ....................................           37,713           40,109
Leasehold improvements .......................           20,059           17,472
Equipment and fixtures .......................           79,048           64,361
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        177,290          162,534

  Less accumulated depreciation ..............           19,215            6,006
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       $158,075         $156,528
                                                       =========================
</TABLE>

     The annual provision for depreciation has been computed principally in
accordance with the following rates and ranges of rates applied on the
straight-line method: Buildings, 4%; Leasehold improvements, 7%-10%; Equipment
and fixtures, 11%-17%.

     On April 29, 1994, the Company completed the transaction whereby the
Company, (i) exchanged its 53 operating convenience stores in Southern
California, together with related inventories and equipment, for 88 operating
convenience stores of The Circle K Corporation in the Dallas/Fort Worth



                                      30
<PAGE>   19

and Houston, Texas areas, together with related inventories and equipment and,
(ii) sold its 27 operating convenience stores in Atlanta, Georgia, together with
related inventories and equipment, for cash consideration of $9,150,000. The
Company recorded a pretax gain of $3.0 million in conjunction with this
transaction.

     On July 10, 1992, the Company consummated the sale of 21 operating
convenience stores together with related inventories and equipment located in
and around the San Francisco Bay area to The Customer Company and its affiliated
California general partnership for $3.1 million. The Bankruptcy Court approved
the sale of such properties on July 1, 1992. Pursuant to the Company's then
existing debtor-in-possession financing agreement, the proceeds were held in
escrow pending completion of the Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization. Upon
confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization, the proceeds were used to pay down
the Company's bank debt. The resultant loss was previously provided for in the
restructuring charge recorded in December 1991.

3. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  June 30,
                                                           ---------------------
                                                             1994          1993
                                                           ---------------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>
Accounts payable ...................................       $32,343       $26,205
Accrued sales and property taxes ...................        11,126         9,991
Accrued insurance ..................................         6,915         9,828
Accrued salaries and wages .........................         3,907         4,573
Accrued reorganization professional fees ...........         4,019         9,813
Accrued environmental remediation ..................         3,660         2,288
Other accrued expenses .............................         7,641         5,697
                                                           ---------------------
                                                           $69,611       $68,395
                                                           =====================
</TABLE>

     At June 30, 1994, the Company's insurance liability totalled
approximately $17.5 million of which $6.9 million is included in accrued
liabilities as noted above with the remaining $10.6 million included in Other
Long-Term Liabilities. Also, at June 30, 1994 and 1993 the environmental
remediation liability totalled $21.8 million and $18.2 million, respectively, of
which $3.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively, are included in accrued
liabilities as noted above. The remaining balances are included in Other
Long-Term Liabilities (see Note 11).

4.  DEBT

     As of June 30, 1994 and 1993, long-term debt consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 June 30,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1994           1993
                                                         -----------------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>
Term Loan, due 2000 ..............................       $ 53,578       $ 67,957
Revolving Credit Agreement .......................           --             --
Letter of Credit Agreement, due 2000 .............           --            3,988
Mortgage notes on real estate, due 2003 ..........         59,586         62,271
Other notes payable, due through 2000 ............          5,915          7,716
                                                         -----------------------
                                                          119,079        141,932
     Less amounts due within one year ............         12,103         10,373
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         $106,976       $131,559
                                                         =======================
</TABLE>

     Term Loan - On March 9, 1993, the Company entered into a term loan
agreement (the "Term Loan") with NationsBank of Texas, N. A., as agent (the
"Lender") whereby all of the outstanding balances of the Company's pre-petition
credit facilities, including the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the revolving
credit facility, as well as drawn and undrawn letters of credit, were combined
into the Term Loan for a total of $70.9 million. At June 30, 1994, 85% of the
Term Loan, excluding the portion attributable to undrawn letters of credit,
bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.39%, with the remainder bearing interest, at
the Company's option, of 1% above the prime rate of the Lender, various margins
above the United States Treasury Securities rate or Eurodollar rates. The
Company is required to make scheduled quarterly principal payments in ascending
amounts with a final payment of $1.3 million on March 31, 2000. Principal
payments attributable to undrawn letters of credit will be held in an
interest-bearing cash collateral account until such time as the letters of
credit are drawn; should the letters of credit expire before being drawn, any
excess cash held in the cash collateral account will be refunded to the Company.

     The Term Loan, along with the Revolving Credit Agreement and Letter of
Credit Agreement discussed below, are secured by substantially all assets of the
Company, its subsidiaries and the subsidiaries' stock. The Term Loan contains
limitations customarily found in such agreements on the incurrence of additional
debt, the execution of sale and leaseback transactions, investments, any
consolidation or merger of the Company, treasury stock purchases and the payment
of cash dividends. The Term Loan limits capital expenditures and environmental
remediation expenses to specified amounts over de-





                                      31
<PAGE>   20

fined periods during the period of the Term Loan. The Term Loan establishes
requirements as to the maintenance of certain financial ratios and coverage
tests relating to working capital, indebtedness, net worth and cash flow, which
must be satisfied quarterly. The Company is required to reduce its aggregate
borrowing capacity under the Term Loan with the net cash proceeds from the sale
of assets.

     Below is a table illustrating primary financial ratios and coverage
tests ("Covenants") as of June 30, 1994 associated with the Company's long-term
bank debt instruments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Covenant (as defined)                                Required          Actual
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
Current Ratio (minimum) ......................            90%             111%
Total Borrowed Funds to Consolidated
     Net Worth (maximum) .....................           418%             327%
Total Liabilities to Consolidated
     Net Worth (maximum) .....................           360%             301%
Consolidated Net Worth (minimum) .............       $61,400          $74,748
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum) ............           230%             332%
Consolidated Fixed Charge                   
     Coverage Ratio (minimum) ................           107%             129%
EBITDA (minimum) .............................       $27,300          $35,218
Capital Expenditures (maximum) ...............       $25,000          $23,266
</TABLE>

     Covenants noted above are computed as defined per the Company's
long-term bank debt instrument agreements. At June 30, 1994, the Company was in
compliance with such Covenants.

     Revolving Credit Agreement - On March 9, 1993 the Company entered into a
revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") with the Lender, as
agent, to provide financing for general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit
Agreement replaced the Company's previous $8.0 million "debtor-in-possession"
facility. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for the borrowing and/or
issuance of letters of credit in the aggregate of up to $8.0 million, increasing
to $11.0 million during the period from November 1 through May 1 of each year.
The Revolving Credit Agreement requires that, during each fiscal year, the
Company pay off all outstanding cash borrowings thereunder for a period of 30
consecutive days. The Company had no borrowings under this facility during
fiscal 1994. Letter of credit issuances cannot exceed $8.0 million and cash
borrowings are limited to the commitment limit less letters of credit
outstanding. Cash borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement bear interest
at 1% above the prime rate of the Lender. Any remaining outstanding principal
balance becomes due and payable on September 30, 1995. The Revolving Credit
Agreement contains provisions similar to the Term Loan with respect to
collateralization, reduction of outstanding loan balances with asset sales
proceeds, limitations of Company actions and the maintenance of certain
financial ratios and coverage tests.

     Letter of Credit Agreement - On March 9, 1993 the Company entered into a
Letter of Credit Agreement (the "Letter of Credit Agreement") with Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association ("Bank of America") which
provided for the repayment of $4.2 million of pre-petition letters of credit
which were undrawn as of the Effective Date. During the fiscal year 1994, a
bankruptcy proof of claim was settled thereby reducing the then outstanding
letter of credit balance to zero. At June 30, 1994, no amounts were outstanding
under the Letter of Credit Agreement.

     Mortgage Notes on Real Estate - Mortgage notes payable bear interest at
9.5%, increasing to 11% in 2001 and 12% in 2002. The Company is required to make
quarterly principal payments on the notes payable with the unpaid balances
maturing on September 30, 2003.

     Aggregate maturities on long-term debt for the next five fiscal years
are as follows:

                    June 30,
                     1995 ......................  $12,103
                     1996 ......................   11,691
                     1997 ......................   11,667
                     1998 ......................   12,651
                     1999 ......................   13,192
                          
     Interest - Effective with the Petition Date, the Company recorded
interest expense only for those pre-petition debt instruments which were fully
secured and for all debtor-in-possession financing. As of the Effective Date,
the Company has been recording interest expense as incurred.





                                      32
<PAGE>   21

5. INCOME TAXES

     Income tax expense (benefit) consists of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Reorganized Company       |        Predecessor Company
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                                               Period from    |
                                                                   YEAR         Inception     |   Eight Months          Year
                                                                  ENDED     (March 1, 1993) to|      Ended              Ended
                                                              JUNE 30, 1994    June 30,1993   | February 28, 1993   June 30, 1992
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>         |    <C>                <C>      
Current:                                                                                      |                                
     Federal ...............................................  $    426            $    328    |    $   --             $   --   
     State .................................................       276                 167    |         133                420 
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                                   702                 495    |         133                420 
     Deferred ..............................................     3,578               2,374    |        --              (11,271)
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                              $  4,280            $  2,869    |    $    133           $(10,851)
                                                              ================================| =================================
Deferred taxes result from:                                                                   |                                
  Book depreciation in excess of tax depreciation ..........  $ (4,934)           $   (868)   |    $ (1,736)          $ (1,965)
     Insurance payments in excess of (less than)                                              |                                
          accrued amounts ..................................      (101)                169    |         337              4,719 
     Excess of tax over book losses (gains)                                                   |                                
          on sales of assets ...............................    (1,598)                138    |         276              3,317 
     Excess of tax over book provisions for soil                                              |                                
          remediation and closed stores ....................       162                 190    |         381                918 
     Reorganization and restructuring charges providing                                       |                                
          current expense (benefit) ........................       428               1,678    |         115            (18,360)
     Tax benefit of net operating loss                                                        |                                
          carryforwards ....................................     9,194               1,295    |        --                 --   
     Other, net ............................................       427                (228)   |         627                100 
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                              $  3,578            $  2,374    |    $   --             $(11,271)
                                                              ================================| =================================
</TABLE>

     A reconciliation of the Company's effective tax rate with the statutory
federal income tax rate is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Reorganized Company               Predecessor Company
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                                               Period from    |
                                                                   YEAR         Inception     |   Eight Months          Year
                                                                  ENDED     (March 1, 1993) to|      Ended              Ended
                                                              JUNE 30, 1994    June 30,1993   | February 28, 1993   June 30, 1992
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>         |    <C>                <C>      
Method of accounting .....................................    SFAS 109            SFAS 109    |    SFAS 96            SFAS 96
                                                                                              |                              
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate ...........     35.0%               34.0%      |     34.0%             (34.0)%
Amortization of Excess Reorganization Value ..............      5.2                 2.5       |      --                 --   
Targeted jobs tax credit .................................     (2.8)                --        |      --                 (.3) 
Net operating loss carryforwards .........................      --                  --        |    (34.0)               --   
Reorganization and restructuring charges                                                      |                              
     not providing current tax benefit ...................      --                  --        |      --                28.8  
State income taxes, net ..................................      3.0                 3.0       |      1.9                --   
Increase in net deferred tax asset resulting                                                  |                              
     from increase in federal income tax rate ............     (2.1)                --        |      --                 --   
Other, net ...............................................       .2                 --        |      --                 --   
                                                              --------------------------------| ---------------------------------
                                                               38.5%               39.5%      |      1.9%              (5.5)%
                                                              ================================| =================================
</TABLE>


                                      33
<PAGE>   22

        In connection with the adoption of fresh-start reporting, the Company
adopted SFAS 109, as of March 1, 1993 (see Note 1). The effective income tax
rate of the reorganized company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994 and the
period from Inception (March 1, 1993) to June 30, 1993 differs from the federal
statutory rate primarily because of state income taxes and the inability to
deduct for tax purposes the amortization of Excess Reorganization Value, offset
in fiscal 1994 by targeted jobs tax credits and the cumulative increase in the
net deferred tax asset resulting from an increase in the statutory federal tax
rate. Income tax expense for the predecessor company was recorded pursuant to
the provisions of SFAS 96. SFAS 96 uses an asset and liability approach similar
to SFAS 109. However, under SFAS 96, consideration of future events, other than
the reversal of temporary differences, is not permitted. For the eight months
ended February 28, 1993, the predecessor company incurred a federal net
operating loss and therefore, income tax expense was comprised solely of state
income taxes. In fiscal 1992 the tax benefit of the net operating losses was
recorded only to the extent the benefit could be offset against existing
deferred income taxes payable.

        Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax asset as of
June 30, 1994 and 1993, were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                June 30,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                           1994          1993
                                                         ----------------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Accruals and provisions not
          currently deductible .....................     $ 23,646      $ 23,354
     Interest and other expenses previously
          expensed for book purposes ...............        1,479         3,935
     Operating loss carryforwards ..................       10,327        18,530
     Tax credit carryforwards ......................        7,974         6,898
     Other .........................................          975           888
                                                         ----------------------
                                                           44,401        53,605
                                                         ----------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Tax over book depreciation ....................      (13,139)      (17,597)
     Differences between book and tax
          basis of property ........................      (13,563)      (14,784)
     Other .........................................         (124)         (121)
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          (26,826)      (32,502)
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance .............      (11,504)      (15,038)
                                                         ----------------------
     Net deferred tax asset ........................     $  6,071      $  6,065
                                                         ======================
</TABLE>

        The deferred tax asset valuation allowance decreased by $3.5 million
during fiscal 1994 and by $5.6 million during the period from Inception (March
1, 1993) to June 30, 1993. The decrease in the valuation allowance was recorded
as a reduction of the Excess Reorganization Value. The remaining valuation
allowance is deemed appropriate by management in view of the expiration date of
the net operating losses and credits and the amount of future taxable income
necessary to utilize such losses and credits. If the full value of the deferred
tax assets were to be realized in future years, Excess Reorganization Value
would be further reduced by $11.5 million.

        On March 15, 1994, the Company filed its federal income tax return for
the year ended June 30, 1993, which reflected net operating loss carryforwards
of $55.8 million plus tax credits of $7.1 million. The net operating losses
expire in varying amounts in fiscal years 2003 to 2007 and the tax credits
expire in fiscal years 2000 to 2009. These figures reflect the adjustments
required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code after an ownership change
in the Company's stock. Section 382 will also require the Company to reduce the
tax basis of its assets by approximately $40.0 million. An ownership change is
defined as occurring when, during any three year period, the Company's 5%
shareholders (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) increase their ownership
in the Company's stock by more than 50 percentage points. The Plan of
Reorganization resulted in an ownership change since substantially all of the
new stock was issued to the creditors of the Company.

        As of June 30, 1994, the net operating loss carryforward is estimated to
have been reduced to $29.5 million as a result of the application of the losses
to reduce taxable income for fiscal 1994. The Company expects the remaining net
operating losses, tax credits and other tax attributes to be available to offset
future income taxes, subject to applicable limits. However, should a second
ownership change occur within two years of the first ownership change, all the
remaining pre-confirmation net operating losses, tax credits and other tax
attributes would be eliminated. The Plan of Reorganization provided for the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated March 9, 1993 to contain
restrictions through June 30, 1996 on the transfer of stock to the reorganized
company's 5% stockholders (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) or those
that would become 5% stockholders as a result of the purported transfer.

        In the opinion of management, adequate provision has been made for
income taxes and any adjustments which have been or may be necessary will not
material affect the4 Company's financial position.





                                      34
<PAGE>   23

6. CAPITAL STOCK

        Capital Stock - The Plan of Reorganization provided for the filing by
the Company of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation which authorized the
issuance of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value ("the Common
Stock"), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the
Plan of Reorganization, the Company issued 6,000,000 shares of its new Common
Stock. No shares of preferred stock have been issued. The Common Stock is traded
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "NCSI". The Restated Certificate
of Incorporation provides restrictions with respect to the trading of Common
Stock to or from persons or entities (i) who directly or indirectly own 5% or
more of the value of Common Stock or (ii) who would directly or indirectly own
5% or more of the value of Common Stock after giving effect to the proposed
transfer. The restriction expires on June 30, 1996, and serves as a means of
preserving the benefits of the pre-confirmation tax attributes of the Company
(see Note 5). As of June 30, 1994, the Company had 6,050,069 shares of Common
Stock outstanding.

        Warrants to Purchase Common Stock - The Plan of Reorganization provided
for the issuance of 1,350,000 Warrants to Purchase Common Stock (the "Warrants")
pursuant to the terms of a Warrant Agreement dated March 9, 1993. Each Warrant
provides the holder thereof with the right to purchase an equal number of shares
of Common Stock at an exercise price of $17.75 per share. The Warrant Agreement
has a term of five years and Warrants not exercised prior to March 9, 1998 shall
automatically become void and no longer outstanding. The Warrants are publicly
traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "NCSIW". During fiscal
year 1994, 69 warrants were exercised at a price of $17.75, resulting in
1,349,931 Warrants outstanding at June 30, 1994.

        1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan - The Plan of Reorganization
provided for the adoption on March 9, 1993 of the 1993 Non-Qualified Stock
Option Plan (the "Option Plan"). Under the Option Plan, 900,000 shares of Common
Stock are reserved for awards to be granted to certain key management employees
and directors in order to encourage participants to acquire proprietary
interests in the Company. The Option Plan provides for the original issuance of
Reorganization Options, as defined, with a stated exercise price of $10.50 per
share; any cancelled Reorganization Options may be subsequently reissued as
Additional Options, as defined, at a stated exercise price equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. All options expire ten
years from the date of the grant and are exercisable commencing one year from
the date of grant on a cumulative basis at the rate of 33 1/3% per year. The
following summarizes the stock option transactions: 


<TABLE>
Caption>
                                                                       Option 
                                                      Number of        Prices
                                                       Shares         Per Share 
                                                      --------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         
Original grant on March 9, 1993 ....................     885              $10.50
     Cancelled .....................................     (30)              10.50
     Exercised .....................................    --                      
                                                        ----
Options outstanding at                              
  June 30, 1993 ....................................     855              $10.50
     Granted .......................................      30               15.75
     Cancelled .....................................     (50)              10.50
     Exercised .....................................     (50)              10.50
                                                        ----
Options outstanding at                              
  June 30, 1994 ....................................     785        $10.50-15.75
                                                        ====
Exercisable at June 30, 1994 .......................     190              $10.50
                                                        ====
</TABLE>                                                

7. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS

        The Company leases a majority of its convenience stores and support
facilities, its corporate headquarters and certain equipment under operating
lease agreements. Generally, these leases have initial terms of ten to twenty
years, with one to three renewal options for additional five-year periods. It is
expected that these leases will be renewed or replaced with similar leases. Some
of the leases provide for additional rentals based upon a percentage of sales,
and many provide for the payment of real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance
expenses. Some of these leases also have escalation clauses. The Company has no
significant capital leases.

        Future non-cancelable minimum rental commitments for operating leases
with an initial or remaining term of more than one year as of June 30, 1994,
are:

               Year Ending June 30,
               1995 ................................   $ 19,432
               1996 ................................     18,219
               1997 ................................     17,301
               1998 ................................     16,481
               1999 ................................     15,424
               Thereafter ..........................     21,722
                                                       --------
                    Total minimum lease payments ...   $108,579
                                                       ========

        The above commitments have not been reduced by $2.4 million of future
rental income under non-cancelable subleases.





                                      35
<PAGE>   24

Rent expenses under operating leases were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Reorganized       |     Predecessor
                                        Company         |        Company
                                ----------------------- |-----------------------
                                            Period from |
                                             Inception  |   Eight
                                 Year        (March 1,  |   Months        Year
                                 Ended       1993) to   |   Ended        Ended
                                June 30,     June 30,   |February 28,   June 30,
                                  1994         1993     |    1993         1992
                                ----------------------- |-----------------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>        |  <C>          <C>
Minimum rentals ............    $ 22,177     $  7,490   |  $ 15,437     $ 30,401
Percentage rentals .........       1,115          327   |       660          906
Sublease rentals ...........      (1,503)        (470)  |    (1,044)      (2,662)
                                ----------------------- |-----------------------
                                $ 21,789     $  7,347   |  $ 15,053     $ 28,645
                                ======================= |=======================
</TABLE>

8. BENEFIT PLANS

        The Company has a profit sharing plan available to substantially all
employees. The plan allows participants to contribute to the plan on a
before-tax basis pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Since
fiscal 1987, the Company matched 25% of such contributions up to 6% of the
employees' compensation. The Company suspended the matching contributions
effective as of October 1, 1991. Effective on July 1, 1993, the Company resumed
matching contributions at a level equal to 100% of the employees' before-tax
contributions, up to 3% of compensation. In addition to the matching
contributions, in fiscal 1994 the Company made a special $1.5 million
contribution to the plan, to be allocated to all eligible employees using a
formula based on tenure and compensation. Contributions to the plan were
$2,540,000 in fiscal 1994, $0 in fiscal 1993 and $32,000 in fiscal 1992.

        Prior to the Petition Date, the Company's matching contributions were
invested primarily in the predecessor company's common stock. Effective in July
of 1993, employees were given the option of investing company contributions in a
number of different investment funds, including a company stock fund. As of the
Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization, the Profit Sharing Plan owned
approximately 568,000 shares of the predecessor company's common stock. Pursuant
to the Plan of Reorganization, these shares were exchanged for 2,127 shares of
newly issued Common Stock, and 3,545 Warrants. As of June 30, 1994 the Profit
Sharing Plan owned 9,127 shares of Company Common Stock and 3,545 Warrants.

        On March 31, 1994, the Company adopted two non-qualified retirement
plans for (i) certain officers and other key employees, and (ii) directors. The
plan covering key employees provides benefit payments based on years of service
and the employees' average earnings over the last five years. The plan covering
directors provides benefit payments based on years of service and the annual
retainer fees paid to the director. The Company has established two irrevocable
trusts to hold and invest assets to be used for the payment of benefits under
the plans. Such assets, totalling $175,000 at June 30, 1994, are considered
general assets of the Company. Charges to expense and funding amounts are based
upon amounts computed by independent actuaries. The Company made contributions
and recorded corresponding expenses totalling $175,000 in fiscal 1994. Also, an
additional liability of $2,067,000 and an intangible asset of equal amount were
recorded on the balance sheet at June 30, 1994.

        Net pension cost in fiscal 1994 for the two plans included the following
components:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Service cost - benefits earned during the period ..................     $    52
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation .....................          69
Amortization of unrecognized past service cost ....................          54
                                                                        -------
Net pension cost ..................................................        $175
                                                                        =======
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation:
   Vested .........................................................     $   590
   Nonvested ......................................................       1,652
                                                                        -------
Accumulated benefit obligation ....................................       2,242
Additional obligation related to projected salary increases .......       1,139
                                                                        -------
Total projected benefit obligation ................................       3,381
Plan assets at fair value .........................................           0
                                                                        -------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of
   fair value of assets ...........................................      (3,381)
Unrecognized prior service cost ...................................       3,206
Adjustment needed to recognize minimum liability ..................      (2,067)
                                                                        -------
Accrued pension liability .........................................     $(2,242)
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

        Actuarial amounts were determined using an assumed discount rate of 8%,
a rate of increase in future compensation levels of 5% and an expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets of 8%.





                                      36
<PAGE>   25

9. CHAPTER 11 BANKRUPTCY REORGANIZATION

     Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Filing - On December 9, 1991 (the "Petition
Date"), the Company and substantially all of its wholly-owned active
subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. Subsequent to the
Petition Date, the Company operated its business as a debtor-in-possession under
the supervision of the Bankruptcy Court. As of the Petition Date, actions to
collect pre-petition indebtedness were stayed and other contractual obligations
could not be enforced against the Company. In addition, under the Bankruptcy
Code, the Company could reject leases and executory contracts. Parties affected
by these rejections could file claims with the Bankruptcy Court in accordance
with the reorganization process. Substantially all liabilities as of the
Petition Date were subject to settlement under a plan of reorganization to be
voted upon by the creditors and approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

     Plan of Reorganization - As a result of extensive negotiations held in
December 1992, the Company reached a compromise agreement with representatives
of all of its major creditor constituencies, as well as two of the predecessor
company's largest common stockholders. This compromise agreement was then
incorporated into and became the Plan of Reorganization. Subsequently, on
January 6, 1993, a supplemental disclosure statement, along with a ballot, was
sent to all members of each class of creditors and equity interest holders
entitled to vote for acceptance or rejection of the Plan of Reorganization. As
of February 16, 1993, all such classes of creditors and equity interest holders
entitled to vote had accepted the Plan of Reorganization by the requisite
number. Consequently, on February 24, 1993, the Bankruptcy Court commenced a
hearing that resulted in the entering of a court order confirming the Plan of
Reorganization on February 25, 1993. The Plan of Reorganization subsequently
became effective March 9, 1993 (the "Effective Date").

     The Plan of Reorganization was designed to repay all priority creditors
in full on the Effective Date or thereafter as provided in the Plan of
Reorganization and to repay secured creditors in full over time with interest.
Allowed unsecured claims totalling approximately $137.5 million were cancelled
in exchange for $9.3 million of cash, $1.0 million of new indebtedness and 5.91
million shares of newly issued Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
reorganized company. All existing Series E Preferred Stock and existing common
stock of the predecessor company were exchanged for an aggregate distribution of
90,000 shares of the newly issued Common Stock of the reorganized company.
Consequently, a total of 6.0 million shares of newly issued Common Stock of the
reorganized company were issued under the Plan of Reorganization. In addition,
warrants to purchase up to an additional aggregate 1.35 million shares of newly
issued Common Stock at $17.75 per share were distributed to the holders of the
predecessor company's two publicly-held subordinated debenture series, the
Series E Preferred Stock and the old common stock. All alleged seniority rights
arising under the indentures relating to the publicly-held subordinated
debentures were deemed satisfied and cancelled as of the Effective Date. In
addition, the Plan of Reorganization authorized the issuance of stock options to
purchase up to 900,000 shares of Common Stock of the reorganized company to
certain key employees and directors at $10.50 per share (see Note 6).

     Fresh-start Reporting - In accounting for the effects of the
reorganization, the Company has adopted the fresh-start reporting provisions of
SOP 90-7 and reflected the effects of such adoption in the financial statements
beginning March 1, 1993. SOP 90-7 is applicable because the pre-reorganization
shareholders received less than 50% of the reorganized company's newly issued
Common Stock and the enterprise value of the assets of the reorganized company
is less than the total of all pre-petition allowed claims and post-petition
liabilities.

     In adopting fresh-start reporting, the Company, with the assistance of
its financial advisors, was required to determine its enterprise value, which
represents the fair market value of the entity before considering liabilities
and approximates the amount a willing buyer would pay for the assets of the
entity immediately after the reorganization. The term enterprise value is
synonymous with the term reorganization value as defined by SOP 90-7. After
extensive negotiations between the Company and its various creditor
constituencies, the Company's enterprise value was determined to be within a
group of ranges that centered around a point estimate of $210.0 million. The
enterprise value of the Company was determined by consideration of several
factors and reliance





                                      37
<PAGE>   26

on various valuation methods, including discounted future cash flows, market
comparables and price/earnings ratios. All of the valuations depended in large
part upon the Company's projected future operating results and cash flows; such
projections included assumptions as to anticipated sales and margins, marketing
plans, operating expense levels and capital expenditure programs. Additional
assumptions and methods utilized in the determination of the enterprise value
included, (i) discount rates of 11% to 14%, (ii) statutory tax rates, (iii) five
year cash flows projections and (iv) terminal value based upon industry
comparable multiples applied to the discounted value of its post-estimated 1998
earnings and cash flows.

        The adjustments to reflect the adoption of fresh-start reporting,
including the adjustments to record assets and liabilities at their fair market
values and to reflect the adoption of SFAS 109, have been reflected in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements as of February 28, 1993, as
Fresh-Start Adjustments. In addition, the reorganized company's opening balance
sheet was further adjusted to eliminate existing equity and to reflect the
aforementioned $210.0 million enterprise value, which includes the establishment
of Excess Reorganization Value. Accordingly, a vertical black line is shown in
the consolidated financial statements to separate post-emergence operations from
those prior to March 1, 1993, since they have not been prepared on a comparable
basis.





                                      38
<PAGE>   27
 
        The effect of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting on
the reorganized company's unaudited opening consolidated balance sheet as of
March 1, 1993 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Pre Fresh-Start     Extra-                                 Post Fresh-Start
                                                          Balance Sheet     ordinary      Fresh-Start                 Balance Sheet
                                                        February 28, 1993   Gain (a)    Adjustments (b)    Other (c)  March 1, 1993
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>      
ASSETS                                                                                                                            
Current Assets:                                                                                                                   
     Cash and equivalents ...........................       $  65,318            --            --          $--           $  65,318
     Accounts and notes receivable, net .............           4,333            --             (85)            --           4,248
     Inventories ....................................          34,779            --            (292)            --          34,487
     Prepaid expenses ...............................           4,521            --          (1,059)            --           3,462
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Current Assets ......................         108,951            --          (1,436)            --         107,515
Property and Equipment, net .........................         156,389            --          (3,283)            --         153,106
Reorganization Value in Excess of Amounts                                                                                         
     Allocable to Identifiable Assets, net ..........            --              --            --             47,636        47,636
Deferred Tax Asset, net .............................            --              --           1,349             --           1,349
Other Assets, net ...................................          12,939            (450)       (3,282)            --           9,207
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $ 278,279       $    (450)    $  (6,652)       $  47,636     $ 318,813 
                                                        ============================================================================
                                                                                                                                  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)                                                                                    
Current Liabilities:                                                                                                              
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..........       $  44,097            --       $   8,238        $    --       $  52,335
     Pre-petition liabilities payable in cash .......            --            20,554           259             --          20,813
     Current portion of long-term debt (d) ..........          22,353           3,968          --               --          26,321
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Current Liabilities .................          66,450          24,522         8,497             --          99,469
                                                                                                                                  
Liabilities Subject to Compromise ...................         293,817        (287,015)       (6,802)            --            --
Long-Term Debt ......................................            --           135,306          --               --         135,306
Other Liabilities and Deferred Revenue ..............          27,523           2,371        (8,729)            --          21,165
                                                                                                                                  
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities ..............            --              --            --               --            --  
                                                                                                                                  
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):                                                                                                   
     Series E Preferred Stock .......................             245            --            --               (245)         --  
     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share;                                                                                      
          50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,000,000                                                                                 
          shares issued and outstanding .............            --                60          --               --              60
     Common Stock, par value $.41 2/3 per share;                                                                                  
          50,000,000 shares authorized; 24,001,984                                                                                
          shares issued .............................          10,001            --            --            (10,001)         --  
     Additional paid-in capital .....................         108,544          62,813          --           (108,544)       62,813
     Retained earnings (deficit) ....................        (189,405)         61,493           382          127,530          --  
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (70,615)        124,366           382            8,740        62,873
LESS:                                                                                                                             
     Treasury stock .................................          15,729            --            --            (15,729)         --  
     Note receivable ................................          23,167            --            --            (23,167)         --  
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) ......        (109,511)        124,366           382           47,636        62,873
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $ 278,279       $    (450)    $  (6,652)       $  47,636     $ 318,813
                                                        ============================================================================
</TABLE>

(a) To record the settlement of liabilities subject to settlement under the Plan
    of Reorganization.
        
(b) To record the adjustments to state assets and liabilities at fair market
    value and to record the cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 109 as of March
    1, 1993.
        
(c) To record the adjustments to cancel old equity, to zero out the retained
    deficit and to adjust assets to reflect the $210.0 million enterprise value.
        
(d) Includes $16.0 million payable to secured debt holders on the Effective
    Date.






                                      39
<PAGE>   28

        The following unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Statement of Operations
reflects the financial results of the Company as if the Plan of Reorganization
and change in accounting principle had been effective July 1, 1992:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Twelve Months Ended June 30, 1993
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                               Historical     Adjustments         Pro Forma
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>                <C>
Sales ..............................................................           $ 878,852       $    --            $ 878,852
                                                                                                              
Costs and Expenses:                                                                                           
     Cost of sales .................................................             651,658            --              651,658
     Operating expenses ............................................             162,519           1,067 (a)        163,586
     General and administrative expenses ...........................              31,775            --               31,775
     Interest expense ..............................................               4,410           5,940 (b)         10,350
     Special charge ................................................               6,561            --                6,561
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                 856,923           7,007            863,930
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
Earnings (Loss) Before Reorganization Expenses,                                                               
     Fresh-Start Adjustments, Income Taxes                                                                    
     and Extraordinary Gain ........................................              21,929          (7,007)            14,922
                                                                                                              
Reorganization Expenses, net .......................................               8,124          (8,124)(b)           --
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              
Earnings Before Fresh-Start Adjustments,                                                                      
     Income Taxes and Extraordinary Gain ...........................              13,805           1,117             14,922
                                                                                                              
Fresh-Start Adjustments ............................................                 382            (382)(b)           --
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              
Earnings Before Income Taxes                                                                                  
     and Extraordinary Gain ........................................              14,187             735             14,922
                                                                                                              
Income Tax Expense .................................................               3,002           3,102 (c)          6,104
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              
Earnings Before Extraordinary Gain .................................              11,185          (2,367)             8,818
                                                                                                              
Extraordinary Gain .................................................              61,493         (61,493)(b)           --
                                                                               ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              
Net Earnings (Loss) ................................................           $  72,678       $ (63,860)         $   8,818
                                                                               =============================================

Earnings per share(d) ..............................................                                              $    1.35
                                                                                                                ============  

Weighted Average Common and Common                                                                                
     Equivalent Shares Outstanding .................................                                                  6,855
                                                                                                                ============
</TABLE>     

(a) To record a full year's amortization of Excess Reorganization Value.

(b) To record interest expense on the debt incurred in connection with the Plan
    of Reorganization and to eliminate Reorganization Expenses, Fresh-Start
    Adjustments and the Extraordinary Gain.
        
(c) To record income tax expense as a result of adopting SFAS 109.

(d) Earnings per share is calculated based on Net Earnings, as adjusted to
    reflect decreased interest expense (net of tax) assuming conversion of stock
    options.
        
(e) Pro Forma Net Earnings and earnings per share are $12.9 million and $1.95,
    respectively when Special charge of $6.6 million, related to an increase in
    environmental remediation reserves is excluded.






                                      40
<PAGE>   29

        Extraordinary Gain - The Plan of Reorganization resulted in the
discharge of an estimated $309.4 million of pre-petition claims against the
Company through the distribution of $36.5 million in cash, $145.6 million of
debt and the issuance of 6.0 million shares of new Common Stock and 1.35
million warrants to purchase Common Stock. The value of the cash, debt
instruments and securities distributed was $61.5 million less than the claims
and the resultant gain was recorded as an extraordinary gain.

10. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER SPECIAL CHARGES

        During the second quarter of fiscal year 1992, management of the
Company performed a comprehensive strategic review of company and store
operations which resulted in the recording of Restructuring and Other Special
Charges of $168.1 million in December 1991. The charges are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Restructuring Charges:
Write-off of net book value of closed stores
     and rejected leases and record liabilities for
     anticipated market divestitures and
     nonperforming leaseholds ...................................       $ 44,438
Write-down of nonoperating properties
     to fair market value .......................................         12,602
Write-off of net book value of goodwill .........................         21,357
Write-off of net book value of debt issue
     costs and other deferred charges ...........................          9,435
Other write-offs ................................................         13,201
                                                                        --------
          Total Restructuring Charges ...........................        101,033
                                                                        --------
Other Special Charges:
     Increase in insurance liabilities ..........................         46,632
     Increase in environmental remediation
          liabilities ...........................................         12,822
     Other ......................................................          7,619
                                                                        --------
          Total Other Special Charges ...........................         67,073
                                                                        --------
               Total ............................................       $168,106
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>

        Restructuring Charges - A strategic review of company and store
operations performed by management resulted in the Company filing motions with
the Bankruptcy Court to reject 188 leases covering stores already closed as of
the Petition Date. In addition, after the Petition Date, the Company closed or
sold 267 stores (244 of which were leased). The Company's store closure and
associated lease rejection programs were based on evaluations of individual
stores, taking into consideration factors such as historical and projected cash
flow, lease or ownership terms, age and condition of the property, the nature
and amount of insurance claims, competition and the potential for future
changes to any of the foregoing. In connection with the review, the Company
wrote off the $16.2 million net book value of buildings and leasehold
improvements for such rejected leases and closed stores and wrote down the
related store equipment by $9.0 million to estimated salvage value. A liability
of $10.2 million was also recorded to cover anticipated future lease settlement
claims. In addition, the strategic review identified two geographical markets
for probable divestiture and the Company recorded a liability of $9.0 million
for the expected resultant loss. The Company subsequently sold the two
identified geographical markets, San Francisco Bay area and Atlanta, Georgia on
July 10, 1992 and April 29, 1994, respectively, at which time the liability was
depleted.

        In order to reduce cash expenditures, the Company's new store
development program was eliminated concurrent with the Chapter 11 filing.
Consequently, the Company elected to write down its nonoperating properties
(primarily undeveloped real estate) to current fair market value. 

        Due to the significant losses recorded by the Company prior to the
Petition Date, as well as the Chapter 11 filing itself, management of the
Company concluded that the goodwill previously recorded had been permanently
impaired and, therefore, it was written off.

        As a result of the decline in the Company's financial condition and the
Chapter 11 filing, all debt previously classified as long-term became
immediately due and payable under the terms of the related debt instruments.
Consequently, the Company wrote off the debt issue costs of $4.9 million which
were previously scheduled to be amortized over the remaining life of the
associated loans. Similarly, management of the Company reviewed various other
intangible assets and deferred charges and concluded that their value became
permanently impaired as a result of the Chapter 11 filing.

        Other charges consist primarily of an allowance for doubtful accounts
receivable of $3.9 million and a reserve of $5.0 million for expenses
associated with the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"). As a
result of the proposed termination of the ESOP, the Company eliminated the ESOP
reserve as a Fresh-Start Adjustment (see Note 9). The Company has requested a
ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the tax consequences of the
aformentioned






                                      41
<PAGE>   30
proposed termination of the ESOP, but to date has not received such ruling.

     Other Special Charges - As a result of significant increases in adverse
claims experience, as well as an increase in the frequency of the violence and
severity of claims, management of the Company implemented a detailed study of
the Company's insurance reserves which gave consideration to the nature and
frequency of claims, as well as historical settlements. The loss development
factors are actuarially-determined ratios devised to factor in the Company's
prior history with similar claims, taking into account the age, nature, severity
and frequency of such claims. Based upon this analysis, which was completed
during the second quarter of fiscal 1992, the Company recorded a $46.6 million
charge to increase its insurance liabilities.

     During the second quarter of fiscal 1992, the Company completed a
comprehensive plan covering its underground storage tanks in light of the
expected funding shortfalls in the various state reimbursement programs. As a
result, the Company recorded an increase to liabilities for environmental
remediation costs in the amount of $12.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal
1992. In connection with an updated environmental remediation cost analysis, the
Company increased its liabilities for future environmental remediation and
related tank removal costs by an additional $6.6 million in February 1993.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The operation and ownership of underground gasoline storage tanks ("USTs")
are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations.

     The Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") has issued regulations,
including most recently the 1988 amendment to the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, that establish requirements for (i) maintaining leak detection
methods and equipment, (ii) upgrading USTs, (iii) taking corrective action in
response to leaks, (iv) closing USTs to prevent future leaks, (v) keeping
appropriate records and (vi) maintaining evidence of financial responsibility
for taking corrective action and compensating third parties for bodily injury
and property damage resulting from releases. These regulations also empower
states to develop, administer and enforce their own regulatory programs,
incorporating requirements which are at least as stringent as the federal
standards. In order to ensure compliance with the federal and state
environmental laws, the Company has developed a comprehensive gasoline storage
and dispensing plan. During fiscal 1993, the Company refined the plan such that
presently its primary focus is on upgrading gasoline dispensing equipment in
accordance with upcoming deadlines imposed by regulatory authorities and on
providing for the clean-up of existing and future contaminated sites. The
gasoline plan generally covers all properties owned by the Company and leases
assumed pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization.

     Environmental Capital Commitments - To meet the minimum federal leak
detection requirements, all product lines had to have line leak detectors
installed as of December 22, 1990, and as of December 22, 1993, the Company had
adopted approved tank system leak detection methods on all owned or operated
USTs. The Company chose, in most cases, to meet this requirement by utilizing
annual tank testing with daily inventory reconciliation. The Company installed
pressurized distribution piping with automatic line leak detectors as of
December 22, 1990, in accordance with the regulations. Beginning in fiscal year
1995, the Company will adopt the Statistical Inventory Reconciliation Method
("SIR") for the detection of leaking tanks. This method involves statistical
analysis of gasoline inventory changes to detect leaking USTs.

     The federal regulations require the Company to have installed
spill/overfill and corrosion protection equipment by December 22, 1998. However,
the State of Texas requires all USTs to be upgraded with the spill/overfill
prevention equipment by December 22, 1994. The Company estimates that, as of
June 30, 1994, 82% of its tanks have spill/overfill prevention equipment
installed. The Company's 1995 capital budget contains the necessary funds to
upgrade the remaining tanks with spill/overfill prevention equipment and,
consequently, the Company anticipates it will be in compliance with the December
22, 1994 deadline imposed by the State of Texas. The Company further estimates
that 70% of its USTs are protected from corrosion either by installing
fiberglass or steel fiberglass tanks or by upgrading existing steel tanks with
cathodic protection. Management of the Company believes that the Company's
long-range capital budget contains sufficient funds necessary to upgrade the
remaining tanks prior to the December 22, 1998 deadline.

     In addition to the foregoing, the EPA has ranked the air quality in major
cities in the United States based on the level of ozone measured. Two areas in
which the Company currently conducts operations are considered to be ozone
non-






                                      42
<PAGE>   31
attainment areas: Houston and the Dallas/Fort Worth area. The Houston market is
classified in the severe ozone non-attainment category while the Dallas/Fort
Worth area is classified in the moderate ozone non-attainment category. Under
rules promulgated by the EPA and the State of Texas, gasoline dispensing
facilities in the two areas are required to have Stage II Vapor Recovery
Equipment, by November 15, 1994, on all units except those that have not
dispensed more than 10,000 gallons in any one month since January 1991.

        During fiscal 1994 and 1993, the Company spent $6.6 million and $4.4
million, respectively, on environmental capital equipment, including $6.1
million and $3.1 million, respectively, on Stage II Vapor Recovery Equipment.
In order to ultimately comply with the aforementioned regulations by the
deadlines described, the Company estimates it will have to spend approximately
$11.8 million on additional equipment and installation through fiscal 1999,
including $6.0 million for Stage II Vapor Recovery Equipment.

        Environmental Remediation Contingency - The majority of the Company's
environmental remediation expenditures relate to the clean-up of contaminated
soil caused by leaking underground gasoline storage tanks and underground
piping systems. During the second quarter of fiscal year 1992 the Company
completed a comprehensive plan covering its underground storage tanks in light
of the expected funding shortfalls in the various state reimbursement programs.
As a result, the Company recorded an increase to the environmental remediation
liability of $16.8 million in the second quarter of fiscal year 1992. Not
included in this liability is approximately $4.0 million of reimbursements from
established state funds which the Company believes to be probable of recovery.
In connection with an updated environmental remediation cost analysis the
Company increased its liability for future environmental remediation and tank
removal costs by an additional $6.6 million in February 1993. As of June 30,
1993, the remediation liability totalled $18.2 million, net of the
aforementioned estimated $4.0 million of reimbursable costs. At June 30, 1994,
the remediation reserve totalled $21.8 million which included a $4.0 million
reclassification, recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 1994,
related to anticipated reimbursements for future expenditures from established
state trust funds which the Company believes to be probable of recovery.
Beginning with the third quarter of fiscal year 1994, this $4.0 million amount
is also included as an other asset in the Company's balance sheet. The states
in which the Company operates, or has previously operated, have established
trust funds for the reimbursement of costs related to remediation activities.
The actual cost of remediating contaminated sites and removing tanks may be
substantially lower or higher than that reserved due to the difficulty in
estimating such costs and due to potential changes in the status of regulation
and state reimbursement programs. The Company does not believe that any such
amount below or in excess of that accrued is reasonably estimable.

        Since 1988, the Company has spent approximately $11.4 million for
remediation activities at sites the Company is operating or has previously
operated. Approximately 43% of such costs qualify for reimbursement from the
various trust funds and the Company has been reimbursed $3.7 million for such
costs through June 30, 1994. According to published reports, the Texas
Petroleum Storage Tank Reimbursement Fund was depleted during 1993 which has
necessitated delaying payment on reimbursement applications. As of June 30,
1994, the Company had filed claims with the State of Texas for the
reimbursement of $1.2 million for past expenditures. Such reimbursement is
included in other assets. While the Company believes the reimbursements are
collectible, the Company estimates it could be several years before
reimbursement occurs.

        The Company is required by state regulations to maintain evidence of
financial responsibility for taking corrective action on remediation
activities. In order to be in compliance with these requirements, the Company
has successfully established that it is self-insured, with verification by the
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission.

        Litigation - The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various
legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Management does not
expect that any of such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial position.






                                      43
<PAGE>   32

SUPPLEMENTAL QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Quarterly Financial Data
($ in thousands, except per share data)

A summary of quarterly financial data follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal 1994                         
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Reorganized Company                     
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          1st Qtr         2nd Qtr         3rd Qtr          4th Qtr 
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>       
Sales .............................................................     $ 234,280       $ 213,722       $ 204,664        $ 227,858 
Gross profit ......................................................        62,861          55,988          50,549           52,281 
Net earnings (loss) (1) ...........................................         4,715           1,528          (1,527)           2,119 
Earnings (loss) per share .........................................          0.73            0.24           (0.25)            0.33 
Price range of Common Stock  --  High .............................         16.75           16.75           20.00            17.00 
                             --   Low .............................         13.25           14.25           16.25            10.25 
                                         
</TABLE>                                   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Fiscal 1993
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Predecessor Company               Reorganized Company
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      1st Qtr     2nd Qtr            3rd Qtr              4th Qtr
                                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        |     Period from
                                                                                            Two Months  |      Inception
                                                                                               Ended    |   (March 1, 1993)
                                                                                            February 28,|     to March 31,
                                                                                                1993    |        1993
                                                                     -----------------------------------|   -----------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>        |     <C>         <C>       
Sales ........................................................       $ 234,083   $ 215,956   $ 130,828  |     $  72,349   $ 225,636 
Gross profit .................................................          61,849      54,954      35,045  |        18,665      56,681 
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary gain ....................           8,471       2,549      (4,224) |         1,062       3,327 
Net earnings (2) .............................................           8,471       2,549      57,269  |         1,062       3,327 
Earnings per share ...........................................               *            *           * |          0.16        0.51 
Price range of Common Stock --     High ......................               *            *           * |         16.13       16.75 
                            --     Low .......................               *            *           * |         14.00       14.25 
</TABLE>                 
                         
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               Fiscal 1992                        
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Predecessor Company                    
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          1st Qtr         2nd Qtr         3rd Qtr          4th Qtr
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>      
Sales..............................................................     $266,790        $ 240,851       $212,132         $238,746
Gross profit ......................................................       66,189           58,418         48,212           57,378
Net earnings (loss) (3) ...........................................       (3,105)        (177,729)        (9,025)           4,421
Earnings per share ................................................            *                *              *                *
Price range of common stock .......................................            *                *              *                *

</TABLE>

*   Earnings per share and price range of common stock for the predecessor
    company are not presented because they are not meaningful as a result of the
    confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.
        
(1) The fourth quarter of fiscal 1994 results include, (i) a $3.0 million ($1.8
    million, or $0.28 per share, on an after-tax basis) gain recorded in
    conjunction with the Circle K transaction and (ii) consulting fees and other
    expenses of $1.6 million ($1.0 million, or $0.15 per share, on an after-tax
    basis) related to the program to enhance and redefine the Company's focus on
    customer service and effectiveness.
        
(2) The period ending February 28, 1993 results include a $61.5 million
    Extraordinary Gain as a result of the forgiveness of debt upon emergence
    from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization in March 1993, a $6.6 million
    special charge related to an increase in environmental remediation reserves
    and a credit of $0.4 million for Fresh-Start Adjustments recorded upon the
    Company's emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, which
    incorporate the effects of the adoption by the Company of Statement of
    Financial Accounting Standards No. 109.
        
(3) The second quarter of fiscal 1992 results include $168.1 million of
    Restructuring and Other Special Charges as a result of the Company's
    December 9, 1991 Chapter 11 filing and strategic review of operations.
        
The Common Stock of the reorganized company is traded on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "NCSI". There were approximately 1380 shareholders of
record as of August 31, 1994. Shares held in "nominee" or "street" names are not
included in this number.





                                      44

<PAGE>   1
                                                                      Exhibit 21



                                  SUBSIDIARIES


         The following table sets forth all of the subsidiaries of National
Convenience Stores Incorporated at June 30, 1994, which are wholly- owned by
the Company and are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Jurisdiction
                                                                                    of
       Subsidiary                                                              Incorporation
       ----------                                                              -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
NCS Realty Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
Kempco Petroleum Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
National Money Orders, Inc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
Stop N Go Markets of Texas, Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
Stop N Go Markets of Georgia, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          Georgia
Texas Super Duper Markets, Inc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
Schepps Food Stores, Inc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            Texas
</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements and related notes of National Convenience
Stores Incorporated and Subsidiaries for the year ended June 30, 1994 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1994
<CASH>                                      41,142,000
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                5,449,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                 39,626,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            90,992,000
<PP&E>                                     177,290,000
<DEPRECIATION>                              19,215,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             299,522,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       81,714,000
<BONDS>                                    106,976,000
<COMMON>                                        61,000
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                  74,687,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               299,522,000
<SALES>                                    880,524,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           880,524,000
<CGS>                                      658,845,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              828,792,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           9,378,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             11,115,000
<INCOME-TAX>                                 4,280,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          6,835,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 6,835,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.07
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.07
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission